Appendices - Power Development Department

Transcription

Appendices
A.
APPENDIX A – MANDATORY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.......................................... 91
B.
APPENDIX B – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................. 96
C.
APPENDIX C – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT................................................................. 97
C.1 PURPOSE OF THIS AGREEMENT ....................................................................................................... 97
C.2 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES PROVIDED ............................................................................................ 97
C.3 DURATION OF SLA ......................................................................................................................... 97
C.4 SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENTS & TARGETS .................................................................................... 97
C.5 BREACH OF SLA ........................................................................................................................... 105
C.6 EXCLUSIONS ................................................................................................................................. 105
C.7 MONITORING AND AUDITING ........................................................................................................ 105
C.8 REPORTING PROCEDURES ............................................................................................................. 105
C.9 ISSUE MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES .............................................................................................. 106
C.9.1 General ............................................................................................................................... 106
C.9.2 Issue Management Process................................................................................................. 106
C.10
SLA CHANGE CONTROL .......................................................................................................... 106
C.10.1
General .......................................................................................................................... 106
C.10.2
SLA Change Process...................................................................................................... 106
C.10.3
C.10.3 Version Control .................................................................................................. 107
C.11
SIGNATURE PAGE ..................................................................................................................... 107
D.
APPENDIX D - SUPPLIER RESPONSE FORMAT .............................................................. 108
D.1
GENERAL GUIDELINES TO THE BIDDERS ................................................................................... 108
D.1.1 Guidelines for Technical proposal ..................................................................................... 108
D.1.2 Guidelines for Price proposal ............................................................................................ 108
D.1.3 Submission of proposal....................................................................................................... 109
D.2
TECHNICAL PROPOSAL ............................................................................................................. 110
D.2.1 General Requirements ........................................................................................................ 110
D.2.1.1
D.2.1.2
D.2.2
D.2.3
D.2.4
Bid structure............................................................................................................................. 110
Bidder - Company Statistics..................................................................................................... 110
Technical Specification requirement of Application packages ........................................... 111
Hardware Technical Specifications (Including network equipments, ................................ 112
Approach and Methodology ............................................................................................... 112
D.2.4.1
D.2.4.2
D.2.4.3
D.2.4.4
D.2.4.5
D.2.4.6
Understanding of Utility and its requirement ....................................................................... 113
Details of proposed methodology.......................................................................................... 113
Project Team Structure........................................................................................................... 113
Resource planning and estimation......................................................................................... 113
Risk planning .......................................................................................................................... 114
Detailed work plan with timelines Please refer Appendix N for the format....................... 114
D.2.5 Project Experience ............................................................................................................. 114
D.2.6 Team details (CVs) ............................................................................................................. 115
D.2.7 Firm Detail ......................................................................................................................... 116
D.2.8 Facility Management Services Plan ................................................................................... 117
D.2.9 Project Management Practices........................................................................................... 117
D.2.10
Quality Assurance.......................................................................................................... 117
D.2.11
Documentation............................................................................................................... 118
D.2.12
Deviations Sheet ............................................................................................................ 118
D.3
PRICE PROPOSAL ...................................................................................................................... 120
D.3.1 Project Area with Data Centre & Customer Care Centre.................................................. 120
PDD, J & K
Page 88
30th December, 2009
D.3.2 Project Area without Data Centre & Customer Care Centre............................................. 150
D.3.3 FMS Charges...................................................................................................................... 160
D.3.4 Total Cost Summary ........................................................................................................... 160
D.4
CHECKLISTS ............................................................................................................................. 161
D.4.1 Mandatory forms that needs to be submitted...................................................................... 161
D.4.2 Compliance checklist .......................................................................................................... 161
E.
APPENDIX E – EVALUATION METHODOLOGY ............................................................. 163
E.1
E.2
SINGLE-STAGE: TWO-ENVELOPE BIDDING PROCEDURE ............................................................... 163
EVALUATION AND COMPARISON OF BIDS ...................................................................................... 164
F.
APPENDIX F – GEOGRAPHICAL & ADMINISTRATIVE INFORMATION ............... 168
G.
APPENDIX G – LIST OF OFFICES FOR WAN CONNECTIVITY .................................. 170
H.
APPENDIX H – REVIEW OF CURRENT IT SYSTEMS..................................................... 170
H.1
H.2
H.3
EXISTING SOLUTIONS ............................................................................................................... 170
TECHNICAL EVALUATION – EXISTING IT SOLUTION................................................................. 171
EXISTING HARDWARE .............................................................................................................. 171
I.
APPENDIX I – LIST OF MANUALS/BUSINESS PROCESSES TO BE CONVERTED
(DATA-ENTRY) INTO ELECTRONIC FORM............................................................................... 172
J.
APPENDIX J – REVIEW OF CURRENT BUSINESS PROCESSES ................................. 173
K.
APPENDIX K – WEBSITE ......................................................................................................... 174
L.
APPENDIX L – LIST OF GOODS AND RELATED SERVICES ....................................... 176
M.
APPENDIX M – ESTIMATED MANPOWER REQUIREMENT ....................................... 177
N.
APPENDIX N – EXPECTED IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE ..................................... 178
O.
APPENDIX O - ABBREVIATIONS .......................................................................................... 179
P.
APPENDIX P - GENERAL INFORMATION ......................................................................... 181
PDD, J & K
Page 89
30th December, 2009
Table of Figures
Table 1: Mandatory Technical Specifications................................................................... 91 Table 2: Service Level Chart............................................................................................. 97 Table 3: Severity Definition Chart .................................................................................. 104 Table 4: Bid Structure ..................................................................................................... 110 Table 5: Bidder – Company Statistics............................................................................. 110 Table 6: Technical Specification for Application Packages............................................ 111 Table 7: Details of Product Offered ................................................................................ 111 Table 8: Technical Specifications of Hardware .............................................................. 112 Table 9: Details of Hardware Offered............................................................................. 112 Table 10: Proposed Project Team Structure .................................................................... 113 Table 11: Proposed Resource Planning and Estimation .................................................. 114 Table 12: Details of Project Experience.......................................................................... 115 Table 13: Format of Curriculum Vitae............................................................................ 115 Table 14: Firm Detail..................................................................................................... 116 Table 15: Details of Certification .................................................................................... 117 Table 16: Format for Deviations ..................................................................................... 118 Table 17 : Check List for Mandatory Forms ................................................................... 161 Table 18: Check List for proper Documentation & Compliance .................................... 161 Table 19: Distribution of weights for bid evaluation....................................................... 164 Table 20: Score for Technical Evaluation ....................................................................... 165 Table 21: Calculation of Technical Score ....................................................................... 166 Table 22: Geographical & Administrative Information .................................................. 168 Table 23: List of Offices for WAN Connectivity – Refer Appendix G .......................... 170 Table 24: Details of existing Applications to be Upgraded or Integrated with new System
......................................................................................................................................... 170 Table 25: Technical Evaluation of Existing IT Applications .......................................... 171 Table 26: Details of existing Hardware to be Upgraded or Integrated with new system. 171 Table 27: List of Manuals/ Business Process to be converted into Electronic Form....... 172 Table 28: Consumer Information for Utility and Project Areas ...................................... 173 Table 29: Asset Information for Utility and Project Areas.............................................. 173 Table 30: Metering Information for the Utility and Project Areas .................................. 173 Table 31: Consumer Indexing & Asset Mapping Information for Utility and Project Areas
......................................................................................................................................... 173 Table 32: Detail of existing Website ............................................................................... 174 Table 33: List of Goods and Related Services................................................................. 176 Table 34: Estimated Manpower Requirement................................................................. 177 Table 35: Expected Implementation Schedule................................................................ 178 PDD, J & K
Page 90
30th December, 2009
A.
Appendix A – Mandatory Technical Specifications
ITIA should provide documentary proof of compliance of following specification. Where it is not
possible to submit any certified proof for the same, ITIA shall self certify that it would comply with the
specification during implementation.
Table 1: Mandatory Technical Specifications
A
A.1
Solution Specifications
The solution shall be
Architecture.
designed
with
Validation
Through
(Certificate/
Document/
Self
Certify)
Service
Oriented
Available/
Not
available
Document
The solution shall be designed based on Component-based
approach. It shall be highly granular and loosely coupled to ensure
that the failure of one component does not cascade to others.
Document
A.2
The solution shall be designed on web based architecture.
A.3
The solution shall be horizontally and vertically scalable and also
have virtualization capability.
Document
A.4
The solution shall be designed with Open Industry Standards and
not with Supplier’s proprietary protocol.
Document
A.5
The directory services shall be based on commonly accepted
application protocol like LDAP.
Document
A.6
The proposed solution should be based on WS-* specifications (Web
services specifications) & unified access framework compliant to
W3C (World Wide Web Consortium) specifications.
Document
A.7
The application shall provide the functionality to configure the
parameters to define the business rules with the application.
These parameters shall not be hard-coded in the application.
Document
A.8
The solution shall provide the functionality to configure the roles
& responsibilities and grant role based access to the users. Also, the
system shall have the capability to integrate with various standard
SSO (Single Sign-On) or IDM (Identity Management) applications.
Document
A.9
The solution shall use an integration middleware layer so that all Document and Self
Certify
required external systems shall be integrated on a continuous basis.
The solution shall conform to the requirements specified in
Section 3.10 G1 of SRS document.
PDD, J & K
Page 91
30th December, 2009
A
Validation
Through
(Certificate/
Document/
Self
Certify)
A.10
The solution shall provide the functionality to encrypt the data
stored or transmitted data.
Document
A.11
The solution shall provide the functionality to maintain the audit
trail of all critical transactions.
Document
A.12
The solution shall be able to interoperate with:
Document
•
standard RDBMS platforms like Oracle, MS SQL, MY
SQL, DB2, Informix, Sybase or any other RDBMS
confirming to ANSI/ISO SQL-200n standards
A.13
The solution shall be installed with the latest security updates
provided by software Supplier.
Self Certify
A.14
The software version shall be supported by the software vendor
for a minimum period of next five years.
Self Certify
A1
Module: Meter Data Acquisition
A1.1
Self Certify
The Meter data acquisition Solution shall be capable of collecting
(JKPDD
shall
and analyzing data on a common data structure/ format from
furnish
exact
meter
system/ consumer meters of various makes and models.
details at time of
The solution shall be compatible with present modbus compliant implementation)
meters installed in utilities as well as future meters likely to be
introduced in Indian market complying with DLMS
/COSEM/IEC-62056/ANSI C-12.19/IEEE P-1377 Standards.
A1.2
The regional hierarchy and network topology shall be specific to
the Indian context and flexible enough to account for different
voltage levels in Indian sub-transmission and distribution
networks e.g. 66/33/22/11/ 0.4 KV.
A2
A2.1
Available/
Not
available
Self Certify
Energy Audit
The Energy Audit solution shall be able to calculate allowable
technical losses and estimated technical & commercial losses in
every part of the network via integration with Network analysis
module, Meter data acquisition module, GIS based indexing and
asset mapping and computerized billing system.
Self Certify
A3 Module : GIS based customer Indexing and asset mapping
PDD, J & K
Page 92
30th December, 2009
A
A3.1
The Indexed customer database, when created and operational,
shall be capable of being ‘on line’ connected to other business
process software without any limitation.
Validation
Through
(Certificate/
Document/
Self
Certify)
Available/
Not
available
Self Certify
The updation of GIS database is mandatory in case of addition of
customer/asset or dismantling of existing customer/asset.
A3.2
The solution shall be based on open GIS standards and shall be
OGC (Open Geospatial Consortium) Compliant.
Certificate
The solution shall have a ready provision / facility so that it can
be easily integrated to the other systems/applications, such as :
A4
Module: Customer care services
A4.1
The Customer care service solution shall have single window
interface through multiple touch points.
Document
A4.2
The Customer care service solution shall have call escalation
facility, in case the issues are not resolved within the defined
service levels.
Document
A5
A5.1
A6
Module: Management information Systems
The MIS solution shall provide Business Intelligence Tools for
data mining, analysis, trending, simulation etc.
Document
Module: Identity and Access Management Systems
A6.1
The Identity and access management solution shall support two
factor authentication (Biometrics, tokens etc.)
Document
A6.2
The solution shall have feature to generate reports in the lines of
ISO 27001 standard.
Document and
Certificate
A6.3
The solution shall provide secure environment for transmitting
information across the Internet.
Document
A6.4
The solution shall provide a mechanism to perform the user
authentication procedure. In case of authentication failure, the
feedback should not include the reasons for such failure.
Document
A7
Billing
PDD, J & K
Page 93
30th December, 2009
A
A7.1
The solution shall have a ready provision / facility so that it can
be easily integrated with:
•
Automatic online Meter Reading devices and
•
handheld computers/CMRI used for spot metering &
billing
Validation
Through
(Certificate/
Document/
Self
Certify)
Document and Self
Certify
A8
Asset Management , Maintenance
A8.1
The solution shall have a ready provision / facility so that it can Document and Self
Certify
be easily integrated with :
•
GIS System
B
Hardware Technical Specifications
B.1
The hardware solution shall meet the performance criteria
specified in the contract.
In case the offered hardware does not meet the performance
criteria, the supplier must provide additional equipments or
Document and
Certificate
Self Certify
Self Certify
B.2
The hardware shall be scalable to manage enterprise level
solution for the entire utility.
B.3
The server hardware shall have 64 bit processing capability.
Document
Database servers shall be in cluster fail over mode and
Application servers shall be in scale out mode.
Self Certify
B.4
The supplier shall submit the data sheets for each of the hardware
model detailing the specifications of the hardware.
Document
B.5
The hardware models shall be supported by the hardware OEM
for a minimum period of next five years.
Certificate and
Self Certify
B.6
The hardware device operating system shall be EAL 2 certified
(Evaluation Assurance Level).
Document and
Certificate
C
Mandatory Requirements of OEM for Hardware
PDD, J & K
Available/
Not
available
Page 94
30th December, 2009
A
Validation
Through
(Certificate/
Document/
Self
Certify)
C.1
The OEM vendor shall have ISO 9001:2000 and ISO 14000
certifications.
Certificate
C.2
The OEM vendor shall have an annual turnover more than Rs.
250 crores from hardware business in each of the last three
financial years.
Document and
Certificate
C.3
The OEM vendor shall have at least one service center within the
State with sufficient infrastructure.
Self Certify
PDD, J & K
Page 95
Available/
Not
available
30th December, 2009
B. Appendix B – Technical Specifications
1. Please refer Excel Sheet – Appendix B
2. The excel sheet has to be filled by the bidder as its response to
technical specifications requirements and to be submitted along with the
bid, in a CD (in duplicate)
3. The hardcopy of the same should necessarily be submitted along with the
technical bid submission
PDD, J & K
Page 96
30th December, 2009
C. Appendix C – Service Level Agreement
C.1 Purpose of this Agreement
The purpose of this SLA is to clearly define the levels of service to be
provided by Supplier to Purchaser for the duration of this contract or until this
SLA has been amended. The benefits of this SLA are to:
1.
Trigger a process that applies Purchaser and Supplier management attention
to some aspect of performance only when that aspect drops below an agreed
upon threshold, or target.
2. Makes explicit the performance related expectations on performance
required by the Purchaser
3. Assist the Purchaser to control levels and performance of services provided by Supplier
4. This SLA is between Supplier and Purchaser.
C.2 Description of Services Provided
Supplier shall provide service as defined in Section VI - Scope of Work, in
accordance to the definitions and conditions as defined in the Section VII - GCC and
Section VIII - SCC.
C.3 Duration of SLA
This Service level agreement would be valid for entire period of contract. This SLA
may be reviewed and revised according to the procedures detailed in Section C.10 of
SLA (SLA Change Control).
C.4 Service Level Agreements & Targets
This section is agreed to by Purchaser and Supplier as the key supplier performance
indicator for this engagement. The following section reflects the measurements to be
used to track and report systems performance on a regular basis. The targets shown
in the following tables are for the period of contact or its revision whichever is later.
Table 2: Service Level Chart
Mapping
with
Section G5
of SRS
Document
5.1
Service
Project
Management
Parameter
Submission of
Monthly
Project Status
reports
&
Service
Level
100%
Conducting
Status
meetings
PDD, J & K
Validation
Penalty
2% of monthly FMS
charges for every
default
•
Minutes of
Meetings
•
Approval of
Status reports
by Engineerin-Charge
Page 97
30th December, 2009
5.2
Helpdesk
Resolution of
ticket logged as
per
the
Severity
definition chart
99%
Reports
generated from
Ticket logging
system
95%-99%
calls
resolved in specified
time: 2% penalty on
the monthly FMS
charges
90% - 95% calls
resolved in specified
time: 5% penalty on
the monthly FMS
charges
5.3
Install, Moves,
Add, Changes
(IMAC)
Services
5.4
Asset
/
Inventory
Management
5.5
5.6
PDD, J & K
Supplier
Management
Services
Desk
Side
Technical
support
Services
Should be part
of
Monthly
project status
report
95%
Report
0.2% of
monthly
FMS charges
Provide
monthly MIS
Asset
Inventory
95%
Report
0.2% of
monthly
FMS charges
Provide
monthly MIS
on
new
requirements
with
procurement
time
95%
Report
0.2% of
monthly
FMS charges
Conduct
Annual
Physical Asset
verification
100%
Management
approval
of
Physical
Asset
Verification
report
0.5% of Yearly FMS
charges
Evaluation of
Supplier
Performance
on
quarterly
basis
100%
Management
approval
of
Supplier
Performance
evaluation report
0.5% of Quarterly
FMS charges
Tracking
of
Supplier SLA
&
tickets
logged
with
suppliers
95%
Status of tickets
logged
with
Suppliers
0.5%
MIS reporting
on
AMC
tenure, License
fees
95%
Report
0.2% of
monthly
FMS charges
Resolution of
ticket logged as
per
the
Severity
definition chart
95%
Reports
generated from
Ticket logging
system
1% of monthly FMS
charges
Page 98
of
monthly
FMS charges
30th December, 2009
5.7
Antivirus
Management
5.8
LAN & local
server
administration
5.9
Network
Monitoring &
Management
98%
Reports
generated from
Anti
Virus
software console
1% of monthly FMS
charges
99%
Reports
generated from
Ticket logging
system
Covered under 5.1
SI to monitor
the availability
of the network
link for 99%
uptime. SI
should measure
link availability
on a monthly
basis.
99%
Downtime
reports
Penalty of 2% per
month will be
Reports on the
Network
performance
deducted from the
monthly FMS charges
of that utility, if the
reports are not
submitted by the SI.
Resolution of
ticket logged
related
to
Networks
99%
Data Centre
Network
Availability
99.8%
Rollout
of
latest anti-virus
definition file
on
workstations
and Servers on
being
made
available
on
Supplier's
website
Resolution of
ticket logged
Important:
A
separate SLA will be
signed with
bandwidth provider.
Reports
generated from
Ticket logging
system
Report
Minimum of
99.8% uptime
measured on a
monthly basis
Covered under 5.1
•
2% of monthly
FMS charges for
less than 99.8%
•
3% of monthly
FMS charges for
less than 98.0%
•
5 % of monthly
FMS charges for
less than 95%
•
98%
Regional
Offices
Report
•
2% of monthly
FMS charges for
less than 98%
•
3% of monthly
FMS charges for
less than 97%
•
5 % of monthly
FMS charges for
less than 95 %
Network
Availability
Minimum
of
98%
uptime
measured on a
monthly basis
PDD, J & K
Page 99
30th December, 2009
Divisional &
Other Offices
Network
Availability
97%
Report
•
2% of monthly
FMS charges for
less than 97%
•
3% of monthly
FMS charges for
less than 95%
Minimum of
97%
uptime
measured on a
monthly basis
5.10
5.11
PDD, J & K
Data
Centre
MIS reporting
Operations
on physical and
environmental
conditions
controls
95%
Report
0.2 % of
monthly
FMS charges
MIS reporting
of
health
checkup of all
systems &
modules
installed
95%
Report
0.2 % of
monthly
FMS charges
Server
Administration
/ Management
Rollout
of 98%
patches (OS,
infra level) on
workstations
and
Servers
after
patch
being approved
o n
t e s t
environment
Patch
report
Uptime of app
servers
Report
99.8%
Page 100
update
0.5% of
monthly
FMS charges
•
2% of monthly
FMS charges for
less than 99.8%
•
3% of monthly
FMS charges for
less than 98%
•
5 % of monthly
FMS charges for
less than 95%
30th December, 2009
Uptime
of
utility servers
except email
5.12
5.13
5.14
Database
Administration
services
MIS report of
database
Backup/
Restore
Management
Mail
Messaging
System
Report
•
2% of monthly
FMS charges for
less than 99.8%
•
3% of monthly
FMS charges for
less than 98%
•
5 % of monthly
FMS charges for
less than 95%
99%
Report
0.5% of
monthly
FMS charges
The Supplier
should
take
backup as per
the backup
schedule
defined
by
utility
99%
Report
If the negligence is
found in monthly
audit, the Bidder
would be penalised a
sum of Rs. 5,000/- per
negligence.
Utility would
periodically
(once a quarter
on a random
day)
request
the Supplier to
restore
the
backup data
100%
Report
Rs 5000/- for every
restore test failure
Uptime
of
email server
99%
Report
•
2% of monthly
FMS charges for
less than 99%
•
3% of monthly
FMS charges for
less than 98%
•
5 % of monthly
FMS charges for
less than 95%
scheme, disk
space, storage
and user role
/
Provide
monthly MIS
of user account
and mailboxes
created/deleted.
PDD, J & K
99.8%
95%
Page 101
Report
0.2% of
monthly
FMS charges
30th December, 2009
5.15
Management
of
utility’s
EMS
Daily MIS of
server
and
device health
checkup (CPU,
disk
space,
memory
utilization, I/O
utilization,
Central Storage
etc.)
100%
Reports
generated from
EMS system
0.5% of
monthly
FMS charges
6.1
Incident
management
Resolution of
ticket logged in
Incident
Management
tool
99%
Reports
generated from
Ticket logging
0.5% of
monthly
FMS charges
6.2
Ticketing
Management
Same as 6.1
6.3
Problem
Management
Supplier shall
analyze all the
incidents and
provide a root
cause
report
every month if
there are more
t h a n
1 0
incidents of the
system
100%
timely
submission
covering
all
incidents
logged in
that month
same
type.
Supplier shall
take the needed
corrective
action
to
prevent further
issues due to
the same cause.
6.4
Change
Management
Resolution of
Change
Management
ticket logged in
Change
Management
tool
6.5
Release
Management
Same as 6.1
6.6
Email Listener
Same as 5.14
6.7
Availability
Management
6.8
PDD, J & K
Performance
Management
•
Root cause
report
•
Incident
report stating
problems
faced by the
users
•
Document
detailing
corrective
action
•
5% penalty on the
monthly FMS
charges of that
Project Area, if
the Supplier does
not submit a
problem report
for that month.
•
5% penalty on the
monthly FMS
charges of that
Project Area, if
the Supplier does
not perform the
corrective action
for more than one
calendar month.
99%
Reports
generated from
Change
Management
System
Covered under 5.1
Should be part
of Monthly
status report
95%
Report
0.2% of
monthly
FMS charges
Should be part
of Monthly
status report
95%
Report
0.2% of
monthly
FMS charges
Page 102
30th December, 2009
6.9
Capacity
management
Should be part
of Monthly
status report
95%
Report
0.2% of
monthly
FMS charges
6.10
Security
Management
Should be part
of Monthly
status report
95%
Report
0.2% of
monthly
FMS charges
7
Resource
Management
Number
of
shift days for
which resource
present at the
designated
location / Total
number of shift
days
98%
averaged
over
all
resources
designated
for
SI
services calculated
on
a
monthly
basis
•
Attendance
track
•
Call Log
•
Audit calls/
visits
Measured on
monthly basis
If the resource
availability is less
than 95%, then
payment shall be
deducted based on the
pro-rata basis.
a
(Total FMS cost per
day divided by nos. of
persons deployed)
Further deduction
Rs.2,000/- per day per
engineer/shall also be
made on account of
loss of utility/service
Resource
provided is not
as per specified
certification /
experiences
100% of
the
resource
given
Experience
Certificate of
FMS personnel
submitted by
Supplier to
Utility
Per day deduction =
0.5 * (Monthly value
for that manpower as
per SOR) / 30
Uptime Calculation for the month:
{[(Actual Uptime + Scheduled Downtime) / Total No. of Hours in a Month] x 100}
"Actual Uptime" means, of the Total Hours, the aggregate number of hours in
any month during which each equipment, is actually available for use.
"Scheduled Downtime" means the aggregate number of hours in any month
during which each equipment, is down during total Hours, due to preventive
maintenance, scheduled maintenance,infrastructure problems or any other
situation which is not attributable to Supplier’s (or Service provider's) failure
to exercise due care in performing Supplier’s responsibilities.
The Purchaser would provide a maximum of 04 hours of planned downtime
for the preventive maintenance (as part of scheduled downtime) per month per
equipment/service.
The downtime for scheduled maintenance (patch application, upgrades – OS,
Database, etc.) would need to be mutually agreed between Utility and the
PDD, J & K
Page 103
30th December, 2009
Bidder. To reduce this time, various maintenance activities can be clubbed
together with proper planning.
"Total Hours" means the total hours over the measurement period i.e. one
month (24 * number of days in the month).
Downtime Calculation:
The recording of downtime shall commence at the time of registering the
call with Supplier or Service Provider for any downtime situation for the
equipment.
Downtime shall end when the problem is rectified and the application/
service is available to the user.
Down time will not be considered for following:
1. Pre-scheduled preventive maintenance and health checks (Scheduled Downtime).
2. Failover time (30 minutes) in case of cluster environment. Beyond which
the service would be considered to be not available and appropriate
penalty shall be imposed on the Supplier.
3. Bug in any application which causes the non-availability of the service.
4. If the utility elects to continue the operation of the machine / equipment, when a part of
the machine is giving problem and leading to downtime, the commencement of
downtime shall be deferred until the utility releases the machine / equipment to the
Bidder for remedial action.
Severity definition chart is tabulated below for reference.
Table 3: Severity Definition Chart
Support
Category
Critical
Urgent
Criteria
Resolution
Maximum Response
Time
The system is unable to be used for normal
business activities. There is certainty of financial
loss to PURCHASER.
90 Minutes
15 Minutes
There is a problem with part of the system, which
4 Hours
1 Hour
impacts on Purchaser’s decision making. No viable
workaround is available. There is a likelihood of
financial loss.
PDD, J & K
Page 104
30th December, 2009
Support
Category
Maximum Response
Time
Criteria
Resolution
High
The efficiency of users is being impacted, but has a
viable workaround.
6 hours
2 Hours
Medium
A low impact problem that affects the efficiency of
users but has a simple workaround.
12 Hours
8 Hours
Low
A fault, which has no particular impact on
processing of normal business activities.
One Week
8 Hours
C.5 Breach of SLA
In case the Supplier does not meet the service levels mentioned in Section C.4 of this
Appendix & Section G5 of SRS document, for three (3) continuous time-periods as
specified in the relevant clause, the Purchaser will treat it as a case of breach of Service
Level Agreement. The following steps will be taken in such a case:1. Purchaser issues a show cause notice to the Supplier.
2. Supplier should reply to the notice within three working days.
3. If the Purchaser authorities are not satisfied with the reply, the Purchaser will initiate
termination process as described in clause 33 of Section VII, GCC.
C.6 Exclusions
The Supplier will be exempted from any delays or slippages on SLA parameters arising
out of following reasons:1 Delay in execution due to delay (in approval, review etc) from Purchaser’s side.
Any such delays will be notified in written to the IT Team.
2 The network links will be provided by a third party and the Supplier will monitor
and report any problems on behalf of third party. If Supplier notifies and
Purchaser approves that the delay or fault was due to the third party link services
then such loss will not be considered for tracking Supplier’s SLA parameters
(Also reduced from total service time).
C.7 Monitoring and Auditing
IT Team of Purchaser will review the performance of Supplier against the SLA parameters each
month, or at any periodicity defined in the contract document. The review / audit report will
form basis of any action relating to imposing penalty or breach of contract. Any such review /audit
can be scheduled or unscheduled. The results will be shared with the Supplier as soon as possible.
Purchaser reserves the right to appoint a third-party auditor to validate the SLA.
C.8 Reporting Procedures
The Supplier’s representative will prepare and distribute SLA performance reports in an agreed
upon format by the 10th working day of subsequent month of the reporting period. The reports will
PDD, J & K
Page 105
30th December, 2009
include “actual versus target” SLA performance, a variance analysis and discussion of appropriate
issues or significant events. Performance reports will be distributed to the Purchaser’s IT Team.
C.9 Issue Management Procedures
C.9.1 General
This process provides an appropriate management structure for the orderly consideration and
resolution of business and operational issues in the event that quick consensus is not reached
between Purchaser and Supplier. It is expected that this pre-defined process will only be used on an
exception basis if issues are not resolved at lower management levels.
C.9.2 Issue Management Process
•
Either Purchaser or Supplier may raise an issue by documenting the business or technical problem,
which presents a reasonably objective summary of both points of view and identifies specific
points of disagreement with possible solutions.
•
Purchaser and the Supplier’s representative will determine which committee or executive level
should logically be involved in resolution.
•
A meeting or conference call will be conducted to resolve the issue in a timely manner. The
documented issues will be distributed to the participants at least 24 hours prior to the discussion
if the issue is not an emergency requiring immediate attention.
•
Management of Purchaser and Supplier will develop a temporary, if needed, and the permanent
solution for the problem at hand. The Supplier will then communicate the resolution to all
interested parties.
•
In the event a significant business issue is still unresolved, the arbitration procedures described
in the Contract will be used.
C.10 SLA Change Control
C.10.1 General
It is acknowledged that this SLA may change as Purchaser’s business needs evolve over the course of
the contract period. As such, this document also defines the following management procedures:
1. A process for negotiating changes to the SLA.
2. An issue management process for documenting and resolving particularly difficult issues.
3.
Purchaser and Supplier management escalation process to be used in the
event that an issue is not being resolved in a timely manner.
Any changes to the levels of service provided during the term of this agreement will be requested,
documented and negotiated in good faith by both parties. Either party can request a change. Changes
will be documented as an addendum to this document and consequently the contract.
C.10.2 SLA Change Process
Both the parties may amend this SLA by mutual agreement in accordance. Changes can be
proposed by either party. Normally the forum for negotiating SLA changes will be Purchaser’s
monthly review meetings.
PDD, J & K
Page 106
30th December, 2009
C.10.3 C.10.3 Version Control
All negotiated SLA changes will require changing the version control number. As appropriate,
minor changes may be accumulated for periodic release (e.g. every quarter) or for release when a
critical threshold of change has occurred.
Management Escalation Procedures
The purpose of this escalation process is to provide a quick and orderly method of notifying both
parties that an issue is not being successfully resolved at the lowest possible management level.
Implementing this procedure ensures that purchaser and Supplier management are
communicating at the appropriate levels. Escalation should take place on an exception basis and
only if successful issue resolution cannot be achieved in a reasonable time frame.
1. All issues would be raised to the project management team, which is completely
responsible for the day to day aspects of the implementation. The project management
team shall classify the issues based on their severity level and resolve them within
appropriate timelines.
2. If project management team is unable to resolve an issue, the issue would be escalated to
the top management with options/ risks detailed for decision. Top management will make
decisions based on the options/ risks presented by the IT team.
3. In case one or both the parties are unsatisfied with the decision of the top management of
the Purchaser, the dispute will be resolved as specified in clause 8 of Section VIII – GCC.
C.11 Signature Page
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Service Level
Agreement to be executed by their respective authorized representatives as of the
date first written above.
Supplier
Purchaser
(On Behalf of all consortium members also)
Signature -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Signature
Name --------------------------------------------------------------------------- Name
Address --------------------------------------------------------------------------------Designation
Company -----------------------------------------Date ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Date -----
PDD, J & K
Page 107
30th December, 2009
D. Appendix D - Supplier Response Format
D.1 General Guidelines to the bidders
The Purchaser will select a Supplier (also referred as the ‘bidder’) in accordance with the eligibility
criteria indicated in Section IV.
The bidders are invited to submit a Technical Proposal and a Price Proposal for goods and related
services required for the project as defined in Section VI, Scope of Work and Appendix L. This
proposal will be the basis for contract negotiations and finalization of the contract with the successful
bidder.
The bidders must familiarize themselves with local conditions and take these into account while
preparing their proposals. To facilitate the bidders in making the Proposal, the Purchaser shall have a
‘Pre-Bid conference’ at the address and date as given in ITB, Section II.
Please note that:
•
Costs involved in preparation of the proposal and of negotiating the contract,
including a visit to the Purchaser, are not reimbursable.
•
The final evaluation will be based on both technical and commercial factors as
per the evaluation methodology mentioned in the Appendix E.
•
Please check all attachments with the checklist provided at the end, prior to
submission of bid.
D.1.1 Guidelines for Technical proposal
In preparing the Technical Proposal, bidders are expected to examine this Bid document in detail.
The proposal should cover all the aspects of this bid document. Any bid not found responsive to this
bid document shall be rejected. Material deficiencies in providing the information requested may
also result in rejection of the proposal.
While preparing the technical proposal, bidders must give particular attention that the technical
proposal does not include any financial information.
D.1.2 Guidelines for Price proposal
In preparing the price proposal, bidders are expected to take into account the requirements and
conditions of the bid document. The price proposal should follow standard formats/forms as given
in Appendix D.3.
Price Proposal should clearly indicate the price to be charged without any qualifications whatsoever
and should include all taxes (sales, service, etc.), duties (excise & customs, etc), octroi, fees, levies,
works contract tax, Entry tax and other charges as may be applicable, to be paid pre- or postdelivery or to be deducted by the purchaser at source, in relation to the Goods and Related Services.
Such taxes, duties, cess, charges etc, if not explicitly mentioned in the Price bid tables in Appendix
PDD, J & K
Page 108
30th December, 2009
H.3, but applicable under law, should be included in the Quote under “Any other levies” column.
The price proposal should be conformance to clause 12.3 of JTB, Section JJ.
D.1.3 Submission of proposal
•
The original technical proposal and price proposal shall be prepared in indelible ink.
Jt shall contain no inter-lineation or overwriting, except as necessary to correct
errors made by the bidder itself. The authorised representative must initial any
such corrections as mentioned in clause 21.2 JTB, Section JJ.
•
An authorised representative of the bidder should initial all pages of the proposal.
•
The bidders should submit five hard copies and five soft copies in separate
compact discs as per clause 21.1 JTB, Section JJ. The soft copies should be
necessarily in MS Word / MS Excel format (editable) besides other format(s).
•
Bidders are requested to submit a proposal written in the English language.
Bidders would need to submit both the technical and the price proposals.
•
The proposal should be typed in “Times New Roman” font, size 11 with single line spacing.
•
The document should be precise to requirements and concise in nature.
•
Each technical proposal and price proposal should be marked "Original" or
"Copy" as per clause 21.1 JTB. Section JJ. Jf there are any discrepancies
between the original and the copies of the Proposal, the original governs.
Proposals containing erasures or alterations are liable to be excluded from the
evaluation process.
The original and all copies (also softcopies) of the technical proposal shall be
placed in a sealed envelope clearly marked "Technical Proposal". The original
and all copies (also softcopies) of the price proposal should also be placed in a
sealed envelope clearly marked "Price proposal" along with a warning: "Do not
open with the Technical Proposal." Both envelopes shall be placed into an outer
envelope and sealed. This outer envelope shall be super scribed with the
following information:
•
1. Name of the bidder
2. Due date and time of submission
3. Submission address and contact detail
A clear marking stating: "DO NOT OPEN, EXCEPT IN PRESENCE OF THE
EVALUATION COMMITTEE."
•
Any omissions / deviations on the above, will cause rejection of the bid
The completed technical and price proposal must be delivered at the submission address on or before
the time and date stated in the Bid Data Sheet, Section III. The Purchaser will not be responsible for any
postal or transit delays. Any proposal received after the closing time for submission of proposals shall
be returned unopened.
PDD, J & K
Page 109
30th December, 2009
D.2 Technical Proposal
D.2.1 General Requirements
D.2.1.1 Bid structure
The response should include detailed structure of the bid specifying the names of bidder, consortium
member (if any) and subcontractors, stating their respective responsibilities. Use following format:-
Table 4: Bid Structure
Name of Company & Address
Role
Bidder (SI/ Lead member in case of consortium for
SI role)
Consortium member (Second member in case of
consortium for SI Role)
GIS Solution Provider
Network Solution Provider
Meter Data Acquisition Solution Provider, if required
D.2.1.2 Bidder - Company Statistics
Please provide the general and financial details of each of the entities (bidder,
consortium member (if any) and subcontractors) in the following formats:
Table 5: Bidder – Company Statistics
Supplier Response
Details
Bidder’s Name
Address
Contact (s), Title (s), Telephone (s), E-mail id (s)
Name of the Chairman/ MD/ CEO/ Partners
Nature of Ownership
Date of Incorporation of Company/Entity
Headquarter Location
Other Office
Strength
PDD, J & K
Locations,
Functions
and Personnel
Page 110
30th December, 2009
Number of Employees by Function
•
Implementation
•
Sales
•
Support
•
Quality Assurance
•
Administrative
•
Management
Size of Team for the Proposed Solution
Location of Support Centers for Proposed Solution
Other Businesses
D.2.2 Technical Specification requirement of Application packages
Refer to Technical Specifications, Appendix B.1 for details. Please respond to each specification in
following format. Copy first three columns from Appendix B.1.
Table 6: Technical Specification for Application Packages
No
Functional Requirements
Criticality
Supplier
Response
Remarks
The code to be used for providing Supplier rating responses in the column "Supplier Response" for the
functional requirements is provided below:
A - Functionality not available;
B - Available with modification/workaround
C - Functionality available
Please note that the rating as per the above scale is to be entered in the "Supplier Response" column,
and column titled “Remarks” is to be used for commenting on aspects related to the functional
specification. Bidders have to fill on two columns ("Supplier Response" & “Remarks”).
Please also note that the serial no. and format of response should be exactly similar to that given in
Appendix B.1
Please provide a summary of versions of various modules, if the proposed solution is a product. Use
following format:Table 7: Details of Product Offered
PDD, J & K
Page 111
30th December, 2009
Name of
Product
Module Details
Version and year of release
D.2.3 Hardware Technical Specifications (Including network equipments,
LAN/WAN, Kiosk etc.)
Refer to Technical Specifications, Appendix B.2 for details.
Please respond to each specification in following format.
Table 8: Technical Specifications of Hardware
No
Description/Requirements
Supplier
Response
Remarks
The response in column "Supplier Response" for the hardware requirements should be provided as
below:
•
Compliant
•
Non-compliant
Please note that column titled “Remarks” is to be used for commenting on aspects related to the
functional specification.
Bidders have to fill on two columns ("Supplier Response" &“Remarks”).
Please also note that the serial no. and format of response should be exactly similar to that given in
Appendix B.
Please mention the detailed specification of hardware equipment and system software (operating system,
database etc.) including manufacturer, technical details etc. The bidders should provide details of
required system software like operating system , database for solution and utilities in following format :Table 9: Details of Hardware Offered
Product details
No. of installations
Version and year of release
D.2.4 Approach and Methodology
The following table elaborates various requirements within A&M:
i.
i.
ii.
iii.
Understanding of Purchaser and its requirement with clear mention of
the deliverables
Details of proposed methodology
Project Team Structure
PDD, J & K
Page 112
30th December, 2009
iv.
v.
vi.
Resource planning and estimation
Risk planning
Detailed work plan with timelines
D.2.4.1 Understanding of Utility and its requirement
Bidder should depict complete understanding of the as-is system of the Utility based on the
information provided in the Bid Document. It should also require to list down all the
deliverables that has been planned as a part of the overall project with timelines. Also provide details
of prior interaction with Utility, if any.
D.2.4.2 Details of proposed methodology
Please provide details of methodology followed by your organization in successfully
implementing similar projects. Also highlight the special steps that your organization/
consortium intends to take in order to ensure that the change from current system to proposed
one will be smooth and effective.
Table 10: Proposed Project Team Structure
Name of
Staff
Position
Assigne
d
Internatio n a l Firm
o r Domestic
Employment
status with
the
firm (Full
time/
Associate)
Education
(Degree,
Year,
Institution)
Area of
Task
Expertise Assigne
and
d
number of
years of
relevant
experience
A.
Professional
Staff
B.
Staff
Support
D.2.4.3 Project Team Structure
In this section please provide detail of the team that would be deployed by your organization
to execute the project. Please provide details of the team structure in the following format:
D.2.4.4 Resource planning and estimation
Bidder shall provide detailed staffing schedule of the professional and support staff in the
PDD, J & K
Page 113
30th December, 2009
following format:
•
For Professional Staff the input should be indicated individually; for Support
Staff it should be indicated by category (e.g.: IT administrator, field survey
staff etc.).
•
Months are counted from the start of the assignment. For each staff indicate
separately staff input for off-site and on-site work.
Table 11: Proposed Resource Planning and Estimation
No
.
Name of Staff
Position
Staff Input
In
Weeks
W1
W2
W3
W4
W5
.....
Total
A. Professional Staff
B. Support Staff
D.2.4.5 Risk planning
Bidder shall assess underlying risks in implementation of the Project and detail out the
methodology to mitigate them. It may include development of a risk assessment matrix
indicating severity of the risk, chance of its occurrence and its mitigation approach.
D.2.4.6 Detailed work plan with timelines Please refer Appendix N for the format.
D.2.5 Project Experience
Bidder shall provide details of projects with application modules and other requirements (as
mentioned in Eligibility Criteria, Section IV) which have been successfully completed during
the last 3 financial years.
Please do not supply the names of clients who are no longer using your product/system.
Bidders need to submit the details as per the format in the table provided.
Table: The details of the same should be included in the following format and
necessary supporting documents should be attached with RFP:
PDD, J & K
Page 114
30th December, 2009
Table 12: Details of Project Experience
Name
SI.
of
No
project
Owner
of
Project
assignm
ent
(Client
name)
Brief Scope
necessarily
including role
played by
Bidder,
modules
implemented,
sector
classification
Cost
of
assign
ment
Date of
Awarde
d
commen
cement
Date
of
compl
etion
Was
assignment
satisfactorily
completed
Was it
a
Power
Sector
Project
? (Y/N)
Provid
e
Detail
Please provide separate client details for bidder & each consortium member (Implementation partner,
product Supplier, WAN/bandwidth/Internet service provider etc.)
D.2.6 Team details (CVs)
Use the following format for key personnel who would be involved in the project. Please include
details of team members proposed to implement the project, install or manage hardware, install and
manage LAN/WAN and related equipments, provide GIS solution etc., please ensure that the CV has a
maximum length of 3 pages.
In case of replacement of Supplier personal from the project team, Supplier is required to submit
to the nominated Utility personal the CV of the new person with equivalent or better education
qualification and relevant professional experience who will be joining the team and get in duly
approved. The new person can start working in the project only after his/her CV has been approved
by the Utility.
Table 13: Format of Curriculum Vitae
1.
Proposed Position:
2.
Name of Firm and ITIA Role
(SI/NSP/GSP/MDASP)
3.
Name of Staff:
4.
Date of Birth:
5.
Education:
Year
PDD, J & K
Nationality:
Degree/Examination
Page 115
Institute/Board
30th December, 2009
6.
Membership of
Professional Associations:
7.
Other Training:
8.
Countries of Work
Experience:
9.
Languages:
Language
10.
Speaking
Reading
Writing
Employment Record:
From
To
11.
Detailed Tasks Assigned:
13.
Certification:
Employer
12.
Positions Held
Work Undertaken that best illustrates capability to handle the
tasks assigned:
I, the undersigned, certify that to the best of my knowledge and belief, this CV correctly describes myself,
my qualifications, and my experience. I understand that any wilful misstatement described herein may
lead to my disqualification or dismissal, if engaged.
Signature of authorised representative of the
staff
Date:
Full name of authorised representative:
D.2.7 Firm Detail
Bidder shall provide details of CMM/CMMI and ISO certification along with the details of net-worth
and turnover for the past three audited financial years in the following format:
Table 14: Firm Detail
Details
FY06-07
FY07-08
FY08-09
Net-worth
Turn-Over
PDD, J & K
Page 116
30th December, 2009
Level of CMM/CMMI Certification
(Yes/No)
ISO Certification
(Yes/No)
Audited financial reports and copy of the certificates supporting the above need to be submitted as
proof.
D.2.8 Facility Management Services Plan
The detail plan for FMS shall be given in accordance with the Section G5 of SRS Document.
D.2.9 Project Management Practices
Please provide high-level details of the project management practices that will be followed to manage
the project. The project management practices would include (but not be limited to) details of:•
Bidder must provide details of how they envisage the contract being managed including principles
such as (but not limited to) joint planning and control mechanisms; regular and active review
meetings; Project management of individual work streams and overall program management of
the entire service; Performance reporting
•
Bidder should outline their proposed governance structure and designate a Service Manager to coordinate their activities and provide a focal point of contact to whom Utility can refer on any
matter concerning the service.
•
Reporting lines and decision-making powers within the bidder’s organization must be explained
•
Reporting formats and templates that would be followed by the bidders
•
Outline the proposed escalation procedures in the event that issues arise.
D.2.10 Quality Assurance
•
Quality of service - Suppliers must provide details of their proposed approach to
quality assurance to ensure the quality of services in accordance with clause 19
of Section G1 of SRS Document. This should include:
•
Responsibility of quality of service;
•
How the supplier will ensure quality service is provided;
•
How quality will be measured
Does your company (and consortium partner) have any quality certification / Assessment? If so, please
provide your responses for the following:
Table 15: Details of Certification
Description
Bidder’s Response
Certification / Assessment Name
PDD, J & K
Page 117
30th December, 2009
Who issued the certification/assessment?
When was the certification/assessment obtained?
Does this certification/assessment process involve periodic reviews and
observations/ remarks after such review? If so, please provide details and specify
when your company is due for its next quality review?
Please specify your company’s process for product development and enhancements
D.2.11 Documentation
Please provide a list of all user documents that will be provided along with the
software package. This must include the following minimum documents:
•
System and administration manuals
•
Technical support handbook
•
User Manuals;
•
Error Messages and their Meanings;
•
Training Manuals;
•
Analysis & Design Manuals with the relevant data flow diagrams, entity
relationship diagrams, schemas etc.;
•
Additions/ changes to the documents after upgrades; and
•
Operations Manuals.
D.2.12 Deviations Sheet
Only “non-material deviations” (which means only those deviations that do not qualify as material
deviations as defined in ITB clause 29.2 of bid document) will be considered by the purchaser. Please
describe all the non-material deviations w.r.t Terms and conditions described in the General
conditions of contract, Section VII & Special conditions of contract, Section VIII.
If bidder desires to take any non-material deviation from the terms & conditions of the tender, it
should be mentioned specifically in this deviation sheet. Unless such deviations are mentioned
in this deviation sheet, the same will not be taken into consideration.
Table 16: Format for Deviations
Tender Clarifications – Terms and Conditions
Sl. No.
PDD, J & K
Tender Reference (Section /
Clause number )
Details of Clauses /
Section needing
deviation
Page 118
Deviation proposed
30th December, 2009
Except aforesaid deviations, the entire order, if placed, shall be executed in accordance with
specifications and any other conditions, variations/deviations etc. if found, elsewhere in this proposal
should not be given any consideration while finalizing the tender.
It is not mandatory to consider and accept the deviation mentioned on deviation sheet proposed by the
bidder.
Note: -Continuation sheet of like size & format may be used as per bidder’s requirement wherever
necessary.
PDD, J & K
Page 119
30th December, 2009
D.3 Price proposal
Bidders are requested to provide cost for each of the Project Area in the subsequent formats. The Bidders should take a note of following points while
filling the Price proposal.
1. Bidder will be responsible for payment of Taxes (including local entry taxes), duties, cess, charges etc, including taxes, duties, cess, charges
etc, to be paid by the Supplier pre- or post-delivery. Such taxes, duties, cess, charges etc, if not explicitly mentioned in the following tables, but
applicable under law, should be included in the Quote under “Any other levies” column.
2. The Bidder will provide Tax rates assumed for the calculation at the time of proposal for each item in notes to respective table.
3. Please refer to GCC Clause 13.2 and the SCC for Price adjustments due to change in Tax rates (including local entry taxes), duties, cess,
charges etc.
4. Purchaser reserves the right to deduct and pay to the government authorities the taxes at applicable rates from the price payable to the supplier.
5. The unit prices mentioned for various components should be the same for all Project Areas. In case of any discrepancy among unit prices of
various Project Areas, the lowest unit price of equipment mentioned for any Project Area shall prevail.
6. Utility proposes establishment of one centralized Data Centre and Customer Care Centre which are located in the Project Area(s) defined in the
Appendix F (List of offices for WAN connectivity).
D.3.1 Project Area with Data Centre & Customer Care Centre
Bidder should refer Appendix F to fill in following information:
Name of Project Area (town):Location Data Centre:Location of Customer Care Centre:Number Subdivision Offices under the Project Area:Number of Other Offices under the Project Area:-
PDD, J & K
Page 120
30th December, 2009
•
Forms (Form 1 to Form 6) mentioned in the Appendix C.3.1 should only be filled, by the bidder, to provide cost of
IT implementation for Project Area where Data Centre and Customer Care Centre are located. For other Project
Area(s) of the Utility, Forms (Form 3 to Form 6) mentioned in Appendix C.3.2 should be filled.
•
Bidder should define quantity and unit price which includes FOB, Freight & Insurance, Excise Duty, CST/VAT and any
other levies for each item listed below in the following format.
•
Sub-division offices are separated from other offices as Meter Data Acquisition Servers are planned to be setup
only in sub-division offices. Other offices cover (but not limited to) head quarter, regional offices, circle offices, division
offices, collection centre etc. These offices are not provided with any server and shall have connectivity with Data
Centre to transfer/access information.
PDD, J & K
Page 121
30th December, 2009
Form 1: Data Centre Cost
This format shall be used for Srinagar
Bid Form No.1
STANDARD BID SHEET FOR TOWN WITH DATA CENTER & CUSTOMER CARE
LOCATION: Srinagar
Name of Project Area
Location Data Centre
Location of Customer Care Centre
Number of Sub Division Offices under the Project Area
Number of Other Offices under the Project Area
Ite
m
No.
Srinagar
Bidder should provide lumpsum cost of installation, testing & commissioning, training of employees, data migration cost etc. including all taxes in the
format provided below.
WAN/LAN implementation charges shall include charges for setup, configuration, training, installation, cables, liaisoning with service provider, etc.
Freight
Item description
Type (Refer Unit Quantit FO
Excis Excis CS
Sale
Any
Tot
Tot
y
B
&
SRS
e
e
T/
s&
other
al
al
(per Insuranc Duty Duty VA othe levies Cost Cos
Document
unit
e (per
for exact
(per
T
r
(per
(per
t
)
unit)
Technical
unit)
taxe
unit)
unit
Specification
s
Servic
)
s)
(per e Tax
unit)
@
10.3%
Rs.
Rs.
%
Rs.
%
Rs.
Rs.
Rs.
Rs.
Hardware/ Equipment
1
a
b
Server Hardware
Database Server for GIS in cluster
fail-over Mode
No.
Database Server for other
applicationsin cluster fail-over
No.
PDD, J & K
Page 122
30th December, 2009
Mode
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
GIS Application Server
Application Server for others
Testing, Development & QA Server
Access Control Server
Anti-Virus Server
DNS Server
LDAP Server
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
j
No.
k
l
m
n
2
3
a
b
c
d
e
Web Server
Reverse Proxy Server
No.
EMS/NMS Server with Network
Operation Console
Mail/ Messaging Server
No.
No.
Data Acquisition Server with Front
End Processor
Sub Total
Workstation PC (Computer chair,
table etc.)
Sub Total
Storage & Backup Devices
SAN storage (12TB)
Fiber Channel SAN switch
SAN Cabling
Backup Server
Tape Library
PDD, J & K
No.
No.
No.
Set
No.
No.
Page 123
30th December, 2009
f
4
a
b
5
a
b
c
d
6
a
b
7
8
a
b
9
a
b
Other Storage Device
Sub Total
Server Racks
IDF/MDF Wall Mount Racks
IDF/MDF Floor Mount Racks
Sub Total
Switches
Core Switch
Access Switch
Distribution Switch
Layer II Switch
Sub Total
Routers
Router for MPLS/ VPN Network
Router for Internet Gateway
Sub Total
Other Active Devices
Application Load Balancer
Cabling System
Cable, Jacks etc.
No.
Fiber Optical Cable, Connectors,
Patch Cord etc.
Sub Total
UPS & Battery System
Critical Load UPS
Service Load UPS
Sub Total
Lot
PDD, J & K
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
Lot
No.
No.
Page 124
30th December, 2009
10
a
b
11
a
b
c
12
IP Telephony
IP PBX
IP Phones
Sub Total
Printers & Others
Network LaserJet (B/W) Printer
Media for DAT drive
Blank Cartridges for Tape Library
Sub Total
Spares
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
Spares to maintain agreed
performance level
Total Hardware
Software
1
a
b
c
d
e
f
Software License - Application
AMR based Meter Data Acquisition
& Analysis Software
Energy Audit Software
No.
New Connection & Disconnection
Management System
GIS Application
No.
GIS based Integrated Network
Analysis Software
No.
Management Information System
Software
No.
PDD, J & K
Page 125
No.
No.
30th December, 2009
g
h
i
j
k
2
a
b
c
d
e
f
3
a
b
c
d
Identify & Access Management
System Software
MBC Software
Asset Management System
Software
No.
No.
Maintenance Management System
Software
Sub Total
Misc Software & Solutions
Enterprise Management System
(EMS) Solution #
Messaging Solutions
Directory Software
SPAM Filter
IDS & Firewall System
No.
Development of Web portal and
web self service
Sub Total
Basic Software License
Software Licenses-Server OS
Software Licenses-Anti Virus
Software Licenses-Databases
Sub Total
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
Total Software
1
a
Bandwidth Charges
Network Connectivity Charges for
Primary Link
PDD, J & K
Page 126
30th December, 2009
b
1
a
b
Network Connectivity
Secondary Link
Charges
for
Total Bandwidth
Implementation Cost
Development of Commercial database of
consumers and Data migration work as
per the requirement of utility
Installation, Testing and Commissioning/
Customization Cost
Total Implementation
Grand Total
Total Data Centre Cost (A) = ____________________________________
PDD, J & K
Page 127
30th December, 2009
Form 2: Customer Care Centre cost
Form 2: Customer Care Centre cost
Location of
Ite
m
No.
Item Description
Type
(Refer
SRS
Documen
t for
exact
Technica
l
Specifica
tions)
Uni
t
Quantit
y
FO
B
(per
unit
)
Freight
&
Insuranc
e (per
unit)
Excis
e
Duty
Excis
e
Duty
(per
unit)
CST
/
VA
T
Sale
s&
othe
r
taxe
s
(per
unit)
Any
other
levies
(per
unit)
Servic
e Tax
@
10.3%
Tota
l
Cost
(per
unit
)
Tot
al
Cost
Rs.
Rs.
%
Rs.
%
Rs.
Rs.
Rs.
Rs.
Hardware/ Equipment
1
a
2
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
Server Hardware
Application Server
Sub Total
Customer Care related Equipments
Hand Set
Head Set
Call Switching Equipment
No.
No.
No.
No.
IVRS ( Interactive Voice Response
System) server
No.
CTI (Computer telephony Integration)
server
Automatic Call Distributor
Dialer
No.
PDD, J & K
Page 128
No.
No.
30th December, 2009
h
i
3
a
b
4
5
6
7
8
a
b
9
a
b
No.
Voice Logger
Soft telephone
Sub Total
Server Racks
Sub Total
Switches
Layer II Switch
Sub Total
Routers
Sub Total
Cabling System
Cables, Jacks etc.
Sub Total
2/5 kVA UPS
Sub Total
IP Telephony
IP PBX
IP Phones
Sub Total
Workstation & Printers
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
lot
No.
No.
No.
Workstation PC (including UPS,
Computer chair, table etc.)
Dot Matrix Printers
PDD, J & K
No.
Page 129
30th December, 2009
c
d
10
a
b
c
11
A4 Size Inkjet / Bubble Jet printer
Sub Total
Machines
Touch Screen KIOSK
IDMS along with Automatic Token
Dispenser Machine
Cash/ Cheque Collection KIOSK
Sub Total
Spares
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
Spares to maintain agreed performance
level
Total Hardware
Rs.
Software
1
a
b
c
d
e
f
2
a
b
Automated Call Distribution Software
Computer Telephony Integration
Software
Answering Service Software
Interactive Voice Response Software
Softphone Software
Voice Broadcasting Software
Sub Total
PDD, J & K
Page 130
30th December, 2009
Sub Total
Total Software
Not
applica
ble as
CC
located
in DC
Premise
s
Bandwidth Charges
1
Implementation Cost
Customization Cost
Grand Total
Total Customer Care Centre cost (B) =
PDD, J & K
Page 131
30th December, 2009
Form 3: Subdivision Offices cost
Form 3: Sub-division Offices cost
Item
No.
1
2
3
a
4
a
b
TOTAL NUMBER OF SUBDIVISIONS
Item Description
Type
(Refer
SRS
Documen
t for exact
Technical
Specificat
ions)
Uni
t
Quantit
y
FOB
(per
unit)
Freight &
Insurance
(per unit)
Excise
Duty
Excise
Duty
(per
unit)
CST
/
VAT
Sales
&
other
taxes
(per
unit)
Rs.
Rs.
%
Rs.
%
Rs.
Hardware/
Equipment
0
Data Acquisition Server with
Front End Processor
Sub Total
Switches
Layer II Switch
Sub Total
Routers
Router for MPLS/ VPN
Network
Sub Total
Cabling System
Cables, Jacks etc.
Workstation / Equipment Cords
PDD, J & K
lot
lot
Page 132
30th December, 2009
Any
other
levies
(per
unit)
Service
Tax @
10.3%
Rs.
Tota
l
Cost
(per
unit)
Tota
l
Cost
Rs.
Rs.
5
a
b
6
a
b
c
d
e
7
8
9
a
b
10
Sub Total
Hardware for AMR based
Data Logging System
Data Converter Unit
Cabling, connectors and other
required hardware
Sub Total
Modems for AMR System **
PSTN Modem
GSM Modem
GPRS Modem
CDMA Modem
EDGE Modems
Sub Total
Spot Billing System
Hand Held Spot Billing
Equipment connected with
Portable Printer
Sub Total
2/5 kVA UPS
Sub Total
IP Telephony
IP PBX
IP Phones
Sub Total
Workstation PCs, Printers &
Others
PDD, J & K
Page 133
30th December, 2009
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
11
Workstation PC (including
UPS, Computer chair, table
etc.)
Dot Matrix Printers
Slip Printer
Network LaserJet (B/W)
Printer
A4 Size Inkjet / Bubble Jet
printer
A3 Size Inkjet Color Printer
Line Printer
Bar Code Reader
Sub Total
Spares
performance level
Total Hardware
Software
Software License Application
Meter Data Acquisition &
Analysis Software
Sub Total
Sub Total
Total Software
PDD, J & K
Page 134
30th December, 2009
Bandwidth Charges
Network Connectivity Charges
for Primary Link
for Secondary Link
Network Connectivity and
usage charges for
communication between DC
and Sub Stations , DTs etc.
through respective modems for
Meter data collection
Total Bandwidth Charges
Implementation Cost
Installation, Testing and
Commissioning/ Customization
Cost***
Grand Total
Total Sub Division offices cost
(C) = __________
PDD, J & K
Page 135
30th December, 2009
Form 4: Other Offices cost
Item
No.
TOTAL NUMBER OF
OTHER OFFICES
Item Description
Type
(Refer
SRS
Docum
ent for
exact
Techni
cal
Specifi
cations
)
Unit
Quantity
FOB
(per
unit)
Freight &
Insurance
(per unit)
Excise
Duty
Excise
Duty
(per
unit)
CST/
VAT
Sales
&
other
taxes
(per
unit)
Any
other
levies
(per
unit)
Service
Tax @
10.3%
Rs.
Rs.
%
Rs.
%
Rs.
Rs.
Hardware/
Equipment
Switches
Layer II Switch
Sub Total
Routers
Network
Sub Total
Cabling System
Cables, Jacks etc.
Workstation / Equipment
Cords
PDD, J & K
Page 136
30th December, 2009
Total
Cost
(per
unit)
Total
Cost
Rs.
Rs.
Sub Total
2 kVA UPS
Sub Total
Workstation PCs, Printers
& Others
Workstation PC (including
UPS, Computer chair, table
etc.)
Dot Matrix Printers
A4 Size Inkjet / Bubble Jet
printer
Line Printer
Bar Code Reader
Sub Total
Machines
Touch Screen KIOSK
Cash/ Cheque Collection
KIOSK
Sub Total
Spares
performance level
Total
Hardware
Bandwidth Charges
Charges for Primary Link
(head office, divisional
PDD, J & K
1
year
Page 137
30th December, 2009
office, circle, regional)
Charges for Secondary Link
(head office, divisional
1
year
Implementation Cost
Cost***
Grand Total
Total other offices cost (D) =
_________
PDD, J & K
Page 138
30th December, 2009
Form 5: Cost of DGPS Survey, Consumer Indexing & Asset Mapping
Ite
m
No.
Description
Unit
1
Procurement of Satellite Imagery and creation of Base Map
of project area.
Locating co-ordinates (Latitude-Longitude) using DGPS,
collection/updation of attribute database of following
electrical network assets through field survey and
codification & indexing with their upstream source of
supply:
Sq. Km.
2
a)
b)
66/33, 66/11, 33/11 kV substations
HT (33, 11 kV) overhead lines/underground cables alongwith
associated line equipments such as RMUs, Distribution
Transformers, Capacitors etc.
PDD, J & K
Page 139
Qt
y.
No.
Km.
30th December, 2009
FOB
(per
unit)
Freigh
t&
Insura
nce
(per
unit)
Excis
e
Duty
Ex
cis
e
Du
ty
(p
er
un
it)
C
S
T/
V
A
T
Sa
les
&
ot
he
r
ta
xe
s
(p
er
un
it)
An
y
oth
er
levi
es
(pe
r
uni
t)
Ser
vic
e
Ta
x
@
10.
3%
T
ot
al
C
os
t
(p
er
u
ni
t)
T
ot
al
C
os
t
c)
3
LT overhead lines and underground cables alongwith
associated equipments such as poles, feeder pillar boxes
etc.
Collection/updation of consumer attribute database through
door-to-door field survey and codification & indexing of
the consumers with respective upstream source of supply
(poles/feeder pillar boxes).
4
Km.
No.
Sq. Km.
Preparation of digitized electrical network on the base map
in the pre-defined scale with features and attributes of
assets and consumers collected through DGPS/door-todoor survey for GIS application.
* Taxes & Duties should include CST, VAT, Sales Tax, Service Tax,
Entry Tax, Excise Duty etc.
Total Cost of DGPS Survey, Consumer Indexing & Asset Mapping
(E) =_______________________
PDD, J & K
Page 140
0
30th December, 2009
Form 6: Project Management Cost
Supplier shall quote the implementation cost till the Enterprise-wide rollout of the complete solution (Integrated solution, WAN/ LAN) in the given format. The implementation
cost should include all services as specified in Appendix L.
Project Management Cost Including all Taxes & Duties
Project Execution Related Cost
Installation, Testing and Commissioning Cost to Integrate
Entire IT Infrastructure
Integration with legacy applications & Data Migration
Training for the Employees
Total
Unit
Rs.
Rs.
Rs.
Rs.
* Project management cost include CST, VAT, Sales Tax, Service Tax, Excise Duty etc.
Total Project Management Cost (F) = __________________________________
PDD, J & K
Page 141
30th December, 2009
Form 7: Disaster Recovery Centre Cost
Refer to clause 22 of Section G3 of SRS document for the detail scope of work related to the Disaster Recovery Centre.
Item
No.
Item description
Type
(Refer
SRS
Docum
ent for
exact
Technic
al
Specific
ations)
U
ni
t
Quant
ity
Form 7: DR Centre Cost
FOB
Freight &
Excise
(per
Insurance
Duty
unit)
(per unit)
Rs.
Rs.
%
Hardware/
Equipment
1
Server Hardware
N
o.
Database Server for GIS in
cluster fail-over Mode
Database Server for other
applications in cluster fail-over
Mode
N
o.
N
o.
N
o.
N
o.
N
o.
Testing, Development & QA
Server
PDD, J & K
Page 142
30th December, 2009
Excise
Duty
(per
unit)
CST/
VAT
Sales
&
other
taxes
(per
unit)
Rs.
%
Rs.
Any
other
levies
(per
unit)
Service
Tax @
10.3%
Rs.
Total
Cost
(per
unit)
Total
Cost
Rs.
Rs.
N
o.
Anti-Virus Server
N
o.
N
o.
N
o.
N
o.
EMS/NMS Server with
Network Operation Console
N
o.
N
o.
DNS Server
LDAP Server
Web Server
Data Acquisition Server with
Front End Processor
Sub Total
Workstation PC (Computer
chair, table etc.)
Sub Total
N
o.
N
o.
N
o.
Se
t
N
o.
N
o.
N
o.
SAN storage (12TB)
SAN Cabling
Backup Server
Tape Library
PDD, J & K
Page 143
30th December, 2009
4
Sub Total
Server Racks
N
o.
N
o.
5
a
b
Sub Total
Switches
N
o.
N
o.
N
o.
N
o.
c
Core Switch
d
Access Switch
Distribution Switch
Layer II Switch
Sub Total
Routers
Network
N
o.
N
o.
Sub Total
Lo
t
Lo
t
Cabling System
Cable, Jacks etc.
Fiber Optical Cable,
Connectors, Patch Cord etc.
Sub Total
PDD, J & K
Page 144
30th December, 2009
Critical Load UPS
Service Load UPS
Sub Total
IP Telephony
N
o.
N
o.
IP PBX
IP Phones
Sub Total
Printers & Others
Network LaserJet (B/W)
Printer
N
o.
N
o.
N
o.
Media for DAT drive
Blank Cartridges for Tape
Library
Sub Total
Spares
performance level
Total
Software
Software License Application
AMR based Meter Data
Acquisition & Analysis
Software
N
o.
N
o.
PDD, J & K
Page 145
30th December, 2009
New Connection &
Disconnection Management
System
N
o.
GIS Application
N
o.
GIS based Integrated Network
Analysis Software
N
o.
Management Information
System Software
N
o.
Identify & Access
Management System Software
N
o.
N
o.
MBC Software
Asset Management System
Software
Maintenance Management
System Software
Sub Total
Enterprise Management
System (EMS) Solution #
N
o.
N
o.
N
o.
N
o.
Messaging Solutions
Directory Software
SPAM Filter
N
o.
Development of Web portal
and web self service
Sub Total
PDD, J & K
N
Page 146
30th December, 2009
o.
N
o.
N
o.
N
o.
Data Replication software
Sub Total
Total
Bandwidth Charges
1
ye
ar
1
ye
ar
for Primary Link
for Secondary Link
Total
Implementation Cost
Development of Commercial
database of consumers and
Data migration work as per the
requirement of utility
Cost**
PDD, J & K
Page 147
30th December, 2009
Total
Total DR Centre Cost (G) = __________________________________
PDD, J & K
Page 148
30th December, 2009
Total Project Area Cost
Nature of Costs
Total
(Rs.
Cr.)
1
(A)
Form 2: Customer Care Centre Cost
(B)
Form 3: Sub-division Offices Cost
(C)
Form 4: Other Offices Cost
(D)
Form 5: DGPS Survey
(E)
(F)
Form 7: Disaster Recovery Centre (G)
Cost
Total (A)+(B)+(C)+(D)+(E)+(F)+(G)
PDD, J & K
Page 149
30th December, 2009
D.3.2 Project Area without Data Centre & Customer Care Centre
Bidder should use Appendix F to fill information.
Form 3: Sub-division Offices cost
Ite
m
No.
1
2
3
TOTAL NUMBER OF SUBDIVISIONS
Item Description
Type
(Refer
SRS
Documen
t for
exact
Technical
Specificat
ions)
Unit
Quantit
y
FOB
(per
unit)
Freight
&
Insuran
ce (per
unit)
Excis
e
Duty
Excise
Duty
(per
unit)
CS
T/
VA
T
Sales
&
other
taxes
(per
unit)
Rs.
Rs.
%
Rs.
%
Rs.
Hardware/ Equipment
Data Acquisition Server with Front
End Processor
Sub Total
Switches
Layer II Switch
Sub Total
Routers
Sub Total
PDD, J & K
Page 150
30th December, 2009
Any
other
levie
s
(per
unit)
Servi
ce
Tax
@
10.3
%
Rs.
T
ot
al
C
os
t
(p
er
u
ni
t)
T
o
t
a
l
C
o
s
t
R
s.
R
s.
4
a
b
5
a
b
6
a
b
c
d
e
7
8
9
a
b
Cabling System
Cables, Jacks etc.
Sub Total
Hardware for AMR based Data
Logging System
Data Converter Unit
Cabling, connectors and other required
hardware
Sub Total
PSTN Modem
GSM Modem
GPRS Modem
CDMA Modem
EDGE Modems
Sub Total
Spot Billing System
Hand Held Spot Billing Equipment
connected with Portable Printer
Sub Total
2 kVA UPS
Sub Total
IP Telephony
IP PBX
IP Phones
Sub Total
PDD, J & K
Page 151
30th December, 2009
10
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
11
Workstation PCs, Printers & Others
Dot Matrix Printers
Slip Printer
Line Printer
Bar Code Reader
Sub Total
Spares
level
Total
Total Hardware
Software
Meter Data Acquisition & Analysis
Software
Sub Total
Sub Total
Total Software
PDD, J & K
Page 152
30th December, 2009
9
a
b
c
Bandwidth Charges
Network Connectivity Charges for MPLS
Primary Link
Secondary Link
Network Connectivity and usage
charges for communication between
DC and Sub Stations, DTs etc. through
respective modems for Meter data
collection
1
year
1
year
1
year
10
Implementation Cost
Customization Cost***
LS
Grand Total
Total Sub Division offices cost =
__________________
PDD, J & K
Page 153
30th December, 2009
Ite
m
No.
1
2
3
a
b
TOTAL NUMBER OF OTHER
OFFICES
Item Description
Type
(Refer
SRS
Docume
nt for
exact
Technica
l
Specifica
tions)
Hardware/ Equipment
Switches
Layer II Switch
Sub Total
Routers
Sub Total
Cabling System
Cables, Jacks etc.
PDD, J & K
Unit
Quanti
ty
FOB
(per
unit)
Freigh
t&
Insura
nce
(per
unit)
Exci
se
Duty
Excise
Duty
(per
unit)
CS
T/
VA
T
Sales
&
other
taxes
(per
unit)
Rs.
Rs.
%
Rs.
%
Rs.
No.
No.
Lot
Lot
Page 154
30th December, 2009
Any
othe
r
levie
s
(per
unit)
Serv
ice
Tax
@
10.3
%
Rs.
T
ot
al
C
o
st
(
p
e
r
u
ni
t)
R
s.
T
o
t
a
l
C
o
s
t
R
s
.
4
a
b
c
d
e
5
a
6
1
a
b
Sub Total
No.
2 kVA UPS
Sub Total
Dot Matrix Printers
Line Printer
Bar Code Reader
Sub Total
Machines
Touch Screen KIOSK
Sub Total
Spares
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
level
Total Hardware
Bandwidth Charges
Primary Link (head office, divisional
Mbps
/year
Secondary Link (head office,
divisional office, circle, regional)
Mbps
/year
PDD, J & K
Page 155
30th December, 2009
1
Total Bandwidth
Implementation Cost
Installation, Testing and Commissioning/ Customization Cost**
LS
Grand Total
Total other offices cost =_______________________
PDD, J & K
Page 156
30th December, 2009
Description
Unit
Procurement of Satellite Imagery and
creation of Base Map of project area.
Per
Sq.k
m.
Ite
m
No.
1
2
Locating co-ordinates (Latitude-Longitude)
using DGPS, collection/updation of
attribute database of following electrical
network assets through field survey and
codification & indexing with their upstream
source of supply:
a)
b)
66/33, 66/11, 33/11 kV substations
HT (33, 11 kV) overhead lines/underground
cables alongwith associated line equipments
such as RMUs, Distribution Transformers,
Capacitors etc.
LT overhead lines and underground cables
alongwith associated equipments such as
c)
PDD, J & K
Page 157
FOB
(per
unit)
Freigh
t&
Insura
nce
(per
unit)
Nos
Kms
Kms
30th December, 2009
Excise
Duty
Excise
Duty
(per
unit)
CS
T/
VA
T
Sales
&
other
taxes
(per
unit)
Any
other
levies
(per
unit)S
ervice
Tax
@
10.3
%
T T
ot o
al t
C a
o l
st C
( o
p s
e t
r
u
ni
t)
3
4
poles, feeder pillar boxes etc.
Collection/updation of consumer attribute
database through door-to-door field survey
and codification & indexing of the
consumers with respective upstream source
of supply (poles/feeder pillar boxes).
Preparation of digitized electrical network
on the base map in the pre-defined scale
with features and attributes of assets and
consumers collected through DGPS/doorto-door survey for GIS application.
Nos
Per
Sq.k
m.
* Taxes & Duties should include CST,
VAT, Sales Tax, Service Tax, Entry Tax,
Excise Duty etc.
Total Cost of DGPS Survey, Consumer
Indexing & Asset Mapping =
_________________
PDD, J & K
Page 158
30th December, 2009
Project Management Cost Including all Taxes & Duties
Project Execution Related Cost
Installation, Testing and Commissioning Cost to Integrate
Entire IT Infrastructure
Integration with legacy applications & Data Migration
Training for the Employees
Total
Unit
Project
Area 1
Project
Area 2
Project Area wise Cost
Project
Project
Project
Area 3
Area 4
Area 5
Rs.
Rs.
Rs.
Rs.
* Project management cost include CST, VAT, Sales Tax, Service Tax, Entry Tax, Excise Duty etc.
Total Project Area Cost
Nature of Costs
Total
(Rs.
Cr.)
1
Form 3: Sub-division Offices Cost
(C)
Form 4: Other Offices Cost
(D)
Form 5: DGPS Survey
(E)
(F)
Total (C)+(D)+(E)+(F)
Total Cost of Project Area = Rs. ______________________________
PDD, J & K
Page 159
30th December, 2009
Total
D.3.3 FMS Charges
FMS Charges
Year 1
Time shall start just after entire project Go Live
Year 2
Year 3
Year 4
Year 5
Rs.
FMS Charges
Total FMS Charges (G) = __________________________________
D.3.4 Total Cost Summary
Costs
Total
(Rs. Cr.)
1
Project Area with Data Centre & Customer Care Centre Cost
(1)
Project Area with Data Centre & Customer Care Centre Cost 1
(2)
Project Area with Data Centre & Customer Care Centre Cost 2
(3)
……
(4)
Total FMS Charges
(5)
Total
Total Cost of ownership (1+2+3+4+5) = Rs. __________________________________
Price proposals will be compared based on the Total cost of ownership mentioned above.
PDD, J & K
Page 160
30th December, 2009
Total
0.00
D.4 Checklists
Please submit a copy of this section with cover letter while submitting the proposal.
D.4.1 Mandatory forms that needs to be submitted
Table 17 : Check List for Mandatory Forms
S. No.
Item
Furnished
1 Documents against eligibility criteria
Yes/ No
2 Bid Security
Yes/ No
3 One original copy duly signed- Technical Proposal
Yes/ No
4 Four copies of Technical Proposal - Hard copies
Yes/ No
5 Five copies of Technical Proposal - Soft copies
Yes/ No
6 One original copy duly signed- Price proposal
Yes/ No
7 Four copies of Financial Proposal - Hard copies
Yes/ No
8 Five copies of Financial Proposal - Soft copies
Yes/ No
9 Proof of turnover and networth for the last three audited financial years of
Bidder, consortium member (if any) and sub-contractors
Yes/ No
10 CV of key personnel in suggested format
Yes/ No
11 Proposed SLA template
Yes/ No
12 Filled-in copy of Bidding forms (Section V)
Yes/ No
13 Receipt of purchase of tender
Yes/ No
D.4.2 Compliance checklist
Table 18: Check List for proper Documentation & Compliance
S. No.
Item
Furnished
1
2
Yes/ No
Please confirm you agree to all clauses specified in the Section II, ITB
Please confirm you have submitted all the mandatory forms specified in
Appendix D (Technical & Financial Proposal)
Yes/ No
3
Yes/ No
Please confirm you have noted the bid submission deadline specified in Section III,
BDS (ITB 23.1)
PDD, J & K
Page 161
30th December, 2009
4
Yes/ No
Please confirm you have noted that the performance security will be furnished
within time period as specified in Section II, ITB clause 42.1
5
Please confirm you have provided all document proof to substantiate you
qualifying the eligibility criteria as mentioned in Section IV
Yes/ No
6
Please confirm you have complied with the proposed solution architecture
specified in SRS Document
Yes/ No
7
Please confirm you have complied with all services specified in the scope of
services mentioned in Section VI
Yes/ No
8
Please confirm that you comply with all clauses specified in the General
Conditions of Contract specified in Section VII
Yes/ No
9
Please confirm that you comply with all clauses specified in the Special
Conditions of Contract specified in Section VIII
Yes/ No
10
Please confirm that all goods (software and hardware) and services have been
included in the price proposal and is complete in all respects without any
deviation/ missing items
Yes/ No
11
Please confirm that you have not submitted any alternate proposal
Yes/ No
12
Please confirm that you have noted the SLA guidelines and penalty clauses
applicable as specified in Appendix C.
Yes/ No
13
Please confirm you have provided sufficient Bid security in proper form as
specified in clause 20, Section II ITB
Yes/ No
14
Please confirm you have responded to all mandatory technical specification given Yes/ No
in Appendix A
15
Please confirm you have responded to all technical
(applications) given in the Appendix B.1
16
Please confirm you have responded to all technical specifications (hardware) given Yes/ No
in the Appendix B.2
17
Please confirm that you have checked the final quote provided in Appendix D
(Price Proposal)
PDD, J & K
Page 162
specifications
Yes/ No
Yes/ No
30th December, 2009
E. Appendix E – Evaluation Methodology
•
Alternate bids are not allowed
•
Only bids from empanelled (by the nodal agency) bidders shall be evaluated
•
The evaluation team will thoroughly review the proposals submitted by various bidders /
consortiums. The broad evaluation will be based as following:o
Technical Proposal: 50% Weight
o
Price Proposal: 50% Weight
•
Pre-demo meetings will be conducted with all the bidders
•
Each of the bidder will be requested to demonstrate the product and services
•
The technical evaluation will commence post the demonstrations
•
Based on multiple parameters, the evaluation team will calculate the technical evaluation
score for each Supplier at the end of this phase
•
Utility, in observance of best practices, shall:
o
Maintain the bid evaluation process strictly confidential
o
Reject any attempts or pressures to distort the outcome of the evaluation, including
fraud and corruption
o
Strictly apply only and all of the evaluation and qualification criteria specified in the
Bid document
E.1 Single-Stage: Two-Envelope Bidding Procedure
In the Single-Stage: Two-Envelope bidding procedure, Bidders should submit two sealed
envelopes simultaneously, one containing the Technical Proposal and the other the Price
Proposal, enclosed together in an outer single envelope. Initially, only the Technical
Proposals are opened at the date and time advised in the Bidding Document. The Price Proposals
remain sealed and are held in custody by the Purchaser. The Technical Proposals are evaluated by
the Purchaser. No amendments or changes to the Technical Proposals are permitted. The
objective of the exercise is to allow the Purchaser to evaluate the Technical Proposals without
reference to price.
Bids of Bidders which do not conform to the
may be termed as non-responsive and will not be evaluated further.
mandatory
requirements
Following the approval of the technical evaluation, and at an address, date and time advised by
the Purchaser, the Price Proposals are opened in public. The Price Proposals are evaluated and,
following approval of the price evaluation, the Contract is awarded to the Bidder whose Bid
has been determined to be have scored maximum in the composite formula as defined below:
Total Score = 50% x Technical Proposal
Score + 50% x Price Proposal Score
PDD, J & K
Page 163
30th December, 2009
E.2 Evaluation and Comparison of bids
Initially the Supplier’s responses are reviewed for compliance with the Commercial terms and
conditions. The Suppliers who fail to comply with any of the commercial terms and conditions
mentioned may be termed as non-responsive and will not be evaluated further. For those
Suppliers who have qualified the commercial terms and conditions Technical evaluation will be
conducted followed by the Price-Bid evaluation. The Suppliers who qualify the minimum
technical requirement will be considered for the price-bid evaluation. The price bids will remain
sealed until the technical evaluation is complete.
Technical Evaluation
The technical bid has a weightage of 50%. Technical evaluation will happen in two stages.
Stage-1: Preliminary Evaluation
In stage-1, the following shall be confirmed: Deviations, Submission of Bank Guarantee,
Acceptance of terms and conditions, Acceptance to scope of work and compliance to mandatory
technical requirements (as mentioned in Appendix A). In case the bid doesn’t meet all the
mandatory requirements, the bid shall be termed as non-responsive and will not be evaluated
further
Stage-2
The distribution of weights shall be as follows:
Table 19: Distribution of weights for bid evaluation
No
Description
Weight
A
Technical Proposal
50
1
Technical solution as per SRS (G2)
19
2
Approach & Methodology
4
3
Project Experience
14
4
Team Details (CV)
5
5
Firm Details
8
B
Price Proposal
50
Total Marks
100
Details for each of the above parameters is as mentioned subsequently.
PDD, J & K
Page 164
30th December, 2009
A. Technical Proposal: Following is the methodology which shall be used to evaluate the various
parameters under the technical proposal.
A.1. Technical solution Evaluation
Table 20: Score for Technical Evaluation
No
i)
Description
Maximum Score
Technical Solution Score
19
G2 Section of SRS (refer Appendix B.1)
19
Each module has a relative importance based on the functionality/
requirements.
Module Weightage
=
Relative Importance of
Module / Summation of Relative Importance of Modules * 19 (max
module score)
Each module has requirement which has been classified and given
score based on the following:
o
Vital: 5
o
Essential: 2
o
Desirable: 1
Supplier shall submit their response (self evaluation as per the format
mentioned in Appendix D.2.2) against the requirement and score shall
be given as per the following:
ii)
o
Functionality Not Avail: 0 marks
o
Available with modifications / workaround:
2 marks
o
Functionality available: 5 marks
G3 Section of SRS (refer Appendix B.2)
PDD, J & K
Page 165
No Marks
30th December, 2009
The entire G3 section is the minimum requirement (and hence
mandatory) for the Utility and needs to be supplied as per the specifications.
In case the bidder decides to take any deviation, the same has to be
clearly mentioned under the deviations (D.2.12). Utility shall decide if
the same is acceptable or not. In case the same is not acceptable, the bid
shall be rejected and financial bid of the bidder shall not be opened.
Bidder’s self-response to the solution (refer A.1 above) shall be as per the manner as indicated in
Appendix-B.
The final score for Technical Specifications (G2 Section of SRS) will be calculated as follows:
Table 21: Calculation of Technical Score
Calculation of Score for Technical Solution
Step
Description
Calculation
1
Each requirement
maximum score
2
Supplier will get the score for each requirement
Criticality X Options Chosen by Supplier
3
Weightage Score Calculation per module
Module
Score / Maximum
Module Score
* Module
weightage
4
Weightage Score Calculation per TS
TS Score / Maximum TS Score * TS
weightage
5
Final Score
Summation of weightage score of each module
(refer step 3 & 4) of G2
will
have
Criticality X Options Available for Supplier
For qualifying, Supplier must score minimum of 10 marks in G2 Section and should comply with all
requirements of G3 section. In case the bidder has taken any deviation in G3 sections, Utility shall
decide whether the same shall be acceptable or not.
PDD, J & K
Page 166
30th December, 2009
A.2. Approach & Methodology
This section shall be assigned 4 marks. The following table elaborates various requirements within
A&M and the distribution of marks:
•
•
•
•
Understanding of Utility and its requirement (Also provide Prior interaction with Utility,
if any) (1.5 marks)
Details of proposed methodology (0.5 marks)
Resource planning and estimation (0.5 marks)
Detailed work-plan with timelines (1.5 marks)
A.3. Project Experience: Shall be assigned 14 marks.
The distribution of marks shall be as follows:
•
Power Sector Experience (5.5 marks)
•
Usage of project (2 marks)
•
Size of GSP, NSP and MDASP (1.5 marks)
•
IT Experience: Application Modules implemented (5 marks)
A.4. CV: Shall be assigned 5 marks. Following is the list of categorization of requirement of
personnel:
• GIS (Customer Indexing/ Asset Mapping/ Integrated Network Analysis
• Meter Data Acquisition/ Energy Audit
• Billing/Collection/New Connection/Disconnection
• Web Self Service/ Security/ MIS
• Customer Care
A.5.Firm details: Shall be assigned 8 marks. The
distribution of marks shall be as follows:
i.
Cumulative Turn-Over in the last 3 financial years (2.0 marks)
Level of CMM/CMMI certification (2.0 marks)
ii.
iii. ISO certification (2.0 marks)
iv. No. of locations in India (2 marks)
Bidders need to score a minimum score of “xx” out of 50 in the technical evaluation; else the bid shall
be termed as non-responsive and will not be evaluated further.
B. Price-Bid Evaluation: The Price-Bid evaluation is done only for those bids which are responsive
and which have a Final Technical score which is more than or equal to the minimum score for
technical proposal mentioned in sub-section A above.
The net cost quoted will be calculated as simple addition of all the cost mentioned in the price proposal
(Clause D.3, Appendix D). The price proposal score shall be calculated with following formula:
Price proposal score = (LP/FP)*50, where LP: Lowest Price offer; FP: Firm’s Price
B. Total Score
Total score shall be calculated as below:
Total Score = Technical Proposal Score + Price Proposal Score The bid with the highest overall score
will be awarded the project.
PDD, J & K
Page 167
30th December, 2009
F. Appendix F – Geographical & Administrative Information
Following is the list of towns which are included under the scope of work
Table 22: Geographical & Administrative Information
General Description
Detail
Name of town with HQ
Srinagar
Name of town with Data Centre
Srinagar
Name of town with Customer Care Srinagar
Centre
Name of Project Area (town)
Number of Subdivisions Offices
Number of Other
Offices
Nearest Railway Station Nearest
to HQ
Functional
Airport to HQ
Total Area of Total Population
Coverage
(as per 2001
census)
Srinagar
Ganderbal
Budgam
Anantnag
Bijbehara
Dooru-Verinag
Kulgam
Pulwama
Shopian
Tral
Bandipora
Baramulla
Handwara
Kupwara
Pattan
Sopore
20
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
16
1
1
3
4
0
2
2
0
1
0
2
1
1
1
4
Nowgam,Srinagar
Srinagar
Budgam
Harnag
Bijbehara
Qazigund
Harnag
Kakapora
Kakapora
Avantipora
Amargarh,Sopore
Baramulla
Amargarh,Sopore
Amargarh,Sopore
Pattan
Amargarh,Sopore
192
10
12.4
12.5
3
4.5
5.92
36
18
6
6.2
15.6
12
7.5
6.2
15.6
PDD, J & K
Page 168
30th December, 2009
Shikulalam,Srinag
Srinagar
Srinagar
Srinagar
Srinagar
Srinagar
Srinagar
Srinagar
Srinagar
Srinagar
Srinagar
Srinagar
Srinagar
Srinagar
Srinagar
Srinagar
932445
13721
11767
97896
19794
17237
13136
14229
12246
11651
25795
71896
10638
14857
11355
59624
Sumbal
Leh
Kargil
Aknoor
Jammu
Ranbir Singhpora
Samba
Kathua
Poonch
Rajouri
Badherwah
Doda
Kishtwar
Udhampur
1
1
1
1
12
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
0
13
1
2
1
2
2
0
3
1
3
Pattan
Nowgam
Jammu Tawi
Jammu Tawi
Jammu Tawi
Jammu Tawi
Samba
Kathua
Jammu Tawi
Jammu
Udhampur
Udhampur
Udhampur
Udhampur
Pilot Project areas
Pattan
R S Pura
PDD, J & K
Page 169
30th December, 2009
Srinagar
Leh
Leh
Jammu
Jammu
Jammu
Jammu
Jammu
Jammu
Jammu
Jammu
Jammu
Jammu
Jammu
6.2
32
22
8.2
196.5
22
15
36
6
36
8.5
17
9
3.9
10655
28639
10657
10896
612163
14324
15914
51034
23978
21580
10516
11320
14936
86299
G. Appendix G – List of Offices for WAN Connectivity
Table 23: List of Offices for WAN Connectivity
For above table, please refer to Appendix G provided in separate excel sheet.
H. Appendix H – Review of Current IT Systems
Utility has reviewed its current IT infrastructure in order to provide complete picture of existing IT system in the Utility to bidders. Following
sections provide detail of applications, hardware & network available in the Utility.
H.1 Existing solutions
The JK PDD has internally developed and implemented Information Technology (IT) systems for computerization of various business processes.
These are:
Table 24: Details of existing Applications to be Upgraded or Integrated with new System
Application
Name &
functional
description
A
NONE
Stand-alone
/Integrated
Application
B
NONE
Application
Name &
functional
description
A
NONE
PDD, J & K
Languages
M
NONE
Application
Future
Type - Batch
Other
Plans
(BCH),
applications
(Phase out Online (ON),
integrated
or
PC, Client
with?
continue) Server (CS),
Web (WEB)
C
D
E
NONE
Third Party
Tools
N
NONE
NONE
NONE
Any run time
licenses ex, Total FTEs
Testing tools
O
NONE
Page 170
P
NONE
Hours of
Application
Availability
to Business
(Days X
Hours)
F
NONE
Supplier
name,
release
Make/
Version
G
H
NONE
NONE
Number
of
Licenses
I
NONE
Number of
Concurrent
Documentation
Location of
Users
Available
Resources
(High:100+,
(Y/N)
Med:10-100,
Low:<10)
Q
R
S
NONE
NONE
30th December, 2009
NONE
Platform
OS
Database
J
K
L
NONE
NONE
NONE
Comments
T
H.2 Technical evaluation – Existing IT Solution
The summary of evaluation performed during IT system review is presented below in a pictorial form. The application and platform details should
be mentioned and suitably rated (as per the details mentioned below the table). All the below mentioned applications and platforms need to be
integrated with the new proposed system by the Supplier:
Table 25: Technical Evaluation of Existing IT Applications
Application
Power Care
Application –
Consumer data
Platform
Functionality
Technology
Usability
Maintainability
Integration with
other systems
Windows
For Consumer Billing
VB and Crystal
Reports
X
XX
XXX
√ meets expectation √√ meets current and future expectations √√√ exceeds expectations x Below expectation x x Poor x x x Very poor / Functionality
not available
H.3 Existing Hardware
Table 26: Details of existing Hardware to be Upgraded or Integrated with new system
Hardware
Sharing
Memory
Storage
with other
(RAM)
(HDD)
Processor
Year of applications
Number Make Model (Capacity (Capacity (No’s & Type
Purchase
or for
and
and
type)
exclusive
Type)
Type)
use
None
PDD, J & K
Page 171
30th December, 2009
I. Appendix I – List of Manuals/Business Processes to be converted (data-entry) into
electronic form
The following manuals/business processes need to be converted into electronic form
Table 27: List of Manuals/ Business Process to be converted into Electronic Form
Data
Type (Stand alone If Integrated, what
Name of the
Quantity per
Volume of
Format
application/
application/ business
are the other
Database
period( e.g.
Data (1000
(Access
Integrated
process that requires
applications
(Access, SQL
number of bills
records,
Table,
application/
data migration into the
integrated with
etc.)
generated per 5000 pages
Paper
proposed applications Manual Business
this?
etc)
forms, Excel month etc.)
Process)
Sheets etc.)
Power Care
Application Consumer data
Manual Ledgers
Consumer Data
Stand alone
application
SQL Server
2005
Manual Business
Process
Data mirroring/
replication
needed?
Database
Table
200000
consumers
No
Ledgers
250000
consumers
No
Comments
Consumer billing data is available on electronic media as per details given below:
a. 2007-08 – Pulwama
b. 2008-09 – Srinagar, Ganderbal, Pulwama, Srinagar
c. 2009-10 – Anantnag, Bandipora, Baramulla, Bijbehara, Ganderbal, Kulgam, Pulwama, Jammu, Sopore, Srinagar,
Udhampur
PDD, J & K
Page 172
30th December, 2009
J. Appendix J – Review of Current Business Processes
Table 28: Consumer Information for Utility and Project Areas
Table 29: Asset Information for Utility and Project Areas
Table 30: Metering Information for the Utility and Project Areas
Table 31: Consumer Indexing & Asset Mapping Information for Utility and Project Areas
For above tables, please refer Annexure J, provided in separate excel sheet
PDD, J & K
Page 173
30th December, 2009
K. Appendix K – Website
Particulars
URL of the website
Table 32: Detail of existing Website
Facility Available/Not Available
www.jkpdd.gov.in
Major facilities being provided to the
consumers/suppliers/employees/other
stakeholders through website
Tenders, Notifications, Officers Directory, Latest
News, Tariff Orders,
Log in
Not Available
Registration
Not Available
Forgot password/ change password
Not Available
Complain registration & status
Not Available
Contact us
Available
Privacy policy
Not Available
Business associate
Not Available
Consumer Related (Illustrative)
Application form submission for new
connection
Application form submission for
disconnection
Not Available
Registration of complaint against outages
Not Available
Not Available
Registration of complaint against corruption Not Available
Online bill payment
Not Available
Supplier Related (Illustrative)
Tender Information
Available
Tendering or Bid submission
Not Available
Online payment
Not Available
Employees Related (Illustrative)
Payroll System
Not Available
Leave balance
Not Available
Expense Claim
Not Available
PDD, J & K
Page 174
30th December, 2009
Other Stakeholder (Illustrative)
Projects
Not Available
AT&C Loss Status
Not Available
Other commercial & financial information
Not Available
….
Security Features
Not Available
$
PDD, J & K
Page 175
30th December, 2009
L. Appendix L – List of Goods and Related Services
Following is the indicative list of goods and related services to be delivered under this contract.
The delivered system should comply with the performance level mentioned in the clause 9 of
Section G1 of SRS Document.
Table 33: List of Goods and Related Services
Item
Name of Goods or Related Services
No.
GIS Application Server Hardware in Cluster
1
Fail Over Mode
Description
Quantity
Hardware
2(DC), 2(DR)
2
Database Server for other applications in cluster
Hardware
fail-over Mode
2(DC), 2(DR)
3
Hardware
2(DC), 2(DR)
4
Application Server Hardware for Other
Hardware
2(DC), 2(DR)
5
Data Acquisition Server Hardware
Hardware
1(DC),1(DR)
6
Other Server Hardware (testing, development & Hardware
QA, access control, anti-virus, LDAP, web,
mail/ messaging etc.)
Work-stations (including PC, UPS, chair, table) Hardware
& Printers
7
13(DC),13(DR)
20(DC),20(DR),142(OO),346(SDO)
8
Data Converter Unit
Hardware
163
9
GIS Application Licenses
Software
Enterprise Wide Licenses
10 Other Application Licenses
Software
11 Meter data acqusition analysis software
Software
12 System Software (OS, RDBMS, Antivirus etc.) Software
As required
13 Collection Centre Machines (touch screen
KIOSK, IDMS, cash/cheque collection KIOSK
etc.)
Hardware
Not Required
14 Other items (Modems, hand-held devices with
portable printers etc.)
Hardware
Modems - 10832
15 DGPS Survey
Services,
Software
All identified locations
16 WAN Implementation
Hardware,
Software,
Services
Hardware,
Cabling
All identified offices
17 LAN Implementation
All identified offices
18 Data-migration, Integration
Services
All identifies systems
19 FMS Services
Services
All end users
PDD, J & K
Page 176
30th December, 2009
M. Appendix M – Estimated Manpower Requirement
Following is the list of minimum number of resources required to be deployed by the bidder under
various roles:
Table 34: Estimated Manpower Requirement
Roles
Dedicated Resources
Shared Resources
Number
Man months
Number
Man months
System Integrator
55
554
20
120
GIS Service Provider
8
120
6
36
8
96
6
36
6
108
6
36
Meter Data
Acquisition Service
Provider
Network Service
Provider
Necessary resources for FMS shall be provided by the System Integrator in accordance with the clause
7.0 of Section G5 of SRS Document.
PDD, J & K
Page 177
30th December, 2009
N. Appendix N – Expected Implementation Schedule
The bidder is expected to complete the pilot implementation within 12 months from the date of award of
contract by the utility. Pilot is the first project area (consisting of the data centre) that goes live in a
utility. The bidder is expected to complete the enterprise-wide implementation for all the other
identified project areas with-in 18 (eighteen) calendar months, from the date of award of contract by
the utility.
Facilities Management Services post successful completion of acceptance tests shall be provided for a
period of five years from the date of completion of acceptance test.
Bidder shall submit a detail Gantt chart as per along with the following implementation schedule. Bidders
shall drill down these activities into sub/sub-sub activity in the chart. The chart shall also detail out time
and resource effort required to execute each activity. The detailed bar charts for all the work activity
shall however, be discussed and agreed to by the successful Bidder with the owner before start of the
execution of work.
Table 35: Expected Implementation Schedule
Activity/ Sub Activity
Start
Date
W1 W2 W3 W4 W5
3
Mobilization at site with establishment of site office,
requisite resource deployment etc.
System Design (Pre-Implementation Plan, Testing and
Development) and Approval from the owner
Field Survey for Consumer Indexing & Asset
mapping & GIS System Implementation
4
Establishment of Data Center
5
Implementation of AMR System
1
2
6
7
8
9
Establishment of First Customer care center (First
Customer care center after completion of work at all
sub divisions under the requisite town, for town wise
establishment of CC Center) Creation of IT Infrastructure at Other Utility offices
viz. Division, Circle etc. (In a phased manner for
associated completed sub division wise) Integration of entire IT infrastructures created at
data center, Sub division offices, Customer care
centers, Electrical sub stations and other utility offices
on a GIS platform with Acceptance / Performance test
Facility Management Services (FMS)
PDD, J & K
Page 178
End
Date
Weekly Plan
30th December, 2009
...
O. Appendix O - Abbreviations
The abbreviation mentioned in the document has been expanded hereunder:
Abbreviation
AMR
B/W
BDS
BG
CEO
CIO
CST
CTI
CV
DNS
EMS
ExW
FMS
FoB
GCC
GIS
GIS
GoI
GPS
GSP
HQ
HT
ICB
INR
IP
IPR
IST
IT
ITB
ITC
ITIA
LAN
LDAP
LoI
LP
LT
MBC
MD
MDASP
MoP
MTR
NIT
NSP
OEM
OS
PC
PFC
PDD, J & K
Meaning
Automated Meter Reading
Black & White
Bid Data Sheet
Bank Guarantee
Chief Executive Officer
Chief Information Officer
Central Sales Tax
Computer Telephony Integration
Curriculum Vitae
Domain Name Server
Enterprise Management System
Ex-Works
Facility Management Services
Freight on Board
General Conditions of Contract
Geographical Information System
Geographical Information System
Government of India
Geographic Positioning System
GIS Solution Provider
Head Quarter
High Tension
International Competitive Bidding
Indian Rupee
Internet Protocol
Intellectual Property Rights
Indian Standard Time
Information Technology
Instructions to Bidders
IT Consultant
IT Implementation Agency
Local Area Network
Lightweight Directory Access Protocol
Letter of Intend
Lowest Prize
Low Tension
Metering Billing Collection
Managing Director
Meter Data Acquisition Solution Provider
Ministry of Power
Motor Transport Receipt
Notice Inviting Tender
Network Solution Provider
Original Equipment Manufacturer
Operating System
Personal Computer
Power Finance Corporation
Page 179
30th December, 2009
RAPDRP
RFP
RFQ
SAN
SCC
SI
SLA
SRS
T/O
TS
UPS
VAT
VPN
WAN
PDD, J & K
Restructured Accelerated Power Development Reforms Programme
Request for Proposal
Request for Qualification
Storage Area Network
Special Conditions of Contract
System Integrator
Service Level Agreement
System Requirement Specifications
Turnover
Technical Section
Uninterrupted Power Supply
Value Added Tax
Virtual Private Network
Wide Area Network
Page 180
30th December, 2009
P. Appendix P - General Information
1. The cost of Bid Document is Rs.5000/- (Rupees Five Thousand only) to be paid by
Bank Draft in favour of Chief Accounts Officer, EM & RE Wing, Kashmir, payable
at Srinagar.
2. The Bid Document can be downloaded from the web site www.jkpdd.gov.in. In this
case, the cost of Bid Document can be submitted along with the Bid in the Technical
Proposal. Alternatively, the Bid Document can be purchased from the office of the
Chief Engineer, EM & RE Wing, Kashmir, JK Power Development Department,
Exhibition Ground, Srinagar (J & K). The tender document can also be procured by
mail after sending the request along with the Bid Document cost to the following
address: office of the Chief Engineer, EM & RE Wing, Kashmir, JK Power
Development Department, Exhibition Ground, Srinagar (J & K). However, JK Power
Development Department shall not be responsible for any delay arising out of postal
delivery.
3. The Model RFP and SRS document along with the corrigendum issued by Power
Finance Corporation are the basis for the Bid Document.
4. Any clarification for the Bid Document should be submitted at least five days prior to
the Pre-bid conference in the following format:
Name of Bidder:
Contact Address of Bidder:
Email-id:
Contact person & designation:
Phone no. & Mobile no.
Clarification required for
Section no. of Page no. Description
Bid document of
Bid
document
PDD, J & K
Page 181
30th December, 2009
5. The provisional number of participants for Professional Training to Core Group is 70
and the End User Training (under ‘Train the Trainer approach) is 80.
6. The Customer Care Centre shall have provision for three languages – Urdu, Hindi and
English. Number of seats in Customer Care Centre shall be 10.
7. The licensing of software shall be made in a manner which can facilitate dis-bundling
of the Utility in future, if it takes place, without any additional costs.
8. The Document Management System shall be used to maintain documents related to
the following:
a. Consumer application form with enclosed documents
b. Orders/postings
c. Assets technical literature
d. Joining reports of employees
9. In a few Project Areas, Other offices are located in the same premises in which Sub
Division Offices are located. Accordingly, connectivity charges for Other Offices are
not to be included.
10. Specifications for Switches (Section G3 of SRS):
Reference
Description
Clause
Distribution
6.2
switch
Backplane
Packet
speed
300 Gbps
MAC
Active
Forwarding
address
VLAN
rate
support
support
64 K
4000
8K
250
64 K
4000
64 K
4000
300 Mpps
Port density
Minimum 48 scalable to
upto
80+
ports
(10/100/1000)
Clause
Layer
6.3
switch
Clause
Access
6.4
switch
II
--
--
24+2
Combo
ports
(10/100)
300 Gbps
300 Mpps
upto
80+
ports
(10/100/1000)
Clause
Core switch
700 Gbps
350 Mpps
6.5
upto
150+
ports
(10/100/1000)
The port densities specified above are of indicative nature and have to be quoted by
the Bidder. However, the Bidder is required to customise and quote as per its solution
PDD, J & K
Page 182
30th December, 2009
requirement and any additional card/module/feature etc. necessary to make the setup
operational. It may be noted that the JK PDD shall not make any additional payment
for ‘Add-on’ features quoted by the Bidder.
Before quoting for Fibre optic LAN as per BOM, the Bidder should take into
consideration all ancilliary cost (digging & earth filling, splicing of fibre, fibre optic
module for Layer-II switches, etc.) in some of the towns.
11. Servers: For Database servers, the TPMC values should be > 1000000 (Ten Lakhs)
for fully populated configuration. The Application Servers should be capable of
minimum SPEC JBB 2005 rating of 800000 bops (business operations per second) for
fully populated configuration.
12. The following equipments are not to be deployed:
a) Supply, installation and commissioning of automatic token dispenser and machine
and intelligent display management system at Customer Care Centre.
b) Supply, installation and commissioning of Touch Panel based Kiosk for
furnishing information on billing, payment, duplicate bills, etc. at Customer Care
Centre.
c) Supply, installation and commissioning of cheque/cash collection Kiosk for
automatically accepting cash and cheque payments from customers, to be
installed at utility offices, Customer Care Centres and any other location as per
the requirement.
d) Supply, installation and commissioning of Point of Sale (POS) terminals along
with suitable cheque reader and bar code reader and application software to be
deployed at payment collection centres.
e) Spot Billing systems/Hand Held Computers are not to be supplied.
13. The consumer database should maintain data of interrupted or closed accounts for two
years after the date of interruption/closure.
14. Consumer metering data should be kept on-line for two years. Consumer should be
able to view it for six months only.
15. Meter data captured through GPRS modem will be directly transmitted to Data Centre
for which appropriate bandwidth will be provided.
16. GPRS modems are to be installed at HT consumers in addition to system meters,
boundary meters and DT meters.
PDD, J & K
Page 183
30th December, 2009
17. Payments of consumer bills are received in different branches of JK Bank.
18. The quantity given in Bill of Material is indicative and the bidder has to make its own
assessment based on the requirements of the total solution.
19. Consumer billing data is available on electronic media as per details given below:
a. 2007-08 – Pulwama
b. 2008-09 – Srinagar, Ganderbal, Pulwama, Srinagar
c. 2009-10 – Anantnag, Bandipora, Baramulla, Bijbehara, Ganderbal,
Kulgam, Pulwama, Jammu, Sopore, Srinagar, Udhampur
PDD, J & K
Page 184
30th December, 2009
Appendix G: List of Offices for WAN Connectivity
Table 23:List of Offices for WAN Connectivity
Stores
Regional
Accounting
Offices
Billing
Center
Customer Collection Center Other
Care
Center
Head
Office
Regional
Office
Circle
Office
Division Office
Sub-division
Office
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
HO1
RO1
CO-2
DO-4
SD-20
DCP
CE,EM&RE
Cir-Ist
ED-Ist
Distributi Other (if Other (if
on Center any)
any)
Level 6
Level 7
Level 8
Project Area: Srinagar
ED1st Store
Chief Accounts
Officer,
Srinagar
J K Branches
ED2nd Store
SD01
SD02
ED3rd Store
RD4th Store
STD1st Store
STD2nd Store
SD03
SD04
SD05
ED-IVth
SD01
SD02
SD03
SD04
SD05
Cir-IInd
ED-IInd
SD01
SD02
SD03
SD04
SD05
ED-IIIrd
SD01
SD02
SD03
SD04
SD05
STD-1st
SD01
SD02
SD03
STD-2nd
SD01
SD02
SD03
PDD, J & K
185
30th December, 2009
Stores
Stores
Regional
Accounting
Offices
Regional
Accounting
Offices
Billing
Center
Billing
Center
Care
Center
Customer Collection
Care
Center
Center
Other
Head
Office
Regional
Office
Circle
Office
Division Office
Sub-division
Office
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
Head
Office
Regional Circle
Office
Office
Division Office
Sub-division
Office
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
DCP
Office
Janipur
CE
EM&RE,
Wing
EM&RE ED-I
Circle-I
SD-I
EM&RE
Circle-II
SD-II
on Center any)
any)
Level 6
Level 7
Level 8
Distributi Other (if
on
any)
Center
Level 6
Level 7
Other (if
any)
Level 8
Project Area: Jammu
ED-I
EM&RE wing
A.Chowk Green Belt 21 JK Bank
ED-II
ED-III
STD-I
STD-II
ED-II
ED-III
STD-I
STD-II
SD-III
SD-I
SD-II
SD-I
SD-II
SD-I
SD-III
SD-IV
SD-I
SD-II
Project Area: Akhnoor
Akhnoor
1 JK Bank
S Div Akhnoor
Bandipor
a
JK Bank
Bandipora
SD Bandipora
Project Area: Bandipora
Project Area: Anantnag
Store Sub-division
anantnag
J& K Branch,
Asajipura
J& K Branch,
Chinichowk
J& K Branch, T.P.
Anantnag
E D Anantnag
Sub-division
Anantnag
S.T.D Subdivision, Sarnal
Stores Subdivision,
Anantnag
J& K Branch,New
Market Anantnag
J& K Branch, Bus
stand, Anantnag
J& K Branch,
Sadiqabad
Anantnag
PDD, J & K
186
30th December, 2009
Stores
Stores
Regional
Accounting
Offices
Regional
Accounting
Offices
Billing
Center
Billing
Center
Care
Center
Care
Center
Head
Office
Regional
Office
Circle
Office
Division Office
Sub-division
Office
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
Head
Office
Regional
Office
Circle
Office
Division Office
Sub-division
Office
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
on Center any)
any)
Level 6
Level 7
Level 8
on Center any)
any)
Level 6
Level 7
Level 8
Project Area: Baramula
Baramulla
Baramull
a 1st
ED Baramulla
SD ED
Baramulla 1st
SD ED
Baramulla 2nd
SD STD
Baramulla
Baramull
a 2nd
Project Area: Bhaderwah
1 JK Bank
S Div Bhaderwah
Project Area: Bijbehera
Store Bijbehera
Accounting
Office
Bijbehera
CCC1
Baba
Mohalla
Bijbehera
J& K Bijbehera
Bijbehera
AEE Store
Technical Officer
AEE Sub-division
Bijbehera
AEE Sub-division
Plant
Project Area: Budgam
Bugam Store
J & K Bank
Budgam
J & K Bank
Ompura
Sub-Division
Budgam
Project Area: Doda
ED Doda
ED Doda
0 1 JK Bank
ED Doda
S Div Doda
Project Area: Dooru
DCP
J K Bank Dooru
CE,EM&RE SE_SOUT
H
ED-ANG
SD-DOORU
J K Bank Verinag
PDD, J & K
187
30th December, 2009
Stores
Regional
Accounting
Offices
Billing
Center
Care
Center
Head
Office
Regional
Office
Circle
Office
Division Office
Sub-division
Office
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
Head
Office
Regional
Office
Circle
Office
Division Office
Sub-division
Office
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
on Center any)
any)
Level 6
Level 7
Level 8
Table 23:List of Offices for WAN Connectivity
Project Area: Ganderbal
Stores
Regional
Accounting
Offices
Ganderbal
Billing
Center
Care
Center
ED Ganderbal
SDO Ganderbal
ED Handwara
SD Handwara
J& K kargil 1
J& K kargil 2
Kargil
SDO Kargil I
SDO Kargil II
SDO Kargil III
JK Bank Branches
ED Kathua
S Div- Kathua
ED
Kistwar
1 JK Bank
ED Kistwar
S Div Kistwar
Kulgam
JK Bank
Electric
division Kulgam
Sub transmission
SD
Kulgam
SDO
Ganderba
l
JK Bank
Ganderbal
on Center any)
any)
Level 6
Level 7
Level 8
Project Area: Handwara
Handwara
Handwar
a
Project Area: Kargil
Store Kargil
Kargil
Project Area: Kathua
ED Kathua
Project Area: Kishtwar
ED Kistwar
Project Area: Kulgam
Kulgam
Electric Maint.
SD Kulgam
Project Area: Kupwara
kupwara
kupwara
STD SD
KUPWARA
Project Area: Leh
Leh
Leh
JK Bank
SE Leh
ED Leh
SD Leh
Project Area: Pattan
Pattan
SD Pattan
STD SD Pattan
Project Area: Poonch
J K Bank
PDD, J & K
EM&RE Poonch
188
SD-1 Poonch
30th December, 2009
Stores
Regional
Accounting
Offices
Billing
Center
Care
Center
Head
Office
Regional
Office
Circle
Office
Division Office
Sub-division
Office
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
Head
Office
Regional
Office
Circle
Office
Division Office
Sub-division
Office
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
on Center any)
any)
Level 6
Level 7
Level 8
Project Area: Pulwama
Stores
Regional
Accounting
Offices
Pulwama Store
Sub Division
Billing
Center
Care
Center
Billing
Center
Pulwama
same in
Sub
Division
Premises
JK Bank Phulwama
ED Phulwama
SDO Pulwama
Sub Divi
I Rajouri
Sub Divi
II Rajouri
Sub Divi I Rajouri
Bijbehera
AEE Store
on Center any)
any)
Level 6
Level 7
Level 8
Project Area: Rajouri
Store Rajouri
Sub Divi II
Rajouri
Technical Officer
J K Bank
Miran Sahib SD
JK Bank
SDO Samba
J & K Bank HR
Shopian
Sub Division,
shopian
Project Area:RS Pura
RS Pura
RS Pura
Project Area:Samba
Project Area:Shopian
Project Area: Sopore
ED sopore store
Sopore
1st
Sopore
2nd
Sopore
Circle
ED Sopore
SD Sopore 1st
SD Sopore 2nd
STD Store
STD Sopore
SD Sopore 3rd
STD Sd Sopore
SUMBAL
SUMBAL
Project Area: Sumbal
SUMBAL
Project Area: Tral
J K Bank Branch
Tralibala
sub-division
office Tral
J K Bank Branch
Tralipayen
PDD, J & K
189
30th December, 2009
Stores
Regional
Accounting
Offices
Billing
Center
Care
Center
Head
Office
Regional
Office
Circle
Office
Division Office
Sub-division
Office
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
Head
Office
Regional
Office
Circle
Office
Division Office
Sub-division
Office
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
on Center any)
any)
Level 6
Level 7
Level 8
Project Area: Udhampur
Stores
ED Udhampur
PDD, J & K
Regional
Accounting
Offices
Billing
Center
Care
Center
1, JK Bank
ED Udhampur
190
on Center any)
any)
Level 6
Level 7
Level 8
SD-I
SD-II
30th December, 2009
Appendix J: Review of Current Business Process
J1
No. of consumers and asset information
Following is the Consumer related information for the Utility and the Project Areas proposed in the Scope of Work for the previous financial year
Project Area: Srinagar
Project Area Consumer Information (Last
Number of
Financial Year)
Metered
Consumers
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
Total
Particulars
PDD, J&K
Metered
Sales
Assessed
Energy
Sales
Total
Sales
No.
Estimated
Number of
Unmetered
Consumers
No.
MUs
MUs
MUs
72386
21549
1951
49
90
0
76
32
45
96178
55434
11848
286
137
483
0
0
0
0
68188
163.86
83.26
48.41
1.85
16.57
0
54.96
1.19
28.01
398.11
211.37
119.5
49.15
2.23
13.52
0
18.1
0
24.45
438.32
375.23
202.76
97.56
4.08
30.09
0
73.06
1.19
52.46
836.43
Connected Billing Collection
Load
kW
Rs. Cr.
Rs. Cr.
68143.99
55.37
36903.67
15.45
42519.62
12.17
599.1
0.253
21386.03
9.23
0
0
29655.2
40.59
685
0.52
7823.7
23.55
207716.31 157.133
44.05
12.71
10.63
0.24
20.04
0
35.03
0.26
16.52
139.48
Project Area
Name Srinagar
Total Number of EHV Sub-stations feeding the
Project Area
Total Number of Power Transformers
Total Capacity of Power Transformers
Total Number 66/33 kV Feeders
Total Length of 66/33 kV Feeders (Overhead)
Numbers
7
Numbers
MVA
Numbers
kM
31
902
65
230
Total Length of 66/33 kV Feeders (Underground)
Total Number of 66/11 kV and 33/11 kV Substations feeding the Project Area
Total Number 11 kV Feeders
kM
2.5
Numbers
65
Numbers
MVA
Numbers
126
952.7
215
191
30th December, 2009
Number of Metered 11 kV Feeders
Numbers
Total Length of 11 kV Feeders (Overhead)
kM
Total Length of 11 kV Feeders (Under-ground) kM
0
1307.96
6
Total Length of LT Lines (Overhead)
kM
3996.31
Total Length of LT Lines (Under-ground)
kM
16
Total Number of Distribution Transformers
Numbers
3476
Total Capacity of Distribution Transformers
MVA
956.71
Project Area Consumers
Metered with AMR Meters
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
Total:
Asset Metering Information
Project Area Assets
Import Points above 33kV level
Export Points above 33kV level
33 kV Feeder at 33/11 kV SS
PDD, J&K
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CDMA
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
192
CDMA
0
0
0
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
Metered Metered Metered Unmete
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
ElectroCompatib Meters magnetic
le Meters
Meters &
Others
57759
16586
1815
34
90
0
73
32
80
76469
15013
3798
136
15
0
0
3
18965
15
767
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
782
55550
11948
286
17
374
0
0
0
0
68175
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7
0
65
Total
128337
33099
2237
66
464
0
73
32
83
164391
Total
7
0
65
30th December, 2009
Import Points at 33kV feeders other than 33/11 No.
0
0
0
0
kV SS
Export Points at 33kV feeders
No.
0
0
0
0
11 kV feeders at 33/11 kV SS
No.
0
0
0
167
Import Points at 11kV feeders
No.
0
0
0
0
No.
0
0
0
0
Distribution Transformers
No.
0
0
0
0
Import Points at LT feeders
No.
0
0
0
0
Export Points at LT feeders
No.
0
0
0
0
Consumer Indexing
% of Indexing Number of Date of
Specify
completed Consumers survey
File,
Covered completed Formats
of the
Output
(e.g.
XML,
CSV etc.)
HT
GIS Based
%
0
0Non-GIS Based
%
100
188 30-Jul-09 SQL
Server
2005
Table
LT
GIS Based
%
0
0Non-GIS Based
%
100
164203 30-Jul-09 SQL
Server
2005
Table
Asset Mapping
PDD, J&K
% of Asset
mapping
completed
193
0
0
0
0
0
48
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
10
3476
0
0
1
215
0
10
3476
0
0
Number of Date of
Specify Specify
Assets
survey
File,
assets
Covered completed Formats covered
of the
(e.g.
Output
poles,
(e.g.
lines,
XML, switches
CSV etc.) etc.)
30th December, 2009
66 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
33 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
%
%
0
0
%
%
0
100
098 30-Jul-09 SQL
Server
2005
Table
Feeders
11 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
%
%
0
100
03691 30-Jul-09 SQL
Server
2005
Table
DTs,
Feeders
LT System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
%
%
0
0
194
00-
00-
-
-
-
-
30th December, 2009
Project Area: Jammu
Number of
Financial Year)
Metered
Consumers
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
Total
Particulars
Total Number of EHV Sub-stations feeding the Numbers
Project Area
Numbers
MVA
Numbers
Total Length of 66/33 kV Feeders (Overhead) kM
PDD, J&K
Metered
Sales
Assessed
Energy
Sales
Total
Sales
No.
Estimated
Number of
Unmetered
Consumers
No.
Load
MUs
MUs
MUs
kW
113994
28005
2673
150
438
2
309
61
9
145641
6006
2009
4
134
651
3
0
0
12
8819
136.813
49.5947
42.5406
2.6595
57.544
2.4
229.4726
12.7517
101.4063
635.1824
9.2542
12.5996
1.5
1.973
40.6793
0.0553
0
0
0.221
66.2824
146.067
62.1943
44.0406
4.6325
98.2233
2.4553
229.473
12.7517
101.627
701.465
134151.588
43644.513
65246.165
3713.8
37187.07
1676
88015.909
8908.571
9197.756
391741.412
Rs. Cr.
Rs. Cr.
30.692 27.7647
16.5023 13.683
16.3098 15.5058
2.1796
1.9346
44.538 37.0778
1.15488 1.1836
34.3107 32.8442
3.95232 5.5406
31.6428 52.0938
181.282 187.6281
Project Area
8
16
691.5
43
168.55
Total Length of 11 kV Feeders (Under-ground)
kM
0.4
Numbers
43
Numbers
MVA
Numbers
Numbers
kM
kM
64
590.1
204
154
1091.432
12.5
kM
3234.97
195
30th December, 2009
kM
19.76
Numbers
2974
MVA
716.502
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
Total:
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CDMA
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
with
with
red
with
AMR
ElectroStatic
Compatib Meters magnetic
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
100037
24803
1839
38
261
2
309
61
9
127359
13957
3202
834
112
177
0
0
0
0
18282
Total
120000
30014
2677
284
1089
5
309
61
21
6006
2009
4
134
651
3
0
0
12
8819
154460
Project Area Assets
Import Points at 33kV feeders other than 33/11
kV SS
PDD, J&K
CDMA
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
No.
No.
No.
No.
0
0
0
0
196
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
Total
0
0
0
0
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
43
0
0
0
0
27
0
0
43
27
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
120
0
0
0
34
0
0
8
50
3
14
8
204
3
14
30th December, 2009
No.
0
0
0
0
0
No.
0
0
0
0
0
No.
0
0
0
0
0
Consumer Indexing
Specify
File,
of the
Output
(e.g.
XML,
CSV etc.)
HT
GIS Based
%
0
0Non-GIS Based
%
100 30-Jul-09 SQL
Server
2005
Table
LT
GIS Based
%
0
0Non-GIS Based
%
100 30-Jul-09 SQL
Server
2005
Table
Asset Mapping
% of Asset Number of Date of
Specify Specify
mapping
Assets
survey
File,
assets
completed
of the
(e.g.
Output
poles,
(e.g.
lines,
XML, switches
CSV etc.) etc.)
66 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
33 kV System
GIS Based
PDD, J&K
%
%
0
0
00-
-
-
%
0
0-
-
-
197
238
0
0
2736
0
0
2974
0
0
30th December, 2009
PDD, J&K
Non-GIS Based
%
100 -
11 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
%
%
0
100 -
0-
LT System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
%
%
0
0
00-
198
30-Jul-09 SQL
Server
2005
Table
Feeders
30-Jul-09 SQL
Server
2005
Table
DTs,
Feeders
-
-
30th December, 2009
Project Area: Akhnoor
Number of
Financial Year)
Metered
Consumers
No.
1323
691
9
0
4
0
0
0
0
2027
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
Total
Particulars
Project Area
Numbers
MVA
PDD, J&K
Estimated
Number of
Unmetered
Consumers
No.
350
170
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
520
Metered
Sales
Assessed
Energy
Sales
Total
Sales
MUs
7.152
3.56
0.19
0
1.72
0
0
0
0
12.622
MUs
1.788
0.89
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2.678
MUs
8.94
4.45
0.19
0
1.72
0
0
0
0
15.3
Load
kW
1816.20
839.40
422.87
0
147.23
0
0
0
0
3225.7
Rs. Cr.
2.08
0.494
0.361
0
0.573
0
0
0
0
3.508
Rs. Cr.
0.3793
0.2665
0.0189
0
0.564
0
0
0
0
1.2287
Project Area
1
2
40
Numbers
kM
1
0.3
kM
0
Numbers
1
Numbers
MVA
Numbers
Numbers
kM
kM
2
12.6
9
3
12.5
0
199
30th December, 2009
kM
kM
Numbers
MVA
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
Total:
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
23
0
42
8.299
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CDMA
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
with
red
with
with
AMR
ElectroStatic
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1323
691
9
0
4
0
0
0
0
2027
350
170
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
520
Total
1673
861
9
0
4
0
0
0
0
2547
Project Area Assets
kV SS
PDD, J&K
CDMA
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
No.
No.
No.
0
0
0
200
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
Total
0
0
0
0
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
6
0
0
9
0
30th December, 2009
No.
0
0
No.
0
0
No.
0
0
No.
0
0
Consumer Indexing
HT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
42
0
42
0
0
Specify
File,
of the
Output
(e.g.
XML,
CSV etc.)
%
%
0
0
%
%
0
100
Asset Mapping
66 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
33 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
11 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
0
0
0
0
% of Asset
mapping
completed
2547
May-09 Ledger
Number of Date of
Specify Specify
Assets
survey
File,
assets
of the
(e.g.
Output
poles,
(e.g.
lines,
XML, switches
CSV etc.) etc.)
%
%
0
0
%
%
0
100
0
May-09 Ledger
%
%
0
100
0
May-09 Ledger
201
30th December, 2009
LT System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
%
%
0
0
202
30th December, 2009
Project Area: Bandipora
Number of
Financial Year)
Metered
Consumers
No.
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
2159
562
57
0
18
0
0
0
0
2796
Total
Particulars
Total Number of EHV Sub-stations feeding the No
Project Area
No
MVA
NO
Total Length of 66/33 kV Feeders (Overhead) KM
PDD, J&K
Metered
Sales
Assessed
Energy
Sales
Total
Sales
No.
MUs
MUs
MUs
1183
81
0
0
59
0
0
0
0
1323
2.84
0.284
0.239
0
0.0108
0
0
0
0
3.3738
1.705
0.033
0
0
1.98
0
0
0
0
3.718
4.545
0.317
0.239
0
1.9908
0
0
0
0
7.0918
Load
kW
Rs. Cr.
2481
0.588
290 0.05709
416
0.068
0
0
680
0.898
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3867 1.61109
Rs. Cr.
0.4624
0.0347
0.112
0
0.5263
0
0
0
0
1.1354
Project Area
1
4
95
1
0
KM
0
NO
1
NO
NO
NO
MVA
Estimated
Number of
Unmetered
Consumers
3
22.6
6
3
203
30th December, 2009
KM
Total Length of 11 kV Feeders (Under-ground) KM
KM
KJM
NO
MVA
49.25
0
103
0
86
12.65
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CDMA
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2159
562
57
0
18
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1183
81
0
0
59
0
0
0
0
Total
3342
643
57
0
0
0
0
0
0
Project Area Assets
PDD, J&K
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
204
CDMA
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
Total
0
0
1
30th December, 2009
kV SS
No.
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
3
86
0
0
0
6
0
3
86
0
0
Consumer Indexing
HT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
Specify
File,
of the
Output
(e.g.
XML,
CSV etc.)
%
%
0
0
%
%
0
100
Asset Mapping
66 kV System
GIS Based
PDD, J&K
% of Asset
mapping
completed
%
00
-
01793 15-07-2009 Manual
Ledgers
Number of Date of
Specify Specify
Assets
survey
File,
assets
of the
(e.g.
Output
poles,
(e.g.
lines,
XML, switches
CSV etc.) etc.)
0
205
0-
-
-
30th December, 2009
Non-GIS Based
33 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
11 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
%
0
0-
-
-
%
%
0
0
00-
-
-
%
%
0
0
00
-
-
%
%
0
100
053 15-07-2009 -
-
206
30th December, 2009
Project Area: Anantnag
Number of
Financial Year)
Metered
Consumers
No.
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
10292
3982
400
0
58
0
0
0
0
14732
Total
Particulars
PDD, J&K
Metered
Sales
Assessed
Energy
Sales
Total
Sales
No.
MUs
MUs
MUs
1130
0
0
4
197
0
0
0
0
1331
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Load
kW
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5711.35
1082
3500
8.5
1680
0
0
0
0
11981.85
Rs. Cr.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Rs. Cr.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Project Area
1
Project Area
No
KM
0
NO
5
No
MVA
NO
KM
NO
MVA
NO
NO
Estimated
Number of
Unmetered
Consumers
5
120
5
0
7
58.9MVA
15
15
207
30th December, 2009
72.5
0
KM
KM
KJM
NO
MVA
273.5
0
285
59.4MVA
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CDMA
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10292
3982
400
0
58
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1130
0
0
4
197
0
0
0
0
Total
11422
3982
400
4
255
0
0
0
0
Project Area Assets
PDD, J&K
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
208
CDMA
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
Total
0
0
5
30th December, 2009
kV SS
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
12
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
285
0
0
0
15
0
0
285
0
0
Consumer Indexing
HT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
Specify
File,
of the
Output
(e.g.
XML,
CSV etc.)
%
%
0
0
0
0
%
%
0
100
0
16063
Asset Mapping
66 kV System
GIS Based
PDD, J&K
% of Asset
mapping
completed
%
0
0
0
30-Jul-09 Manual
Ledgers
Number of Date of
Specify Specify
Assets
survey
File,
assets
of the
(e.g.
Output
poles,
(e.g.
lines,
XML, switches
CSV etc.) etc.)
0
209
0
30th December, 2009
Non-GIS Based
33 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
11 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
%
0
0
%
%
0
0
0
0
%
%
0
100
0
300
%
%
0
0
0
0
210
30-Jul-09 Manual
Ledgers
DTs,Fee
ders
30th December, 2009
Project Area: Baramula
Number of
Financial Year)
Metered
Consumers
No.
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
7029
1421
92
0
20
0
0
0
2
8564
Total
Particulars
Project Area
No
MVA
PDD, J&K
Estimated
Number of
Unmetered
Consumers
Metered
Sales
Assessed
Energy
Sales
Total
Sales
No.
MUs
MUs
MUs
3126
265
0
0
51
0
0
0
20
3462
8.8
2.1
0.96
0
0.93
0
0
0
3.6
16.39
4.5
1.7
0
0
0.2
0
0
0
3.07
9.47
13.3
3.8
0.96
0
1.13
0
0
0
6.67
25.86
Load
kW
5323
1056
833
0
662
0
0
0
2457
10331
Rs. Cr.
2.43
0.34
0.42
0
1.83
0
0
0
2.87
7.89
Rs. Cr.
1.26
0.22
0.161
0
0.9
0
0
0
2.24
4.781
Project Area
1
1
50
NO
KM
4
0
KM
0
NO
4
NO
6
211
30th December, 2009
MVA
NO
NO
KM
KM
48.9
13
13
123
0
KM
KJM
NO
MVA
334
0
253
54.23
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CDMA
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
ElectroStatic
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7029
1421
92
0
20
0
0
0
1
3126
265
0
0
51
0
0
0
21
Total
10155
1686
92
0
71
0
0
0
22
Project Area Assets
PDD, J&K
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
212
CDMA
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total
0
0
30th December, 2009
kV SS
No.
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
0
4
0
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
13
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
253
0
0
0
13
0
0
253
0
0
Consumer Indexing
Specify
File,
of the
Output
(e.g.
XML,
CSV etc.)
HT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
%
%
100
22
31-03-2009
%
%
100
12004
31-03-2009
Asset Mapping
66 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
0
0
0
0
% of Asset
mapping
completed
%
%
0
Number of Date of
Specify Specify
Assets
survey
File,
assets
of the
(e.g.
Output
poles,
(e.g.
lines,
XML, switches
CSV etc.) etc.)
0
0
213
0
0
30th December, 2009
33 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
11 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
%
%
0
0
0
0
%
%
0
100
0
53
%
%
0
0
0
0
214
30-Jul-09 Manual
Ledgers
DTs,
Feeders
30th December, 2009
Project Area: Bhaderwah
Number of
Financial Year)
Metered
Consumers
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
Total
Particulars
Project Area
Numbers
MVA
Numbers
PDD, J&K
Estimated
Number of
Unmetered
Consumers
Metered
Sales
Assessed
Energy
Sales
Total
Sales
Load
No.
No.
MUs
MUs
MUs
kW
Rs. Cr.
Rs. Cr.
1405
390
10
0
50
0
0
0
0
1855
90
12
1
0
20
0
0
0
0
123
0.72
0.14
0.04
0
0.70
0
0
0
0
1.6
1.58
0.36
0.06
0
0.40
0
0
0
0
2.4
2.30
0.50
0.10
0
1.10
0
0
0
0
4
1111.43
288.43
124.52
0
227.80
0
0
0
0
1752.18
0.25
0.12
0.02
0
0.3
0
0
0
0
0.69
0.195
0.14
0.01
0
0.20
0
0
0
0
0.545
Project Area
1
2
40
2
39
kM
Numbers
2
Numbers
MVA
Numbers
Numbers
kM
3
15.30
5
5
47
215
30th December, 2009
kM
kM
Numbers
MVA
142
51
8.804
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
Total:
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CDMA
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1405
390
10
0
50
0
0
0
0
1855
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
90
12
1
0
24
0
0
0
0
127
Total
1495
402
11
0
74
0
0
0
0
1982
Project Area Assets
PDD, J&K
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
216
CDMA
0
0
0
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
Total
0
0
2
30th December, 2009
kV SS
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7
4
51
0
0
0
5
7
4
51
0
0
Consumer Indexing
HT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
Specify
File,
of the
Output
(e.g.
XML,
CSV etc.)
%
%
0
0
%
%
0
Asset Mapping
66 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
% of Asset
mapping
completed
%
%
Number of Date of
Specify Specify
Assets
survey
File,
assets
of the
(e.g.
Output
poles,
(e.g.
lines,
XML, switches
CSV etc.) etc.)
0
0
217
30th December, 2009
33 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
11 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
%
%
0
%
%
%
%
0
0
218
30th December, 2009
Project Area: Bijbehera
Number of
Financial Year)
Metered
Consumers
No.
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
2330
563
7
1
0
0
0
0
0
2901
Total
Particulars
Project Area
No
MVA
PDD, J&K
Estimated
Number of
Unmetered
Consumers
Metered
Sales
Assessed
Energy
Sales
Total
Sales
No.
MUs
MUs
MUs
128
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
128
2.49
0.535
0.2
0.045
0
0
0
0
0
3.24
0.06
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.06
2.55
0.535
0.2
0.045
0
0
0
0
0
3.33
Load
kW
1146
295
70
3
0
0
0
0
0
1514
Rs. Cr.
0.384
0.132
0.212
0.072
0
0
0
0
0
0.8
Rs. Cr.
0.231
0.03
0.102
0.002
0
0
0
0
0
0.365
Project Area
2
9
245
NO
KM
2
0
KM
0
NO
2
NO
3
219
30th December, 2009
MVA
NO
NO
KM
KM
KM
KJM
NO
MVA
26.3
2
2
20
0
72
0
58
12.77
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
CDMA
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2330
563
7
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
128
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total
2458
563
7
1
0
0
0
0
0
Project Area Assets
PDD, J&K
220
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
Total
30th December, 2009
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
kV SS
CDMA
No.
No.
No.
No.
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
2
0
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
58
120
0
0
2
2
1
58
120
0
Consumer Indexing
HT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
Specify
File,
of the
Output
(e.g.
XML,
CSV etc.)
%
%
0
0
0
0
%
%
0
100
0
3029
221
0
0
0
30-Jul-09 SQL
Server
2005
Table
30th December, 2009
Asset Mapping
66 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
33 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
11 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
% of Asset
mapping
completed
Number of Date of
Specify Specify
Assets
survey
File,
assets
of the
(e.g.
Output
poles,
(e.g.
lines,
XML, switches
CSV etc.) etc.)
%
%
0
0
0
0
%
%
0
0
0
0
%
%
0
100
0
60
%
%
0
0
0
0
222
30-Jul-09 SQL
DTs,Fee
Server
ders
2005 table
30th December, 2009
Project Area: Budgam
Number of
Financial Year)
Metered
Consumers
No.
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
2
Total
Particulars
Project Area
No
MVA
NO
PDD, J&K
Metered
Sales
Assessed
Energy
Sales
Total
Sales
No.
MUs
MUs
MUs
kW
3.75
0.52
0.32
0
0.56
0.002
0.0744
0
0
5.2264
760.72
55.54
421
0
405
135
466.5
0
0
2243.76
2237
466
60
0
105
1
0
0
0
2869
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.0744
0
0
0.0744
3.75
0.52
0.32
0
0.56
0.002
0
0
0
5.152
Load
Rs. Cr.
0.4335
0.0832
0.0849
0
0.4121
0.1458
0.2162
0
0
1.3757
Rs. Cr.
0.2044
0.0135
0.0451
0
0.2151
0.1458
0.1904
0
0
0.8143
Project Area
1
3
120
3
0
KM
0
NO
3
NO
MVA
NO
NO
KM
Estimated
Number of
Unmetered
Consumers
5
25
4
0
43.7
223
30th December, 2009
KM
KJM
NO
MVA
0
210.31
0
110
18.01
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CDMA
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
2237
466
60
0
105
1
0
0
0
Total
2237
466
60
0
105
1
2
0
0
Project Area Assets
kV SS
PDD, J&K
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
No.
0
224
CDMA
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
Total
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
30th December, 2009
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
110
0
0
4
0
3
110
0
0
Consumer Indexing
Specify
File,
of the
Output
(e.g.
XML,
CSV etc.)
HT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
%
%
0
100
03 30-Jul-09 Manual
Ledgers
LT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
%
%
0
100
02868 30-Jul-09 Manual
Ledgers
Asset Mapping
66 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
33 kV System
PDD, J&K
% of Asset
mapping
completed
%
%
Number of Date of
Specify Specify
Assets
survey
File,
assets
of the
(e.g.
Output
poles,
(e.g.
lines,
XML, switches
CSV etc.) etc.)
0
0
225
00-
-
-
30th December, 2009
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
11 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
%
%
0
0
%
%
0
100
%
%
0
0
226
00-
-
Ledgers
00-
-
DTs,
Feeders
-
30th December, 2009
Project Area: Doda
Number of
Financial Year)
Metered
Consumers
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
Total
Particulars
PDD, J&K
Estimated
Number of
Unmetered
Consumers
Metered
Sales
Assessed
Energy
Sales
Total
Sales
Load
No.
No.
MUs
MUs
MUs
kW
Rs. Cr.
Rs. Cr.
2098
748
6
0
12
0
0
0
0
2864
0
0
0
0
102
0
0
0
0
102
4.00
1.70
0.50
0
1.65
0
0
0
0
7.85
0
0
0
0
2.00
0
0
0
0
2
4.00
1.70
0.50
0
3.65
0
0
0
0
9.85
1084.64
620.76
42.75
0
554.70
0
0
0
0
2302.85
0.412
0.22
0.087
0
0.708
0
0
0
0
1.427
0.444
0.17
0.090
0
0.756
0
0
0
0
1.46
Project Area
Project Area
Numbers
1
Numbers
MVA
Numbers
kM
1
40
kM
2
4
Numbers
1
Numbers
MVA
Numbers
Numbers
2
12.6
4
4
227
30th December, 2009
kM
25.98
90.90
kM
kM
Numbers
MVA
70
13.299
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
Total:
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CDMA
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2098
748
6
0
12
0
0
0
0
2864
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
102
0
0
0
0
102
Total
2098
748
6
0
114
0
0
0
0
2966
Project Area Assets
PDD, J&K
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
228
CDMA
0
0
0
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
Total
0
0
1
30th December, 2009
kV SS
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
2
0
70
0
0
3
4
2
5
70
0
0
Consumer Indexing
HT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
Specify
File,
of the
Output
(e.g.
XML,
CSV etc.)
%
%
0
0
%
%
0
Asset Mapping
66 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
% of Asset
mapping
completed
%
%
Number of Date of
Specify Specify
Assets
survey
File,
assets
of the
(e.g.
Output
poles,
(e.g.
lines,
XML, switches
CSV etc.) etc.)
0
0
229
30th December, 2009
33 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
11 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
%
%
0
%
%
0
%
%
0
0
230
30th December, 2009
Project Area: Dooru
Number of
Financial Year)
Metered
Consumers
No.
Metered
Sales
Assessed
Energy
Sales
Total
Sales
No.
MUs
MUs
MUs
Load
kW
Rs. Cr.
Rs. Cr.
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
520
0
30
0
0
0
0
0
0
2000
245
0
1
15
0
0
0
0
0.7488
0
0.162
0
0
0
0
0
0
2.88
0.295
0
0.043
0.518
0
0
0
0
3.6288
0.295
0.162
0.043
0.518
0
0
0
0
12600
9.8
225
15
90
0
0
0
0
0.49
0.042
0.068
0.063
0.3
0
0
0
0
0.35
0.028
0.021
0.018
0.024
0
0
0
0
Total
550
2261
0.9108
3.736
4.6468
12939.8
0.963
0.441
Particulars
Project Area
No
MVA
PDD, J&K
Estimated
Number of
Unmetered
Consumers
Project Area
1
5
120
NO
KM
1
0
KM
0
NO
1
NO
MVA
2
11.3
231
30th December, 2009
NO
NO
KM
KM
2
0
14.7
0
KM
KJM
NO
MVA
47.7
0
52
6.289
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
CDMA
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
Total
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
520
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
30
0
0
0
0
0
2000
245
0
1
15
0
0
0
0
2520
245
30
1
0
0
0
0
0
Project Area Assets
PDD, J&K
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
232
CDMA
0
0
LPR/Other
s
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total
0
0
30th December, 2009
kV SS
No.
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
10
52
52
0
0
2
2
10
52
52
0
0
0
0
0
Consumer Indexing
HT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
Asset Mapping
PDD, J&K
Specify
File,
of the
Output
(e.g.
XML,
CSV etc.)
%
%
0
0
%
%
0
100
% of Asset
mapping
completed
233
00
-
Ledgers
Number of Date of
Specify Specify
Assets
survey
File,
assets
of the
(e.g.
Output
poles,
(e.g.
lines,
XML, switches
CSV etc.) etc.)
30th December, 2009
66 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
33 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
11 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
%
%
0
0
00-
-
-
%
%
0
0
00-
-
-
%
%
0
100
%
%
0
0
234
Ledgers
00-
-
DTs,
Feeders
-
30th December, 2009
Project Area: Ganderbal
Number of
Financial Year)
Metered
Consumers
No.
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
23
331
57
0
0
0
0
0
0
411
Total
Particulars
Project Area
No
MVA
NO
PDD, J&K
Metered
Sales
Assessed
Energy
Sales
Total
Sales
No.
MUs
MUs
MUs
1767
250
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2017
0.045
0.5
0.85
0
0
0
0
0
0
1.395
3.5
0.25
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3.75
3.545
0.75
0.85
0
0
0
0
0
0
5.145
Load
kW
686
406.33
708.7
0
0
0
0
0
0
1801.03
Rs. Cr.
0.35
0.14
0.15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.64
Rs. Cr.
0.245
0.119
0.1275
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.4915
Project Area
2
3
150
2
5
KM
0
NO
2
NO
MVA
NO
NO
KM
Estimated
Number of
Unmetered
Consumers
5
33.4
8
6
5.1
235
30th December, 2009
KM
KJM
NO
MVA
0
138
0
69
11.7
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CDMA
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
23
331
57
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1767
250
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total
1790
581
57
0
0
0
0
0
0
Project Area Assets
kV SS
PDD, J&K
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
236
CDMA
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total
0
0
2
0
30th December, 2009
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
6
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
3
69
0
0
0
8
2
3
69
0
0
Consumer Indexing
HT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
Specify
File,
of the
Output
(e.g.
XML,
CSV etc.)
%
%
%
%
Asset Mapping
66 kV System
GIS Based
PDD, J&K
0
-
100
% of Asset
mapping
completed
%
00 30-Jul-09 -
2428
Jul-09 SQL
Server
2005
Table
Number of Date of
Specify Specify
Assets
survey
File,
assets
of the
(e.g.
Output
poles,
(e.g.
lines,
XML, switches
CSV etc.) etc.)
0
237
0-
-
-
30th December, 2009
Non-GIS Based
33 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
11 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
%
0
0-
-
-
%
%
0
0
00-
-
-
%
%
0
100
%
%
0
0
238
069 30-Jul-09 SQL
Server
2005
Table
00-
-
DTs,
Feeders
-
30th December, 2009
Project Area: Handwara
Number of
Financial Year)
Metered
Consumers
No.
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
1672
350
15
0
34
0
0
0
0
2071
Total
Particulars
PDD, J&K
Assessed
Energy
Sales
Total
Sales
No.
MUs
MUs
MUs
45
0
0
0
36
0
0
0
0
81
2.40768
0.42
0.105
0
0.034
0
0
0
0
2.96668
0.0648 2.47248
0
0.42
0
0.105
0
0
0.58
0.614
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.6448 3.61148
Load
kW
859
175
112
0
287
0
0
0
0
1433
Rs. Cr.
0.2513
0.0438
0.042
0
0.38
0
0
0
0
0.7171
Rs. Cr.
0.1792
0.0502
0.0401
0
0.3592
0
0
0
0
0.6287
1
No
KM
0
NO
1
NO
MVA
NO
NO
Metered
Sales
Project Area
Project Area
No
MVA
NO
KM
Estimated
Number of
Unmetered
Consumers
3
90
1
0
2
11.3
6
4
239
30th December, 2009
KM
27.2
0
KM
89
KJM
0
NO
63
9.391
MVA
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CDMA
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1672
350
0
0
34
0
0
0
0
0
0
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
45
0
0
0
36
0
0
0
0
Total
1717
350
15
0
70
0
0
0
0
Project Area Assets
kV SS
PDD, J&K
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
No.
0
240
CDMA
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
Total
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
30th December, 2009
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
5
63
0
0
6
0
5
63
0
0
Consumer Indexing
HT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
Specify
File,
of the
Output
(e.g.
XML,
CSV etc.)
%
%
0
0
0
0
0
0
%
%
0
100
0
2152
0
0
Asset Mapping
66 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
33 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
% of Asset
mapping
completed
Number of Date of
Specify Specify
Assets
survey
File,
assets
of the
(e.g.
Output
poles,
(e.g.
lines,
XML, switches
CSV etc.) etc.)
%
%
0
0
0
0
%
%
0
0
0
0
241
30th December, 2009
11 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
%
%
0
0
0
0
%
%
0
0
0
0
242
30th December, 2009
Project Area: Kargil
Number of
Financial Year)
Metered
Consumers
No.
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
Estimated
Number of
Unmetered
Consumers
Metered
Sales
Assessed
Energy
Sales
Total
Sales
No.
MUs
MUs
MUs
0
2142
0
3.3
3.3
0
522
0
0.25
0.25
0
52
0
0.38
0.38
0
0
0
0
0
0
101
0
0.513
0.513
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total
0
2817
0
4.443
4.443
Following is the asset related information of the Utility and the Project Areas proposed in the Scope of work as on date
Project Area : Kargil
Particulars
Project Area
PDD, J&K
Project Area
No
0
No
MVA
NO
KM
0
0
KM
0
NO
0
NO
MVA
NO
0
0
0
Load
kW
1600
180
175
0
250
0
0
0
0
2205
Rs. Cr.
0.38
0.1
0.04
0
0.53
0
0
0
0
1.05
Rs. Cr.
0.36
0.09
0.04
0
0.53
0
0
0
0
1.02
0
0
243
30th December, 2009
NO
KM
KM
KJM
NO
MVA
0
52.5
0
103
0
40
4.607
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CDMA
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
ElectroStatic
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2142
522
52
0
101
0
0
0
0
Total
2142
522
52
0
101
0
0
0
0
Project Area Assets
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
PDD, J&K
No.
No.
No.
244
CDMA
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total
0
0
0
30th December, 2009
kV SS
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
7
40
0
0
0
0
6
7
40
0
0
Consumer Indexing
HT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
Specify
File,
of the
Output
(e.g.
XML,
CSV etc.)
%
%
0
0
0
0
0
0
%
%
0
0
0
0
0
0
Asset Mapping
66 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
% of Asset
mapping
completed
%
%
Number of Date of
Specify Specify
Assets
survey
File,
assets
of the
(e.g.
Output
poles,
(e.g.
lines,
XML, switches
CSV etc.) etc.)
0
0
245
0
0
30th December, 2009
33 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
11 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
%
%
0
0
0
0
%
%
0
0
0
0
%
%
0
0
0
0
246
30th December, 2009
Project Area: Kathua
Number of
Financial Year)
Metered
Consumers
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
Total
Particulars
PDD, J&K
Estimated
Number of
Unmetered
Consumers
Metered
Sales
Assessed
Energy
Sales
Total
Sales
Load
No.
No.
MUs
MUs
MUs
kW
Rs. Cr.
Rs. Cr.
4218
1510
266
4
60
0
61
0
0
6119
6765
0
0
0
85
0
0
0
13
6863
3.12
2.39
4.08
0.01
0.54
0
20.06
0
0.00
30.2
4.71
0
0
0
1.31
0
0.00
0
4.2
10.2
7.83
2.39
4.08
0.01
1.85
0
20.06
0
4.18
40.4
6290
1150
4700
10
883
0
12416
0
504
25953
1.61
0.59
1.35
0
0.89
0
2.94
0
2.96
10.34
1.16
0.45
1.05
0
0.15
0
2.52
0
2.93
8.26
Project Area
Project Area
Numbers
1
Numbers
MVA
Numbers
kM
2
100
3
0
kM
0
Numbers
3
Numbers
MVA
Numbers
Numbers
6
51.3
17
17
247
30th December, 2009
kM
kM
kM
Numbers
MVA
134
0
532.7
0
356
74.807
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
Total:
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CDMA
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2300
990
45
0
60
0
58
0
0
3453
1918
520
221
4
0
0
3
0
0
2666
6765
0
0
0
85
0
0
0
13
6863
Total
10983
1510
266
4
145
0
61
0
13
12982
Project Area Assets
PDD, J&K
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
248
CDMA
0
0
0
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
Total
0
0
3
30th December, 2009
kV SS
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
17
0
0
48
0
0
0
0
0
0
30
0
0
0
0
14
2
278
0
0
0
17
14
2
356
0
0
Consumer Indexing
PDD, J&K
Specify
File,
of the
Output
(e.g.
XML,
CSV etc.)
HT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
%
%
0
100
17
30-Jul-09 Manual
Ledgers
LT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
%
%
0
100
9053
30-Jul-09 Manual
Ledgers
(60%),
SQL
Server
2005
Table
(40%)
249
30th December, 2009
Asset Mapping
66 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
33 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
11 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
% of Asset
mapping
completed
Number of Date of
Specify Specify
Assets
survey
File,
assets
of the
(e.g.
Output
poles,
(e.g.
lines,
XML, switches
CSV etc.) etc.)
%
%
0
0
%
%
0
%
%
0
100
%
%
0
0
250
218
30-Jul-09 Manual
Ledgers
(10%),
SQL
Server
2005
Table
(90%)
DTs,
Feeders
30th December, 2009
Project Area: Kishtwar
Number of
Financial Year)
Metered
Consumers
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
Total
Particulars
PDD, J&K
Estimated
Number of
Unmetered
Consumers
Metered
Sales
Assessed
Energy
Sales
Total
Sales
Load
No.
No.
MUs
MUs
MUs
kW
Rs. Cr.
Rs. Cr.
40
786
13
0
58
0
0
0
0
897
1399
195
0
0
26
0
0
0
0
1620
0.001
0.014
0.01
0
0.009
0
0
0
0
0.034
0.7350
0.1446
0
0
0.0550
0
0
0
0
0.9346
0.736
0.1586
0.01
0
0.064
0
0
0
0
0.9686
719.5
294.3
77.0
0
100.00
0
0
0
0
1190.8
0.365
0.154
0.022
0
0.50
0
0
0
0
1.041
0.324
0.119
0.019
0
0.366
0
0
0
0
0.828
Project Area
Project Area
Numbers
1
Numbers
MVA
Numbers
kM
2
40
1
2
kM
Numbers
1
Numbers
MVA
Numbers
Numbers
kM
2
16.3
6
6
13.7
251
30th December, 2009
kM
kM
Numbers
MVA
0
72
0
69
10.449
Metered with
AMR Meters
Metered Metered
with
with
AMR
Static
Compatib Meters
le Meters
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
Total:
Project Area Assets
PDD, J&K
CDMA
Unmete Total
red
LPR/Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
40
786
13
0
58
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1399
195
0
0
26
0
0
0
0
1439
981
13
0
84
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
897
0
1620
2517
Metered with
AMR Meters
No.
No.
No.
Metered
with
Electromagnetic
Meters &
Others
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
252
Metered Metered
with
with
AMR
Static
Compatib Meters
le Meters
CDMA
Metered
with
Electromagnetic
Meters &
Others
Unmete Total
red
LPR/Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
30th December, 2009
Import Points at 33kV feeders other than 33/11 No.
0
0
kV SS
No.
0
0
No.
0
0
No.
0
0
No.
0
0
No.
0
0
0
0
No.
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
7
69
0
0
0
6
0
8
69
0
0
Specify
completed
Consumers survey
File,
Covered
completed Formats
of the
Output
(e.g.
XML,
CSV etc.)
Consumer Indexing
HT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
%
%
%
%
PDD, J&K
0
100
Ledger
% of Asset
mapping
completed
Asset Mapping
66 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
0
0
%
%
Number of
Assets
Covered
Date of
Specify
survey
File,
completed Formats
of the
Output
(e.g.
XML,
CSV etc.)
Specify
assets
covered
(e.g.
poles,
lines,
switches
etc.)
0
0
253
30th December, 2009
33 kV System
GIS Based
%
Non-GIS Based
11 kV System
%
GIS Based
%
Non-GIS Based
%
LT System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
0
%
%
0
0
254
30th December, 2009
Number of
Financial Year)
Metered
Consumers
No.
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
2300
375
30
0
37
0
0
9
0
2751
Total
Particulars
PDD, J&K
Assessed
Energy
Sales
Total
Sales
No.
MUs
MUs
MUs
192
30
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
222
3.9
0.6
0.2
0
0.19
0
0
0
0
4.89
1.11
0.2
0.11
0
0.19
0
0
0
0
1.61
5.01
0.8
0.31
0
0.38
0
0
0
0
6.5
Load
kW
1450
205
210
0
405
0
0
0
0
2270
Rs. Cr.
1.08
0.16
0.09
0
0.2
0
0
0
0
1.53
Rs. Cr.
0.47
0.06
0.03
0
0.08
0
0
0
0
0.64
1
No
KM
0
NO
1
NO
NO
MVA
Metered
Sales
Project Area
Project Area
No
MVA
NO
KM
Estimated
Number of
Unmetered
Consumers
2
40
1
0
2
20
3
255
30th December, 2009
NO
KM
3
10.5
0
150
0
59
KM
KJM
NO
MVA
7.323
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CDMA
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
ElectroStatic
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2300
375
30
0
37
0
0
9
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
192
30
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total
2492
405
30
0
37
0
0
9
0
Project Area Assets
PDD, J&K
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
256
CDMA
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total
0
0
30th December, 2009
kV SS
No.
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
3
59
0
0
0
3
3
3
59
0
0
Consumer Indexing
PDD, J&K
Specify
File,
of the
Output
(e.g.
XML,
CSV etc.)
HT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
%
%
0
100
0
9 30-06-2009 SQL
Server
2005
Table
LT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
%
%
100
2964 30-06-2009 SQL
Server
2005
Table
257
0
30th December, 2009
Asset Mapping
66 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
33 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
% of Asset
mapping
completed
Number of Date of
Specify Specify
Assets
survey
File,
assets
of the
(e.g.
Output
poles,
(e.g.
lines,
XML, switches
CSV etc.) etc.)
%
%
0
0
%
%
0
100
11 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
%
%
100
LT System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
%
%
0
0
258
0
0
0
1 30-06-2009
62 30-06-2009 Manual
Lager
DTs,
Feeders
0
0
30th December, 2009
Number of
Financial Year)
Metered
Consumers
No.
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
875
520
18
0
10
0
0
0
0
1423
Total
Particulars
Project Area
No
MVA
NO
PDD, J&K
Metered
Sales
Assessed
Energy
Sales
Total
Sales
No.
MUs
MUs
MUs
1.01
0.02041
0.0057
0
0.0015
0
0
0
0
1.03761
0.17384
0.18921
0.02968
0
0.13144
0
0
0
0.742
1.26617
82
224
2
0
62
0
0
0
6
376
1.18384
0.20962
0.03538
0
0.13294
0
0
0
0.742
2.30378
Load
kW
Rs. Cr.
540 0.2074
517 0.42435
114 0.11491
0
0
210 0.2772
0
0
0
350
0.36
1731 1.38386
Rs. Cr.
0.1024
0.1559
0.0115
0
0.1748
0.2465
0.6911
Project Area
1
3
90
2
0
KM
0
NO
2
NO
MVA
NO
NO
KM
Estimated
Number of
Unmetered
Consumers
2
20
10
4
40.55
259
30th December, 2009
KM
KJM
NO
MVA
0
76
0
53
8.714
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CDMA
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
875
520
18
0
10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
82
224
2
0
62
0
0
0
6
Total
957
744
20
0
72
0
0
0
6
Project Area Assets
PDD, J&K
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
260
CDMA
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total
0
0
2
30th December, 2009
kV SS
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7
53
0
0
0
10
0
7
53
0
0
Consumer Indexing
HT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
Specify
File,
of the
Output
(e.g.
XML,
CSV etc.)
%
%
0
0
%
%
0
100
Asset Mapping
66 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
% of Asset
mapping
completed
%
%
0
0
0
1793 15-07-2009
0
0
0
0
Number of Date of
Specify Specify
Assets
survey
File,
assets
of the
(e.g.
Output
poles,
(e.g.
lines,
XML, switches
CSV etc.) etc.)
0
0
261
0
0
30th December, 2009
33 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
11 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
%
%
0
0
0
0
%
%
0
0
0
0
%
%
0
100
262
0
53 15-07-2009
30th December, 2009
Project Area: Leh
Number of
Financial Year)
Metered
Consumers
No.
Metered
Sales
Assessed
Energy
Sales
Total
Sales
No.
MUs
MUs
MUs
Load
kW
Rs. Cr.
Rs. Cr.
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
0
6353
0
12.33
12.33
1870
0.99
0.9
0
2846
0
7.07
7.07
1342
1.25
1.14
0
85
0
2.22
2.22
422
0.27
0.13
0
0
0
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
0
0
0
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
0
0
0
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
0
0
0
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
0
6
0
1.02
1.02
191
0.18
0.02
0
6
0
1.2
1.2
232
0.24
0.24
Total
0
Particulars
Project Area
No
MVA
NO
PDD, J&K
Estimated
Number of
Unmetered
Consumers
0
23.84
23.84
4057
2.93
2.43
Project Area
0
0
0
2
60
KM
0
NO
0
NO
MVA
NO
NO
KM
9296
1
2
7
0
49.4
263
30th December, 2009
KM
KJM
NO
MVA
0
160.85
0
52
8.22
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CDMA
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6353
2846
85
0
0
0
0
6
6
Total
6353
2846
85
0
0
0
0
6
6
Project Area Assets
kV SS
PDD, J&K
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
264
CDMA
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
Total
0
0
2
0
30th December, 2009
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7
6
5
52
0
0
0
7
6
5
52
0
0
Consumer Indexing
HT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
Specify
File,
of the
Output
(e.g.
XML,
CSV etc.)
%
%
0
0
0
0
0
0
%
%
0
0
0
0
0
0
Asset Mapping
66 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
% of Asset
mapping
completed
%
%
Number of Date of
Specify Specify
Assets
survey
File,
assets
of the
(e.g.
Output
poles,
(e.g.
lines,
XML, switches
CSV etc.) etc.)
0
0
265
0
0
30th December, 2009
33 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
11 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
%
%
0
0
0
0
%
%
0
0
0
0
%
%
0
0
0
0
266
30th December, 2009
Project Area: Pattan
Number of
Financial Year)
Metered
Consumers
No.
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
951
240
14
0
18
0
0
0
0
1223
Total
Particulars
Project Area
No
MVA
NO
PDD, J&K
Metered
Sales
Assessed
Energy
Sales
Total
Sales
No.
MUs
MUs
MUs
6
38
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
45
1.15
0.115
0.096
0
0.02
0
0
0
0
1.381
0.0072
0.018
0
0
0.021
0
0
0
0
0.0462
1.1572
0.133
0.096
0
0.041
0
0
0
0
1.4272
Load
kW
2344
202
128
0
76
0
0
0
0
2750
Rs. Cr.
0.21
0.0233
0.02
0
0.02
0
0
0
0
0.2733
Rs. Cr.
0.102
0.018
0.012
0
0.011
0
0
0
0
0.143
Project Area
1
3
60
1
0
KM
0
NO
1
NO
MVA
NO
NO
KM
Estimated
Number of
Unmetered
Consumers
2
16.3
3
3
7.25
267
30th December, 2009
KM
KJM
NO
MVA
0
31.9
0
37
4.901
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CDMA
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
951
240
14
0
18
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
38
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
Total
957
278
14
0
19
0
0
0
0
Project Area Assets
PDD, J&K
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
268
CDMA
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
Total
0
0
1
30th December, 2009
kV SS
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
37
0
0
0
3
0
4
37
0
0
Consumer Indexing
HT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
Specify
File,
of the
Output
(e.g.
XML,
CSV etc.)
%
%
0
0
%
%
0
0
Asset Mapping
66 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
% of Asset
mapping
completed
%
%
0
0
0
1288 30-06-09
0
0
0
0
Number of Date of
Specify Specify
Assets
survey
File,
assets
of the
(e.g.
Output
poles,
(e.g.
lines,
XML, switches
CSV etc.) etc.)
0
0
269
0
0
30th December, 2009
33 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
11 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
%
%
0
0
0
0
%
%
0
0
0
0
%
%
0
0
0
0
270
30th December, 2009
Project Area: Poonch
Number of
Financial Year)
Metered
Consumers
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
Total
Particulars
Project Area
Numbers
MVA
Numbers
PDD, J&K
Estimated
Number of
Unmetered
Consumers
Metered
Sales
Assessed
Energy
Sales
Total
Sales
Load
No.
No.
MUs
MUs
MUs
kW
Rs. Cr.
Rs. Cr.
3533
1057
45
0
0
0
0
0
0
4635
960
52
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1012
1.32
0.54
0.18
0
0
0
0
0
0
2.03039
0.75
0.16
0.00
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.90975
2.07
0.69
0.18
0
0
0
0
0
0
2.94014
3060
425.6
315
0
0
0
0
0
0
3800.6
0.39
0.12
0.04
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.55
0.27
0.10
0.04
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.41
Project Area
1
1
20
2
0
kM
0
Numbers
2
Numbers
MVA
Numbers
Numbers
kM
kM
3
21.3
11
4
63.8
0
271
30th December, 2009
kM
kM
Numbers
MVA
508
0
120
21.601
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
Total:
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CDMA
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
723
257
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
985
2810
800
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
3650
960
52
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1012
Total
4493
1109
45
0
0
0
0
0
0
5647
Project Area Assets
kV SS
PDD, J&K
CDMA
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
No.
0
272
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
Total
0
0
0
0
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
1
0
0
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
30th December, 2009
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
7
0
4
120
0
0
11
0
4
120
0
0
Consumer Indexing
Specify
File,
of the
Output
(e.g.
XML,
CSV etc.)
HT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
%
%
0
100
1
30-Jul-09 Manual
Ledgers
LT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
%
%
0
100
4277
Jul-09 Manual
Ledgers
Asset Mapping
66 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
33 kV System
PDD, J&K
% of Asset
mapping
completed
%
%
Number of Date of
Specify Specify
Assets
survey
File,
assets
of the
(e.g.
Output
poles,
(e.g.
lines,
XML, switches
CSV etc.) etc.)
0
0
273
30th December, 2009
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
11 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
%
%
0
100
2
May-09 Ledger
SS
%
%
0
100
121
May-09 Ledger
DTs,
Feeders
%
%
0
0
274
30th December, 2009
Project Area: Pulwama
Number of
Financial Year)
Metered
Consumers
No.
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
Total
Estimated
Number of
Unmetered
Consumers
Metered
Sales
Assessed
Energy
Sales
Total
Sales
No.
MUs
MUs
MUs
Load
kW
Rs. Cr.
Rs. Cr.
2867
1004
59
0
0
0
2.6
0.6
0.27
0
0
0
2.6
0.6
0.27
3602
280
505
0.604
0.166
0.12
0.35
0.1
0.08
0
0
0
0
0
3930
112
0
0
0
0
112
0
0
0
0
0
3.47
1.13
0
0
0
0
1.13
1.13
0
0
0
0
4.6
513
0
0
0
0
4900
0.26
0
0
0
0
1.15
0.29
0
0
0
0
0.82
Project Area : Pulwama
Particulars
Project Area
2
Project Area
No
3
MVA
225
1
NO
0
PDD, J&K
KM
0
NO
1
NO
MVA
NO
2
20
3
275
30th December, 2009
NO
KM
KM
KJM
NO
MVA
2
46
0
142.5
0
70
10.98
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CDMA
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
ElectroStatic
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2867
1004
53
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
112
0
0
0
0
Total
2867
1004
59
0
112
0
0
0
0
Project Area Assets
PDD, J&K
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
276
CDMA
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total
0
0
30th December, 2009
kV SS
No.
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
5
70
0
0
0
3
0
5
70
0
0
Consumer Indexing
HT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
Specify
File,
of the
Output
(e.g.
XML,
CSV etc.)
%
%
0
0
0
0
0
0
%
%
0
100
0
4042
0
277
30-Jul-09 SQL
Server
2005
Table
30th December, 2009
Asset Mapping
66 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
33 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
11 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
% of Asset
mapping
completed
Number of Date of
Specify Specify
Assets
survey
File,
assets
of the
(e.g.
Output
poles,
(e.g.
lines,
XML, switches
CSV etc.) etc.)
%
%
0
0
0
0
%
%
0
0
0
0
%
%
0
100
0
75
%
%
0
0
0
0
278
30-Jul-09 SQL
Server
2005
Table
Feeder,D
T
30th December, 2009
Project Area: Rajouri
Number of
Financial Year)
Metered
Consumers
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
Total
Particulars
Project Area
Numbers
MVA
Numbers
PDD, J&K
Estimated
Number of
Unmetered
Consumers
Metered
Sales
Assessed
Energy
Sales
Total
Sales
Load
No.
No.
MUs
MUs
MUs
kW
Rs. Cr.
Rs. Cr.
4139
1083
38
0
68
0
0
0
0
5328
9745
230
1
0
96
0
0
0
0
10072
5.96
6.89
0.46
0
1.19
0
0
0
0
14.5
14.75
0.32
0
0
1.45
0
0
0
0
16.52
20.71
7.21
0.46
0
2.89
0
0
0
0
31.27
7219
931
396
0
1960
0
0
0
0
10506
1.90
1.40
0.68
0
2.26
0
0
0
0
6.24
2.11
1.14
0.55
0
1.9
0
0
0
0
5.7
Project Area
1
2
40
4
14.1
kM
0
Numbers
3
Numbers
MVA
Numbers
Numbers
kM
4
27.6
15
0
267
279
30th December, 2009
kM
kM
Numbers
MVA
0
951
0
317
38.598
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
Total:
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CDMA
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2170
583
19
0
68
0
0
0
0
2840
1969
500
19
0
0
0
0
0
0
2488
9003
979
1
0
89
0
0
0
0
10072
Total
13142
2062
39
0
157
0
0
0
0
15400
Project Area Assets
PDD, J&K
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
280
CDMA
0
0
0
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
Total
0
0
4
30th December, 2009
kV SS
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
15
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
17
317
0
0
2
15
0
17
317
0
0
Consumer Indexing
HT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
Specify
File,
of the
Output
(e.g.
XML,
CSV etc.)
%
%
0
0
%
%
0
100
Asset Mapping
66 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
% of Asset
mapping
completed
%
%
7781
May-09 Ledger
Number of Date of
Specify Specify
Assets
survey
File,
assets
of the
(e.g.
Output
poles,
(e.g.
lines,
XML, switches
CSV etc.) etc.)
0
0
281
30th December, 2009
33 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
11 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
%
%
0
100
3
May-09 Ledger
%
%
0
100
11
May-09 Ledger
%
%
0
0
282
30th December, 2009
Project Area: RS Pura
Number of
Financial Year)
Metered
Consumers
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
Total
Particulars
Project Area
Numbers
MVA
PDD, J&K
Numbers
kM
kM
Estimated
Number of
Unmetered
Consumers
Metered
Sales
Assessed
Energy
Sales
Total
Sales
Load
No.
No.
MUs
MUs
MUs
kW
Rs. Cr.
Rs. Cr.
3364
1166
114
357
42
0
2
0
0
5045
1396
98
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1494
7.5
2.8
0.77
0.23
0.009
0
0.048
0
0
11.357
3.3
0.75
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4.05
10.8
3.55
0.77
0.23
0.009
0
0.048
0
0
15.407
2450
600
2250
1120
21
0
270
0
0
6711
1.81
0.54
0.44
0.0056
0.021
0
0.05
0
0
2.8666
0.34
0.19
0.13
0.0054
0.19
0
0.05
0
0
0.9054
Project Area
1
3
90
3
25
Numbers
3
Numbers
MVA
Numbers
Numbers
4
32.6
9
0
283
30th December, 2009
kM
18.5
0
135
0
93
kM
kM
Numbers
MVA
19.47
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
Total:
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CDMA
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3366
1164
114
357
42
0
2
0
0
5045
1396
98
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1494
Total
4762
1262
114
0
42
0
2
0
0
6182
Project Area Assets
PDD, J&K
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
284
CDMA
0
0
0
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
Total
0
0
3
30th December, 2009
kV SS
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
9
2
7
93
0
0
1
9
2
7
93
0
0
Consumer Indexing
HT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
Specify
File,
of the
Output
(e.g.
XML,
CSV etc.)
%
%
0
0
%
%
0
Asset Mapping
66 kV System
GIS Based
PDD, J&K
% of Asset
mapping
completed
%
Number of Date of
Specify Specify
Assets
survey
File,
assets
of the
(e.g.
Output
poles,
(e.g.
lines,
XML, switches
CSV etc.) etc.)
0
285
30th December, 2009
Non-GIS Based
33 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
11 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
%
0
%
%
0
%
%
%
%
0
0
286
30th December, 2009
Project Area: Samba
Number of
Financial Year)
Metered
Consumers
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
Total
Particulars
Project Area
Numbers
MVA
Numbers
PDD, J&K
Estimated
Number of
Unmetered
Consumers
Metered
Sales
Assessed
Energy
Sales
Total
Sales
No.
No.
MUs
MUs
MUs
475
498
21
0
0
0
0
0
0
994
1920
0
0
0
19
0
0
0
0
1939
0.222
1.07
1.209
0
0
0
0
0
0
2.501
17.17
17.392
0
1.07
0
1.209
0
0
0.027360 0.027360
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
17.19736 19.6984
Load
kW
1182.0
149.40
313.35
0
9.50
0
0
0
0
1654.25
Rs. Cr.
Rs. Cr.
0.0352
0.0282
0.0178 0.01435
0.0452 0.04082
0
0
####### 0.0013379
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.11158 0.0847079
Project Area
1
2
100
2
4.8
kM
0
Numbers
2
Numbers
MVA
Numbers
Numbers
kM
3
14
3
2
16.8
287
30th December, 2009
kM
kM
Numbers
MVA
0
61.7
0
53
9.824
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
Total:
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CDMA
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
475
498
21
0
0
0
0
0
0
994
1920
0
0
0
19
0
0
0
0
1939
Total
2395
498
21
0
19
0
0
0
0
2933
Project Area Assets
PDD, J&K
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
288
CDMA
0
0
0
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
Total
0
0
2
30th December, 2009
kV SS
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
4
53
0
0
0
3
0
4
53
0
0
Consumer Indexing
HT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
Specify
File,
of the
Output
(e.g.
XML,
CSV etc.)
%
%
0
0
%
%
0
100
Asset Mapping
66 kV System
GIS Based
PDD, J&K
% of Asset
mapping
completed
%
2547
May-09 Ledger
Number of Date of
Specify Specify
Assets
survey
File,
assets
of the
(e.g.
Output
poles,
(e.g.
lines,
XML, switches
CSV etc.) etc.)
0
289
30th December, 2009
Non-GIS Based
33 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
11 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
%
0
%
%
0
100
0
May-09 Ledger
%
%
0
100
0
May-09 Ledger
%
%
0
0
290
30th December, 2009
Project Area: Shopian
Number of
Financial Year)
Metered
Consumers
No.
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
1972
370
12
0
4
0
0
0
0
2358
Total
Estimated
Number of
Unmetered
Consumers
Metered
Sales
Assessed
Energy
Sales
Total
Sales
No.
MUs
MUs
MUs
574
220
0
0
35
0
0
0
0
829
2.25
0.26
0.1
0
0.28
0
0
0
0
2.89
1.4
0.25
0
0
2.37
0
0
0
0
4.02
3.65
0.51
0.1
0
2.65
0
0
0
0
6.91
Load
kW
982
150
94
0
257
0
0
0
0
1483
Rs. Cr.
0.365
0.051
0.1
0
0.2734
0
0
0
0
0.7894
Rs. Cr.
0.29
0.04
0.0075
0
0.214
0
0
0
0
0.5515
Project Area : Shopian
Particulars
Project Area
1
Project Area
No
1
MVA
75
PDD, J&K
NO
KM
2
0
KM
0
NO
2
NO
3
291
30th December, 2009
MVA
NO
NO
KM
KM
18.9
3
3
33.8
0
KM
KJM
NO
MVA
155.6
0
50
9.734
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CDMA
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
ElectroStatic
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1972
370
12
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
574
220
0
0
35
0
0
0
0
Total
2546
590
12
0
39
0
0
0
0
Project Area Assets
PDD, J&K
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
292
CDMA
LPR/Other
s
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
Total
0
30th December, 2009
kV SS
No.
No.
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
50
0
0
0
3
0
5
50
0
0
Consumer Indexing & Asset Mapping Information
Consumer Indexing
HT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
Specify
File,
of the
Output
(e.g.
XML,
CSV etc.)
%
%
0
0
0
0
%
%
0
100
0
3187
293
0
0
0
30-Jul-09 Manual
Ledgers
(30% are
in SQL
Server
2005
table)
30th December, 2009
Asset Mapping
66 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
33 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
11 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
% of Asset
mapping
completed
Number of Date of
Specify Specify
Assets
survey
File,
assets
of the
(e.g.
Output
poles,
(e.g.
lines,
XML, switches
CSV etc.) etc.)
%
%
0
0
0
0
%
%
0
0
0
0
%
%
0
100
0
53
%
%
0
0
0
0
294
30-Jul-09 Manual
Ledgers
DTs,
Feeders
30th December, 2009
Project Area: Sopore
Number of
Financial Year)
Metered
Consumers
No.
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
2601
767
220
0
18
0
0
0
0
3606
Total
Particulars
Project Area
No
MVA
PDD, J&K
Metered
Sales
Assessed
Energy
Sales
Total
Sales
No.
MUs
MUs
MUs
6101
1631
0
0
41
0
0
0
0
7773
5.22 8.78544 14.0054
1.61 1.154748 2.76475
4.56
0
4.56
0
0
0
0.054
3.17
3.224
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
11.444 13.11019 24.5542
Load
kW
Rs. Cr.
10351 2.23602
1598 0.42826
1858 0.2904
0
417 0.58656
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
14224 3.54124
Rs. Cr.
1.68
0.41
0.31
0
0.51
0
0
0
0
2.91
Project Area
1
4
95
NO
KM
4
0
KM
0
NO
4
NO
MVA
NO
NO
Estimated
Number of
Unmetered
Consumers
7
48.9
10
10
295
30th December, 2009
KM
53.3
0
190
0
260
KM
KJM
NO
MVA
50.35
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CDMA
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
2601
767
0
0
18
0
0
0
0
0
0
220
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6101
1631
0
0
41
0
0
0
0
Total
8702
2398
220
0
59
0
0
0
0
Project Area Assets
PDD, J&K
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
296
CDMA
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
Total
0
0
4
30th December, 2009
kV SS
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
260
0
0
0
10
0
4
260
0
0
Consumer Indexing
HT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
Specify
File,
of the
Output
(e.g.
XML,
CSV etc.)
%
%
0
0
%
%
0
100
Asset Mapping
66 kV System
GIS Based
PDD, J&K
% of Asset
mapping
completed
%
0
0
0
11379 30-7-2008
0
0
0
0
Number of Date of
Specify Specify
Assets
survey
File,
assets
of the
(e.g.
Output
poles,
(e.g.
lines,
XML, switches
CSV etc.) etc.)
0
297
0
30th December, 2009
Non-GIS Based
33 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
11 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
%
0
0
%
%
0
0
0
0
%
%
0
0
0
0
%
%
0
0
0
0
298
30th December, 2009
Project Area: Sumbal
Number of
Financial Year)
Metered
Consumers
No.
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
0
0
18
0
0
0
0
0
0
18
Total
Particulars
Project Area
No
MVA
NO
PDD, J&K
Metered
Sales
Assessed
Energy
Sales
Total
Sales
No.
MUs
MUs
MUs
1087
159
0
0
23
0
0
0
5
1274
0
0
0.085
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.085
0.918
0.093
0
0
0.174
0
0
0
0.612
1.797
0.918
0.093
0.085
0
0.174
0
0
0
0.612
1.882
Load
kW
412.5
36.6
149
0
79
220
897.1
Rs. Cr.
0.1692
0.0375
0.0249
0
0.104
0
0
0
0.2464
0.582
Rs. Cr.
0.0633
0.0012
0.017
0
0.0371
0
0
0
0.035
0.1536
Project Area
1
3
60
0
0
KM
0
NO
0
NO
MVA
NO
NO
KM
Estimated
Number of
Unmetered
Consumers
0
0
0
0
22.5
299
30th December, 2009
KM
KJM
NO
MVA
0
38.6
0
42
6.786
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CDMA
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
18
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1087
159
0
0
23
0
0
0
5
Total
1087
159
18
0
23
0
0
0
5
Project Area Assets
kV SS
PDD, J&K
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
No.
0
300
CDMA
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
Total
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
30th December, 2009
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
7
42
0
0
0
2
7
42
0
0
Consumer Indexing
HT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
Specify
File,
of the
Output
(e.g.
XML,
CSV etc.)
%
%
0
0
0
0
0
0
%
%
0
0
0
0
0
0
Asset Mapping
66 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
33 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
% of Asset
mapping
completed
Number of Date of
Specify Specify
Assets
survey
File,
assets
of the
(e.g.
Output
poles,
(e.g.
lines,
XML, switches
CSV etc.) etc.)
%
%
0
0
0
0
%
%
0
0
0
0
301
30th December, 2009
11 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
%
%
0
0
0
0
%
%
0
0
0
0
302
30th December, 2009
Project Area: Tral
Number of
Financial Year)
Metered
Consumers
No.
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
1751
391
24
0
14
0
0
0
0
2180
Total
Particulars
Project Area
No
MVA
NO
PDD, J&K
Metered
Sales
Assessed
Energy
Sales
Total
Sales
No.
MUs
MUs
MUs
0
0
1
0
23
0
0
0
24
2.79
0.15
0.143
0
0.017
0
0
0
0
3.1
0
0
0.003
0
0.067
0
0
0
0
0.07
2.79
0.15
0.146
0
0.084
0
0
0
0
3.17
Load
kW
3400
107
201
0
60
0
0
0
0
3768
Rs. Cr.
0.254
0.0645
0.034
0
0.0634
0
0
0
0
0.4159
Rs. Cr.
0.161
0.041
0.034
0
0.052
0
0
0
0
0.288
Project Area
1
3
75
1
0
KM
0
NO
1
NO
MVA
NO
NO
Estimated
Number of
Unmetered
Consumers
2
20
2
2
303
30th December, 2009
KM
22
0
65
0
50
KM
KJM
NO
MVA
8751
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CDMA
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1751
389
18
0
11
0
0
0
0
0
2
6
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
23
0
0
0
0
Total
1751
391
25
0
37
0
0
0
0
Project Area Assets
PDD, J&K
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
304
CDMA
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total
0
0
1
30th December, 2009
kV SS
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
50
0
0
0
2
0
0
50
0
0
Consumer Indexing
HT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
Asset Mapping
Specify
File,
of the
Output
(e.g.
XML,
CSV etc.)
%
%
0
0
%
%
0
100
% of Asset
mapping
completed
0
0
0
0
0
0
2204 30-Apr-09 SQL
Server 05
Table
Number of Date of
Specify Specify
Assets
survey
File,
assets
of the
(e.g.
Output
poles,
(e.g.
lines,
XML, switches
CSV etc.) etc.)
66 kV System
PDD, J&K
305
30th December, 2009
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
33 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
11 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
%
%
0
0
0
0
%
%
0
0
0
0
%
%
0
100
0
52
%
%
0
0
0
0
306
15-Jul-09 Manual
Lager
DTs,
Feeders
30th December, 2009
Project Area: Udhampur
Number of
Financial Year)
Metered
Consumers
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
Total
Particulars
Project Area
No
MVA
NO
PDD, J&K
Estimated
Number of
Unmetered
Consumers
Metered
Sales
Assessed
Energy
Sales
Total
Sales
No.
No.
MUs
MUs
MUs
kW
Rs. Cr.
Rs. Cr.
17239
3823
173
0
168
0
19
3
2
21427
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
15.59
4.58
1.54
0
0.382
0
0.492
0.081
8.388
31.053
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
15.59
4.58
1.54
0
0.382
0
0.492
0.081
8.388
31.053
14432
3017
3038
….
2477.11
….
5030
467
8500
36961.11
1.77
0.895
0.387
….
2.276
….
1.19
0.16
4.102
10.78
1.77
0.895
0.387
….
2.276
….
1.19
0.16
4.102
10.78
Project Area
1
2
70
5
29
KM
0
NO
5
NO
MVA
NO
NO
KM
Load
6
54.1
26
17
144
307
30th December, 2009
KM
KJM
NO
MVA
0
167
0
370
67.389
LT Domestic
LT Commercial
LT Industry
LT Agriculture
LT Others
HT Railways
HT Industrial
HT Commercial
HT Others
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CDMA
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12862
3310
147
0
168
0
19
3
2
16511
4377
513
26
0
0
0
0
0
0
4916
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total
17239
3823
173
0
168
0
19
3
2
21427
Project Area Assets
kV SS
PDD, J&K
No.
No.
No.
No.
GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE
0
0
0
0
308
CDMA
0
0
0
0
LPR/Other
s
0
0
0
0
with
with
with
red
AMR
Static
le Meters
Meters &
Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
3
Total
0
0
5
3
30th December, 2009
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
17
0
0
28
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
9
0
0
342
0
0
2
26
0
0
370
0
0
Consumer Indexing
Specify
File,
of the
Output
(e.g.
XML,
CSV etc.)
HT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
%
%
0
100
Ledgers
LT
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
%
%
0
100
015587 30-Jul-09 Manual
Ledgers
Asset Mapping
66 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
% of Asset
mapping
completed
%
%
Number of Date of
Specify Specify
Assets
survey
File,
assets
of the
(e.g.
Output
poles,
(e.g.
lines,
XML, switches
CSV etc.) etc.)
0
0
309
0
0
30th December, 2009
33 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
11 kV System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
LT System
GIS Based
Non-GIS Based
PDD, J&K
%
%
0
0
0
0
%
%
0
100
0
%
%
0
0
0
0
310
30-Jul-09 SQL
DTs,Fee
Server
ders
2005 table
30th December, 2009
Appendix B - Technical Specifications (G2 Section)
Options
Description
Weight
Func_Not_Avail
0
Functionality not available
Func_Mod_Avail
1
Functionality available with modifications
Func_Avail
2
Functionality available
Maximum Value
2
0.0 System Functionalities
Description
Number
Criticality
Wt
Option
Sf.1
Modular Design
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Sf.2
System Architecture
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Sf.3
Application architecture
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Sf.4
Web based design
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Sf.5
Business Process Requirement
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Sf.6
Data base server
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Sf.7
Basic system architecture and Unified Access framework
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Sf.8
Directory service
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Sf.9
Message based interface
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Sf.10
Application Integration
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Sf.11
Data Storage
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Sf.12
Data access
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Sf.13
Central data storage
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Sf.14
Network environment
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Sf.15
Application scalability
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Sf.16
Application manageability
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Sf.17
Network option
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Sf.18
Central Administration
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Sf.19
Data Ownership
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Sf.20
Login wise rights, groups
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Sf.21
Data Backup
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Sf.22
Data Archiving
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Sf.23
Interface with other system
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Sf.24
Embedded control
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Sf.25
Report Generation
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Sf.26
Mail interface
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Sf.27
Prioritizing workflow
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Sf.28
Performance monitoring of system
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Sf.29
MIS Reports
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Sf.30
Multiple OS support/ Inter-operability.
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Sf.31
Multiple database support
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
1.0 Meter Data Acquisition System
Description
Number
Criticality
Wt
Option
Das.1.0
System features
Das1.1
Provision to collect and manage meter data
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Das1.2
Remote capturing of meter data from system & select consumer meters
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Das1.3
Provision of communication media
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Das1.4
Optimal utilization of meter data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das1.5
Provision of a decision support system
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das1.6
Identification of poorly performing areas
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Das1.7
Helping in network upgrade actions
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das1.8
Enabling health and performance monitoring of assets
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das1.9
Detection of HV/DTR outages
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
PDD, J&K
311
30 December, 2009
Das1.10
Monitoring of customer performances
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das1.11
Enabling dispatch of event notifications
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das.2.0
Scope of deliverables
Das2.1
Supply /installation of Hardware
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Das2.2
Application software for capturing, validating and analyzing the Meter data
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Das2.3
Application software at data center
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Das2.4
Supply/ installation of data converters at sub stations
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Das2.5
Supply/ installation of Modems at sub stations
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Das2.6
Supply/ installation of Modems at DTs and HT/ Select LT consumers
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Das2.7
Supply/ installation of any other equipments or accessories
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das3.0
System Architecture : General Notes
Das3.1
Provision of an integrated software system to meet the functionality of AMR Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das3.2
Flexible deployment / implementation of software system
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Das3.3
Menu driven software system
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das3.4
Provision for local / remote data collection
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das3.5
Facility for Web based front end
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das3.6
Provision for data validation at both ends
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Das3.7
Provision for flexibility, user friendly and scalability
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das3.8
Software system with robust architecture, high availability and reliability
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das3.9
N-tier design methodology
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Das3.10
Client tier
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Das3.11
Business logic tier
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Das3.12
Automatic workflow process from data acquisition to analysis
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das3.13
Database tier
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Das3.14
Maintenance of time stamped database
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Das3.15
Optimal designing of database
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Das3.16
Provision of OLTP and OLAP models
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das4.0
Features of Data logging system at Sub station
Das4.1
Data collection on a common data structure
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Das4.2
Data collection at sub station via RS485/ RS232 data converters
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Das4.3
Main areas of data collection
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Das4.4
Typical list of data acquisition from the Meters
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das4.5
Provision of generating critical events
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das4.6
Provision of manual entry of data in case of meter change
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das4.7
Seamless transfer of data even in case of meter change
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das4.8
Storage of meter data at sub station
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das4.9
Mode of data transfer from sub station to Sub division office
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das4.10
Facility for back up and restoration of data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das4.11
Administrator facility
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das5.0
Features of Data logging system at sub division office
Das5.1
Periodicity of data collection
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Das5.2
Functionality of Sub division office Data acquisition software
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Das5.3
Availability of sufficient storage capacity
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Das5.4
Generation of DT wise, Feeder wise and Substation wise data base
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das5.5
Ability of software to integrate, extract and analyze data of different make of
Vital
Meters
3
Func_Not_Avail
Das5.6
Manual/ automatic mode of data transmission
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das5.7
Viewing / exporting of collected data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das5.8
Mode of transfer of Meter data
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Das5.8 a)
Data retrieval by sub division office from sub-station
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Das 5.8 b)
Data transfer from sub-station to sub division office
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Das5.9
Facility for archiving, deletion, backup & restoration of the data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das6.0
Meter Data Acquisition : software requirements
PDD, J&K
312
30 December, 2009
Das6.1
Configurable data collection engine for meters of different make
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Das6.2
Enabling of data acquisition from different AMR configuration
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Das6.3
Enabling of data acquisition over any communication media
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Das6.4
Provision to configure and manage technical parameters for communication
Vital
media
3
Func_Not_Avail
Das6.5
Provision of remote reading &
collection in both scheduled batch
mode
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Features of scheduled mode of data collection
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Das6.6
Das6.8
Support for both inbound and
outbound communication
Type of Inbound communication
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das6.9
Type of outbound communication
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das6.10
Ability to retrieve both instantaneous and logged data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das6.11
Support for import of meter data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das6.12
Synchronization of all meters to a common fixed reference
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das7.0
Network Topology Management
Das7.1
Ability to capture and maintain the geographic / administrative / regional
hierarchy
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das7.2
Ability to capture and maintain the electrical network topology
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das7.3
Flexible and Indian context oriented regional hierarchy and topology
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das7.4
Provision to capture and maintain associations between various metering
nodes
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das7.5
Typical list of System metering nodes
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Das7.6
Typical list of Consumer metering nodes
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Das7.7
Provision for modification in existing metering nodes
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das7.8
Provision to add virtual metering nodes
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das7.9
Provision to Navigate to any level of the regional hierarchy/ network topology Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das7.10
Provision to display SLD
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das7.11
Provision to depict Single line diagram
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das8.0
Data Validation, Editing and Estimation (VEE)
Das8.1
Supporting of automated rule-based validation
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das8.2
Supporting of multiple data states
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das8.3
Configuration of validation rules
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das8.4
Logging of validation failures
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das8.5
Backing up of raw data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das8.6
Provision of meter data estimation routine
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das8.7
Enabling of estimation routine
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das8.8
Provision of manual editing
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das8.9
Provision for audit trail
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das9.0
Data Analysis & Charting
Das9.1
Processing of validated meter data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das9.2
Support for multiple channels for multi parameters
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das9.3
Support for channels of different time series
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das9.4
Support for different channels for different type of data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das9.5
Viewing of time series data in tabular / graphical form
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das9.6
Ability to show status of time series data element
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das9.7
Comparison of multiple time series data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das9.8
Facility for automated filling up of certain derived time series channels based
Essential
on data in one or more other channels
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das6.7
Das9.9
Provision of setting/editing of the conversion formulae
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das9.10
Provision of aggregation of time series data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das10.0
Executive Dashboard
Das10.1
Provision of Executive dashboard
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das10.2
Provision of selective monitoring of summarized data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das10.3
Highlighting of key performance indicators
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
PDD, J&K
313
30 December, 2009
Das10.4
Energy balance at different network levels
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das10.5
Monitoring of losses at different voltage levels
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das10.6
Display of load survey analysis
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das10.7
Monitoring of peak load
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das10.8
Monitoring of performance factors
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das10.9
Provision of transformer load management
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das10.10
Provision of Feeder load management
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das10.11
Personalization as per the user’s preferences.
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das10.12
Navigation from one level of network hierarchy to another
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das11.0
Reports
Das11.1
Generation of reports based on the results of data analysis
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das11.2
Reporting on energy flow, performance factor etc.
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das11.3
Generation of reports with date range
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das11.4
Type of reporting
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das11.5
Exporting of reports to other applications
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das11.6
Reports at Sub stations :
Das11.6.1
Finalization of reporting requirement as per utility
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das11.6.2
Facility to configure & view parameters in tabular/graphic form
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das11.6.3
Facility to query data based on date & parameter name
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das11.7
Reports at Sub division office
Das11.7.1
Provision for comprehensive reporting and MIS facility
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das11.7.2
Option to view data selectively in numerical / Graphical form
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das11.7.3
Generation of summary report of meter data for any load violation and
tamper counts
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das11.7.4
Provision of menu option for viewing each data report
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das11.7.5
Typical list of reports to be generated
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das11.7.6
Availability of extensive search options
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das11.7.7
List of a few typical reporting requirements
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das11.8
Reports at various Utility offices, such as Division, Circle, Head Quarter etc. :
Das11.8.1
Reporting facility at various utility offices
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das11.8.2
Geographic/ administrative/ regional hierarchy wise reporting facility
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das12.0
Event and Alarm Notification
Das12.1
Monitoring of important events
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das12.2
Chronological registration of events
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das12.3
Listing of faults, errors and limit value violation in alarm list
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das12.4
Summary display of alarm situation
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das12.5
Acknowledgement of alarms
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das12.6
Typical list of items on which system can generate alarms
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das12.7
Framework to configure thresholds for generating alarms at each end-point
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das12.8
Alarm on failure in communication, loss of data etc.
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das12.9
Supporting of alarm/ notification dispatch via comm. media
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das12.10
Ability to deliver alarm/ notification to multiple recipients
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das12.11
Provision for turning certain alarm generation on/off as per user preferences Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das12.12
Provision for turning certain alarm dispatch on/off as per user preferences
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das12.13
Provision to acknowledge or ignore events / alarms
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das12.14
Setting of different priority levels for different events /alarms
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das12.15
Provision of different dispatch schedules for different types of events/
alarms
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Das13.0
Time synchronization
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
2.0 Energy Audit
Number
PDD, J&K
Description
Criticality
314
Wt
Option
30 December, 2009
Ea.1
Collection of energy flow data from metering module
Vital
3
Func_Mod_Avail
Ea.2
Provision of graphical network diagram and network reconfiguration
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Ea.3
Calculation of Bus bar and transformation losses in the sub station
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Ea.4
Calculation of HT losses
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Ea.5
Calculation of DT losses
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Ea.6
Provision of Network
reconfiguration in case of change in
power flow logic
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Ea.7
Calculation of allowable technical losses in the system
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Ea.8
Calculation of estimated technical and commercial losses in the system
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Ea.9
Generation of report of energy accounting and graphical analysis
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Ea.10
Features of intelligent data analysis
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
3.0 New Connection
Description
Number
Criticality
Wt
Option
NC1.
Standardized formats and issue of form
Vital
NC2.
Accepting application form
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
NC3.
Accepting registration fee details
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
3
Func_Not_Avail
NC4.
Generation of unique application no
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
NC5.
Reconciliation of collection
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
NC6.
Accepting customer details
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
NC7.
Checking customer details
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
NC8.
Handle special drives
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
NC9.
Checking system capability for issuing connection
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
NC10.
Inspection report generation
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
NC11.
Generate Standard
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
NC12.
Waiver of inspection
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
NC13.
Accept inspection report and capture all details
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
NC14.
Estimate preparation
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
NC15.
Updating application status
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
NC16.
Generating rejection letter
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
NC17.
Generation of unique Service connection no
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
NC18.
Generation of bill for issuing new connection
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
NC19.
Generation of intimation letter
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
NC20.
Multiple contract formats
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
NC21.
Case by Case modifications to the contract
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
NC22.
Accepting testing details
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
NC23.
Interfacing with stores for meters
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
NC24.
Route plan and monitoring of Meter installation
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
NC25.
Generation of first bill
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
NC26.
Integration with GIS and updation
of database
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
4.0 Disconnection and Dismantling
Description
Number
Criticality
Wt
Option
Dis.1
Generation of defaulting consumer list
Vital
Dis.2
Generation of disconnection list
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Dis.3
Process of dispatching disconnection notices
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Dis.4
Capturing of Non disconnection reasons
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Dis.5
Creation of exception report on disconnection
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Dis.6
Updation of customer status
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Dis.7
Updation of dismantlement status for deduction from SD on auto
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Dis.8
Linkage with New Connection module
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
3
Func_Not_Avail
Dis.9
Tracking and escalation of disconnection failures
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Dis.10
Generation of optimal route and plan
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Dis.11
Termination of connection
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Dis.12
Integration with MM system
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
PDD, J&K
315
30 December, 2009
Dis.13
Integration with GIS database
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Dis.14
Exception reports on payment by disconnected consumers
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Dis.15
Transfer of dues from one connection to other connection(s)
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
5.0 GIS based customer Indexing and asset mapping
Description
Number
G1.0
Introduction
G1.1
GIS Solution
G.2.0
System Software supply & Installation
G.2.1
G.2.2
Criticality
Wt
Option
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
GIS Software
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
OGC Compliance of GIS software
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.2.3
Versioning Capability of Software
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.2.4
Relationship establishing capability
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.2.5
Data Validation
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.2.6
Error Listing
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.2.7
Integration Capability of GIS software with existing modules
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.2.8
GIS Application Architecture- Features
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.2.9
GIS-Software-SLD creation feature
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.0
Features and capabilities of system software
G.3.1
Generic Specifications
G.3.1.1
GIS Software- Architecture Type
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.1.2
GIS Engine-Capability to work in all industry standard cross-platforms
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.1.3
Compliance of GIS Imaging Software
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.1.4
Custom Functionality addition to application
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.1.5
Software based functionality extensions to application
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2
Database Management
G.3.2.1
Unique no. Allocation capability of Software
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.2
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.4
Functionality to PAN display
Provision for linking customer data to ledgers maintained prior to Customer
Indexing
Customer Database editing flexibility
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.5
Sorting & viewing capability of any area
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.6
Database editing flexibility
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.7
Color Graphic Display of System Network
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.8
Geographic Attributes Query in GIS software
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.9
Dynamic Attribute query of any object in GIS software
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.10
Representation of objects in different colors
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.11
Dimensioning Capabilities
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.12
Moving, copying capabilities
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.13
Real length specifying capability
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.14
capability to save & restore views/layouts
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.15
capability to edit graphical & textual data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.16
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.18
capability to provide customer details DT wise
capability to provide query regarding customers in relation to power supply
network
Dynamic Configuration capability of system
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.19
Dynamic mode changeover capability of system
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.20
Database security provisions in system
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.21
Provision of version management of Data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.22
Provision of multi-tiered architecture
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.23
System capability of being operated through WAN
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.24
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.26
System capability of supporting seamless data access
System capability of representing technical data of internals of any system
entity
Electric Utility specific data model
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.27
Electric Utility user specific data model
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.28
Data import/Export capability of GIS software
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.29
Data export capability into XML format
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.3
G.3.2.17
G.3.2.25
PDD, J&K
316
30 December, 2009
G.3.2.30
Ability to support Customer Data
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.31
Capability to import Satellite Imagery Data
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.32
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.34
capability for importing & displaying color raster images
Capability for opening / attaching standard format files without importing to
mapping system
Capability to provide query builder
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.35
capability to support sorting /filtering of records
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.36
capability to save queries in text format
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.37
Highlighting capability of user specified attributes
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.38
capability to support web enablement
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.39
capability to store CAD & GIS data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.40
capability to support data validation
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.41
Capability to translate geospatial data sets
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.42
Updation of RDBMS attribute data on spatial changes
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.43
Capability to support distributed databases
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.44
Capability to modify asset data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.45
System availability due to report run
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.2.33
G.3.3
Spatial database features
G.3.3.1
capability to support all industry std. RDBMS
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.3.2
Database portability
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.3.3
Multipoint editing permissibility
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.3.4
capability to store additional data type
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.3.5
Published API’s for interface to master database
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.3.6
capability to support direct editing of spatial data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.3.7
capability to serve database directly to internet mapping server & desktops
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.3.8
Capability to support network topology
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.3.9
Capability to support raster images & operations
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.3.10
Capability to enable map browsing in folders & DB
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.3.11
Capability to preview map & table data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.3.12
Capability to support OLE DB
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.3.13
Capability to manage data sources
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.3.14
Capability to manage coordinate systems
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.3.15
Ability to create & maintain metadata
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.3.16
Capability of DMS to provide spatial-indexing
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.3.17
Capability of DMS to permit users to manage features
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.3.18
Capability to support CASE tools
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.3.19
Ability to generate schemes for objects in UML using CASE
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.4
Core GIS functionalities
G.3.4.1
Core GIS Engine specs.
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.4.2
Layer Creation capability of GIS software
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.4.3
Group Layer creation capability
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.4.4
Layer storage capability of GIS software
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.4.5
Preset Layer configuration permissibility
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.4.6
Intelligent layering capabilities
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.4.7
Manual layering capabilities
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.4.8
Data previewing capability
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.4.9
Report Generation capability
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.4.10
Bookmark creating capability
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.4.11
Spatial querying engine facility
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.4.12
Configurability of screen data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.4.13
Transparency of data to user when queried
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.4.14
Availability of out of box tool for addressing queries.
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.4.15
Software ability to enable point & click access to data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.4.16
capability to adopt to variety of clients
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.4.17
System ability to perform cluttering & decluttering of data details
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.4.18
Image Edge matching facility in GIS software
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.4.19
capability to provide logical circuit connectivity to ensure compatibility
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.4.20
Authorization to modify directional connectivity
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
PDD, J&K
317
30 December, 2009
G.3.4.21
G.3.5
G.3.5.1
Software capability to create & store standard displays at system & user
level
Network management
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Functionalities
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
3
Func_Not_Avail
3
Func_Not_Avail
3
Func_Not_Avail
3
Func_Not_Avail
3
Func_Not_Avail
3
Func_Not_Avail
3
Func_Not_Avail
a
Create a new network
b
Open an existing network
c
Merging of two networks
d
Cut and paste part of the network
e
Display a partial network of the area of the interest
f
G.3.5.8
Delete a network
The application provides the ability to create, maintain and save a geometric
Vital
network
using designated
or by adding
features
an empty
The application
can createfeatures
and maintain
flow direction
in to
a geometric
Vital
network
based on
the current
configuration
sinksnetwork
The application
supports
tracing
operations of
to sources
perform and
complex
Vital
analysis
functions
within
a utility
network
The
application
can
create,
maintain
and save flags or starting points for
Vital
trace
operations
The application can create, maintain and save barriers for use in trace
Vital
operations
The ability to disable features and layers to create a more permanent barrier
Vital
for tracing at a particular location shall be supported
Customized trace results can be created, maintained, and saved.
Vital
G.3.5.9
Network analysis functionality
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.5.10
User capability to connect/ disconnect a network feature
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.5.11
Network impedance criterion
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.5.12
Tracing of network
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.5.13
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.5.15
Export of network analysis product
The module shall have the facility to identify the objects in a feeder and the
feeders of a substation for purpose of color coding etc The module shall
Capability of GIS to handle network problems
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.5.16
Tracking Changes
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.5.19
System capability to track changes
System capability to provide information regarding manual or automatic
switching
System ability to keep track of changes in customer attributes
System ability to provide information regarding outage affected customers/
areas
Software capability to support switching opns. & looped network
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.5.20
System ability to perform QA/QC on data created
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.5.21
The QA/QC tool must perform QA/QC based on the following
G.3.5.2
G.3.5.3
G.3.5.4
G.3.5.5
G.3.5.6
G.3.5.7
G.3.5.14
G.3.5.16.1
G.3.5.16.2
G.3.5.17
G.3.5.18
a
Attribute level QA/QC
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
b
Connectivity rule-QA/QC
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
c
Relationship rule-QA/QC
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
d
Contingent Validity Rule-QA/QC
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
e
Customer Validation Rule-QA/QC
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.5.22
Availability of locator tool in GIS System
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.5.23
Location Display facility in GIS
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.5.24
Location Tracking facility in GIS
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.5.25
System ability to permit composite object modeling
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.5.26
System permissibility for templates
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.5.27
Creation of Favorites & Mass attribute updates
G.3.5.27.1
System permissibility for creation of favorites
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.5.27.2
System ability to save Favorites & allow mass attributes update
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
System permissibility of storing predefined layout display
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.6
Digitization of electrical symbols
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.6.1
Desktop functionalities
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.5.28
a
The application requires that information (metadata) be stored about a map.
b
d
The application supports a customizable graphical user interface.
The user will be able to create hyperlinks to any document or URL and store
the hyperlinks with data in an attribute field
The application can save a map in a thumbnail image.
e
The application can store data using different paths.
f
The application can create, store and maintain map templates.
g
The system can store true 3-D features (X, Y & Z coordinates).
c
G.3.6.2
Display Properties
a
The application requires the use of specified projections.
b
A variety of data sources can be displayed.
PDD, J&K
318
30 December, 2009
c
The application supports the ability to set background and symbols.
d
The application supports the manipulation of symbols.
e
The application supports the ability to label layers.
f
The application supports the display of TIN datasets.
G.3.6.3
Interaction Tools
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
moved
that itdisplays
affects the
frame queries in graphic format.
The
GISsuch
software
theactive
resultsdata
of attribute
This may include graphics for a single record or an entire query result Zoom
Vector Data
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Query results are displayed or plotted in user-defined symbology.
Query results can be easily formatted in a report. The report writer has a
forms-driven user interface for the interactive definition and formatting of the
Symbology
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
a
Provide a list of map interaction tool supported by the application.
b
Describe the application's hot linking capabilities.
c
The application supports the ability to locate features.
d
The user should be able to create and save spatial bookmarks.
e
The application provides the ability to control map drawing.
The application should provide a magnifier window that can be changed to
any desired
percentage
andanrepresent
magnified
snapshot
The
application
can create
overviewthe
window
whichview
can as
bearesized
and
f
g
h
G.3.6.4
a
The application supports the ability to label definition and position
b
The application provides a display threshold for vector layers
c
Allows user to focus on an area of interest.
d
Tool tips can be created for toolbar buttons.
e
Selections can be customized.
f
The application provides the ability to manipulate map features.
g
A definition filter based on an SQL expression can be set up.
G.3.6.5
Raster Data
a
The extent of raster image can be set.
b
Image brightness, contrast, and transparency can be changed.
The application provides for re-sampling for geometric transformations and
for converting grids to other resolutions
Data Query
c
G.3.6.6
a
The application can query data using a number of different expressions.
b
The application allows query expressions to be saved and loaded.
The query language supports querying against a set of features, which are
the result
of allows
executing
a previous
query for data editing in the following ways
The
system
features
be selected
c
d
e
f
g
G.3.6.7
: Geographic window; Selection by mouse; Selection by SQL query
The NOT qualifier can be applied to any spatial operator.
a
The user can assign values to attributes (scaling).
b
The application supports symbol classification.
c
The application supports color ramps for symbols.
d
The application supports label text.
e
The application supports the ability to perform statistics.
f
Interactive map symbol display capabilities are provided.
g
The application supports transparency function of attributes.
h
The application provides capabilities for symbol management.
i
The application supports symbol stretches.
The application provides ability to adjust brightness, contrast and
transparency
The user can predefine feature characteristics, such as line style, weight,
j
k
l
G.3.6.8
color symbol and angle for features and text for the system to use as a
Display attribute-based symbology.
Symbol Editing and Management
a
The user can create templates and map series.
b
The application provides TrueType font support.
c
The application supports EMF and BMP formats.
d
The application provides symbol-editing support.
e
The application provides the ability to create and edit symbols.
f
The application supports gradient fills.
The map production system generates point symbols based on any attribute
associated
with a point
The generates
software supports
a variety
of point
symbols
The map production
system
line symbols
based
on any
attribute
g
h
i
G.3.6.9
PDD, J&K
associated
with a linesystem
The software
supports
a variety
of line symbols
The
map production
generates
polygon
shade symbols
based on
any attribute associated with a polygon The software supports a variety of
Automatic Labeling
319
30 December, 2009
a
Conflict detection is provided.
b
The application supports labeling of multiple layers.
c
g
Interactive text can be placed on a map.
The application supports annotation stored with a map as a group or stored
separately in a file or database
The application supports feature linked annotation.
The application allows users to position and orient labels and graphics in a
data frame or position map elements on the layout
Supports transparency layers.
h
The application supports predefined label styles.
i
Support is provided for label display of a subset of features.
j
The application supports symbols as labels.
k
Labels can be stored in a graphic layer.
l
Manual placement of feature labels is supported.
The system shall allow for scaleable fonts that allow changes to font type,
height
widthshall
color
etc multiple lines of text with full justification options
The system
support
d
e
f
m
n
G.3.6.10
available Justification options include top left top center top right center
Graphics
a
The application supports text as graphics.
b
Different graphic shapes are supported.
c
Graphic editing is supported.
d
The application supports graphic placement and manipulation.
e
Moving, rotating, and ordering graphics is supported.
G.3.6.11
Feature Editing
a
The application supports feature editing.
b
New features can be created.
c
The creation of features at an x, y coordinate location is supported.
d
f
Features at a specified length or angle can be created.
The application supports the creation of segments using angles from
existing segments
True curves can be created.
g
The application supports copying a line at a specified interval.
h
The application supports creation of a buffer around a specific feature.
i
Mirror images can be created from existing features.
j
Merging features from the same layer into one feature are supported.
The application supports combining features from different layers into one
feature
The application supports the creation of a feature from features with
e
k
l
m
common areas
A new polygon with shared parts can be created.
n
The application supports the ability to modify existing shapes.
o
Splitting a line or polygon is supported.
p
The application supports trimming a line, line extensions, flipping a line.
q
The application supports the modification of existing features.
r
The application provides support of topological editing capabilities.
s
A comprehensive snapping environment is supported.
t
Copying and pasting attributes are supported.
u
Relationships between features and attributes can be created.
v
Validation rules are supported.
w
The application provides digitizer support.
x
Undo/Redo framework is supported.
y
The application supports a fully customizable editing environment.
When entering new data, the system displays a listing of features types to
be selected
while automatically
layer attribution
andorsymbology
The
system allows
attribute datasetting
to be interactively
entered
edited using
z
aa
bb
cc
dd
ee
ff
gg
hh
ii
jj
PDD, J&K
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
default
field values
(such
as ownership)
or user-defined
values
at the
The system
provides
domains
(pre-defined
listings of valid
values
for atime of
particular
attribute)
for graphic/update
attribute
integrity
checking
The
system
can automatically
attribute
values
based upon changes
to a feature's
geometry
to other
attributes
or thesuch
creation
of a new
The
system supports
thechanges
manipulation
of sets
of features,
as deleting,
moving
querying
andthe
updating
attributes
The system
supports
interactive
merging of two identified lines with and
without
an attribute
comparison
The
system
supports
the interactive editing of topological edges and nodes,
allowing
vertices
to beheads-up
added deleted
or moved
on an including
edge (an the
edge
The system
provides
digitizing
capabilities,
ability
to
load
raster and
vector
data asinteractive
a background
onsheeting,
the screen
The
digitizing
process
includes
rubber
asover
well which
as the
ability to snap to points during placement and editing
Digitizing allows for key-in by coordinate geometry
The system allows the user to place construction points / lines when placing
elements
320
30 December, 2009
kk
ll
mm
G.3.6.12
a
b
c
d
e
G.3.6.13
The system supports on-the-fly digitizing techniques, such as line following
and
during
The attribution
system allows
fordigitizing
the automatic generation of points At the midpoint of a
feature;
At the
endpoint
a feature; Projected
(and vertex-inserted)
onto a
The system
supports
theofdevelopment
of specialized
feature placement
methods (e g pole bisecting a corner and street offset from a kerb line)
Data Formats
Vital
Bidder should list the vector formats supported and editable by the proposed
solution
Bidder should list the raster formats supported by the proposed solution.
be loaded as features which are optionally linked to attribute records An
Table Management
The application provides the ability to view data in a table.
b
The application supports table data selection and editing.
c
Aliases can be defined in tables.
d
Field values can be calculated.
e
The application provides the ability to find and replace functions in tables.
f
The application provides the ability to freeze columns during display.
Charts
a
Bidder should list the different chart formats the application supports.
b
Graphics and charts should be editable
G.3.6.15
Buffer Analysis Properties
a
The application provides the ability to create buffers.
b
The ability to output buffers is supported.
G.3.6.16
a
G.3.6.17
Spatial Analysis
Data Management/ Compilation tools
Data compilation tools for using data that is obtained in multiple formats
b
Projection Management Tools to standardize data from multiple projections.
Boundary creation tool. Need the ability to clump areas together from
different layers (I e counties zip codes) and create one area/polygon on a
Geocoding Tool for objects based on street addresses.
d
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Data can be merged and joined.
a
c
Func_Not_Avail
Bidder should list the formats in which the product can export data.
The proposed GIS allows data to be input from the following sources :
Hardcopy
maps;
Digital
coordinate
files; Batch
processing
(to load to
The
system
allows
ASCII
data (bothASCII
coordinate
and attribute
information)
a
G.3.6.14
3
G.3.6.18
Capability to support Page Template properties
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.6.19
Utility tools for navigating large maps
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.6.20
Feeder Manager properties in software
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.6.21
Work Flow Manager properties
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.6.22
capability for Schematic layout of compound objects
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.6.23
Pole Code Generation facility
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.6.24
New symbol/ attribute
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.6.25
2
Func_Not_Avail
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.6.27
Symbol/attribute limitation
Essential
customized representation of entities/ objects/ elements like point, line,
Essential
polygon text colour hash pattern line style (dashed dotted etc ) font point
Type Of attributes
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.6.28
Software customization for electrical symbols & land based features
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.6.29
Capture of all attributes while digitizing
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.6.30
Support of automatic scaling of graphics
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.6.31
Creation of spatial database
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.6.32
Layer specifying ability
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.6.33
System readiness after digitiztion
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.6.34
Support raster images
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.6.35
Multi circuit Representation
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.6.36
Multi-cable representation
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.6.37
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.6.39
Land base representation
Representation of Sub-station Electrical Components (high voltage
cables/conductors CB isolators Transformers protective relays feeder
Display of s/stn. Information on demand
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.6.40
Acceptance of new network symbols
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.6.41
Sub-station Database
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.6.42
check of inter connectivity between substations
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.6.43
Text Editing Ability
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.6.44
Placement of new equipment in geographic maps
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.6.45
Identification of electrical entities in GIS
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.6.26
G.3.6.38
PDD, J&K
321
30 December, 2009
G.3.6.46
GUI availability to perform graphic operations
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.6.47
System ability to provide information using GUI
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
substation
located
particular
zone
located
in aimage,
particular
The
software
shall in
beaable
to attach
andsubstations
retrieve any
scanned
video
clips sound files or any multi-media clippings to the substation
Following reports shall be made available after the non-graphics query
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
a
Connected load information, which is fed from the substation.
b
List of Customers based on the connected load
History information of load readings of the transformer and outgoing LV
distributor
cables
etc and query of a substation / transformers / cables /
The selection
criteria
c
G.3.6.48
a
pillars/ joints / ducts/ sleeves / manholes/ AD pillars/ Capacitors/ Switch
Name of the substation. This will enable to highlight the selected elements
b
Name of the area of the substation
c
Display of service numbers of the Customer fed from the substation
d
The entities located in the downstream of the substation
Through a polygon retrieval i.e. selecting a window area from the overview
map software
the software
highlight
retrieve all
the substation
The
shallshall
highlight
theand
respective
substation
by query i.e.
e
f
g
G.3.6.49
a
List of substation connected on a particular Feeder
b
List of substation based on capacity of switchgears/ transformers
c
List of substation based on make of electrical entities
d
List of substation based on breakdowns
e
List of substation commissioned during the specified period.
G.3.6.50
G.3.7
Cable technical information on GIS software
Cables and Other Electrical Components Representation
G.3.7.1
Cable location information
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.2
Availability of all functions on menu
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.3
Accepting cable type as current one
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.4
Software capability to exhibit cable paths through obstructions
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.5
Facility to exhibit LILO in exiting cables
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.6
GUI facility of exhibiting & editing multiple feeder cables
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.7
Multiple cable laying procedure on software
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.8
Edition facility for cables/ Tr. lines in software
Essential
Drawing the two different end points of the feeder together by just clicking
on
to
the
end
points
of
the
feeder
Connecting two different lines at an intersection point project from the same
2
Func_Not_Avail
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.8.1
G.3.7.8.2
G.3.7.8.3
angle and direction
Extending a single line by intersecting it with another line
G.3.7.8.4
Unlinking the positions of the feeder from the cable
G.3.7.8.5
Linking the positions of the feeder into the cable
Moving the line points from a selected position to a new position through a
dragging the
mechanism
Deleting
entire line/multiple line by just clicking on to the line / multiple
G.3.7.8.6
G.3.7.8.7
G.3.7.8.8
G.3.7.8.9
G.3.7.9
a
b
c
d
line
to bethe
deleted
Deleting
portion of the line segment through the identification of the start
and end positions
Replacing
the line designation by selecting a new line designation. This is
nothing but the "changing the line type" method (a:Updating the cable's nonSoftware capability to check electrical continuity for power flow
Essential
The electrical line tracing till the end of the line by considering the switch
positions
onthe
theswitch
line The
line will
have to be
after
the tracing
By
ignoring
position
conditions,
thehighlighted
line shall be
traced
for its
continuity
and
same
be highlighted
By
selecting
the
text shall
attributes
attached to a line, the tracing shall be
possible
Through a non-graphical data.
G.3.7.10
Addition of electrical element in cable followed by updating of data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.11
Addition of electrical element in cables followed by updating of data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
c
Deleting a electrical net point
Replacing a net point. The existing electrical net point will be replaced with
the new electrical net point
Switching a net point from open to close or vice versa positions
d
Moving and rotating the net point
e
Scaling up or down of the net point
a
b
G.3.7.12
Updating of non-graphic master data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.13
Graphic alteration for addition of feeder points in bus bar
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.14
Electrical item editing abilities
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
a
Inserting a cable into a station/bus bar/distribution box
b
Laying a protective pipes on the cable route
c
Laying protective pipes with dimension defined
d
Creating a manhole
PDD, J&K
322
30 December, 2009
e
Creating a cross section for Trench, Man-hole, Protective Pipes
f
Defining the cable route
g
Labeling
G.3.7.15
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.16
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.17
Software capability to check electrical continuity for power flow after editing
Essential
G.3.7.18
Error generation capability in software
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.19
Software ability to display merging of cables
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.20
Software ability to represent cables / switchgears
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.21
Calculation of length of upstream or downstream cable
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.22
Retrieval of electrical elements within polygon
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.23
Splitting of existing cable
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.24
Tracing of customer’s electrical connectivity
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.25
Ability to attach scanned drawing
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.26
Software capability to search & zoom in any drawing
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.27
Project Administration features in software
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.28
Layer Mgmt. Features
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.29
2
Func_Not_Avail
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.31
Task Management features
Essential
Different accessing modes of area (Coordinate, user specific, area, map
Essential
shete number (index for map sheet shall be created) polygon or any shape
Creation of relationship between network components
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.32
Capability to create multiple features easily
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.33
Provision of stencil to create SLD
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.34
Zooming facility in drawing
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.35
Zoom sensitive layer control
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.36
Connectivity to ODBC data sources
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.37
System ability to draw automatically from database
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.38
Software ability to exhibit data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.39
Pictographic representation of assets
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.40
Stencil Features
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.41
Equipment Status Display facility on GUI
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.42
GUI ability to accept query & provide result data on diagram
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.43
Data entry provision after dragging objects to map
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.44
Printing capability of object data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.45
Ability to find element on drawing
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.46
Ability to draw a section of drawing
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.47
Software facility to represent internals
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.48
Report Creation Tools
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.49
Software ability to accept Utility defined symbols
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.50
Provision of extensive library of symbols
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.7.30
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.8
Modes of digitization
G.3.8.1
Ability to digitize SLD’s
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.8.2
Ability for on screen digitization
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.8.3
Multi-user digitization in single network
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.9
Validation of digitization
G.3.9.1
Provision of Library of validations
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.9.2
Typical Validations
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.9.3
List of validations
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.10
Linkages and Interfaces
G.3.10.1
Integration Capability of GIS software to other modules in utility
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.10.2
Interface package for integration
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.10.3
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.11.1
Ability to interface with industry std. Analysis tools
Specifications for the internet mapping server to enable the
web enabling of the spatial data
Cross Platform support of internet mapping software
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.11.2
Web Server support of internet mapping software
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.11.3
Scalability & reliability of Internet Mapping software
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.11.4
Advanced cartographic Capability
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.11.5
Advanced Client side functionalities of Internet Mapping software
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.11
PDD, J&K
323
30 December, 2009
G.3.11.6
Integration of local & internet data
Vital
3
G.3.11.7
Server architecture to be highly scaleable
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.11.8
IMS capacity to function even if new servers are added or removed
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.12
G.3.12.1
G.3.12.1.1
G.3.12.1.2
G.3.12.1.3
G.3.12.1.4
G.3.12.1.5
G.3.12.1.6
G.3.12.1.7
G.3.12.2
G.3.12.2.1
G.3.12.2.2
G.3.12.2.3
G.3.12.2.4
G.3.12.2.5
G.3.12.2.6
G.3.12.2.7
G.3.12.2.8
G.3.12.2.9
G.3.12.2.10
Printing and plotting
Printing properties
Print network vector map alone, raster map alone and network
superimposed over raster
The user should have the facility to print the features required by him.
The user shall have the capability to print the complete network or a part of
the network
in a given
size
paper
The
user should
be able
to of
print
complete or part of the network on given
scale
in multipleshould
sheetssupport
of specified
The application
print size
preview feature as well as various
drivers
The application supports PostScript.
The user should have the option for labeling specific or all the devices or
objects of
thePrinting
networkof graphical areas : The system should support
Plotting
and
WYSIWYG
Plotting
Printingtemplate
of graphical
areas of Own Legend,
Legend, Texts
stylesand
in plotting
: Placement
various Texts styles in plotting template
List the supported Plotters and Printers
The system must support : Map insets that allow the user to designate a
portion
of theshould
map inallow
a source
frame and
show
a zoomed
of the
The system
Generation
of user
defined
Mapversion
grids, coordinate
G.3.13.2
G.3.13.3
G.3.13.4
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
This module shall have the facility to print and display the following reports :
Report of assets of complete network or a part of the network say Substation
Feeder number
Area etcof objects for a particular symbol with different
Report showing
attribute data on the basis of selected attribute
The system should support ability to create reports and report templates.
G.3.13.8
Graphic reports can be generated from within the GIS applications software.
G.3.13.9
Func_Not_Avail
using
any attribute
(alpha
or numeric) toLabels
are plotted
in a titles,
variety
of text
The system
provides
the functionality
automatically
create
legends
and
margin data
and store
them
in templates
that markers
are transportable
The other
map production
system
needs
to be
able to create
and line
G.3.13.7
G.3.13.6
2
map
books
and map system
sets It shall
be possible toorient
schedule
the plot
/ print
of
The map
production
may automatically
text (i.e.
along
the axis
as opposed
to horizontally)
The
map production
system plots labels for point, line and polygon features
Bidder should list the report tools available with the proposed solution.
The system is capable of generating reports from the results of batch query
sets
The reports are user-format table and full-page when output to a printer.
G.3.13.5
Essential
systems
and preparation
of Map-books
automatically
System
should
The application
should provide
users with
the capability
to store
a mapalso
layout
for consistent
look and
during map
The
system
shall support
Mapfeel
Production
toolsproduction
that allow users to create
sizes that vary automatically by the scale of the map
G.3.12.2.11 The map production system allows the saving of layouts and or templates.
The Map production system includes the optional application of standard
G.3.12.2.12
drawing frames and editable title blocks
G.3.12.2.13 Storage of predefined templates for plotting
The system shall support Inset Frame tool that allows user to display
G.3.12.2.14
specific features within current view individually in separate windows
Report generation
G.3.13
G.3.13.1
Func_Not_Avail
Wizard production of charts and reports in all user applications.
G.3.14
System capability to provide sessions manager
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.15
Online help & online tutorials
The system should have the facility for online help context based and also
onquery
line tutorials
A
builder to generate adhoc queries by user, who have no skills on
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
G.3.15.1
G.3.15.2
G.3.15.3
SQL Commands shall be provided
Context based and user-friendly help should be available.
G.3.15.4
Help should be available at different levels : novice, expert etc.
6.0 GIS based integrated network analysis module
Description
Number
Criticality
Wt
Option
Na.1.1
Module capability
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.1.2
Module features
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.1.3
Broad functionality
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.1.4
Comprehensive package and integration with GIS
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.1.5
Sharing of GIS database
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.1.6
Actual Mode & Analysis Mode
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.1.7
Actual Mode
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.1.8
Network in Actual Mode
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.1.9
Editing in Actual Mode
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
PDD, J&K
324
30 December, 2009
Na.1.10
Analysis Mode
Vital
3
Na.1.11
Editing in Analysis mode
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.1.12
System ability to analyze with part load on any feeder
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.1.13
Graphical representation and Mosaicing features
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.1.14
Software ability to present tree view structure of network
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.1.15
Backup copy for network
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.1.16
Password protection for important editions
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.1.17
Merging of two studies
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.1.18
Up gradation and expansion facility
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.1.19
System ability to export full or in part network
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.2.0
Modeling capabilities of Network equipments
Na.2.1
Software capability of modeling Electric Distribution Network
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.2.2
Modular design with powerful tools and libraries
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.2.3
Network creation with different voltage levels and all entities
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.2.4
SLD of network
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.2.5
Indication of limitations
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.2.6
Modeling of loads
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.2.7
Creation of user specific library of data
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.2.8
Network modeling of various electrical components
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Func_Not_Avail
Na.2.9
Network modeling with various electrical components & parameters
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.2.10
Module validation capability
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.2.11
Modeling with Power & Distribution transformers
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.2.12
Modeling with cables & overhead lines
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.2.13
Section representation in network
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.2.14
Representation of various types of sections
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.2.15
Checks while installing new sections on single/two phase lines
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.2.16
Module ability to analyze ‘spot load’ on pole
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.2.17
Module to display ‘feeder node’
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.2.18
Feeder installation restrictions
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.3.0
Analysis features
Na.3.1
Analytical Modules
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.3.2
Analysis available through graphical interface
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.4.0
Load Flow Analysis and voltage regulation
Na.4.1
Load Flow Analysis
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.4.2
Ability to perform technical actions on network & analyze
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.4.3
Defining of LF, LLF
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.4.4
Calculation of system and operating parameters
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.4.5
Provision of slack bus
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.4.6
Modeling of bulk and UD loads
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.4.7
Load flow capability on various type of networks
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.4.8
Deliverables in load flow
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.4.9
Peak power loss and energy loss in each section of Network
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.4.10
Voltage and component wise segregation of losses
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.4.11
Load flow at varied tap & voltage levels
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.4.12
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.4.14
Indication of limit of violation
Calculations according to various parameters (Consumers category,
Diversity Factor of individual feeder Inclusion of only 3 Phase load
Considering Seasonal Effects
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.4.15
Load calculations
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.4.16
Demand calculations
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.4.17
Load Allocation
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.5.0
Optimization Studies
Na.5.1
Ability to support sub-station proposal
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.5.2
Design of support strength, clearances etc.
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.5.3
Earthing design
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.5.4
Computation of impedances
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.5.5
Ability to support power transformer proposal
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.5.6
Ability to support Distribution transformer proposal
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.4.13
PDD, J&K
325
30 December, 2009
Na.5.7
Solutions for line overloading etc
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.5.8
Creation of express feeder
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.5.9
Economic and break-even loading limits
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.5.10
Solutions for conductor problems
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.5.11
User defining of Express feeder conductor
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.5.12
Software alert for incorrect conductor selection
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.5.13
Capacitor proposal
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.5.14
User ability to vary capacitor size
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.5.15
Load Balancing Analysis
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.5.16
Phase change proposal for loads
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.5.17
Proposal to reposition switch between two feeders
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.5.18
Technical and commercial feasibility due to any change
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.5.19
Feasibility Report Contents
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.5.20
Network analysis based on certain practical constraints
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.5.21
Connection feasibility for new application
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.5.22
Contents of connection feasibility sheet
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.5.23
Check for non bypass of processes of new connections
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.5.24
Network updating on the basis of actual jobs done
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.5.25
Calculation of Technical losses in the network
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.5.26
Boundary Condition Conflict resolution through module
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.6.0
Fault Analysis
Na.6.1
Short circuit analysis feature
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.6.2
Short circuit module capability
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.6.3
Short circuit analysis algorithm
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.7.0
“What if “ studies
Na.7.1
‘What If’ scenario on certain parameters
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.7.2
System study and analysis under different scenarios
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.7.3
Software facility for network analysis on “what if” changes in bulk
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.7.4
Making “what if” changes as permanent
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.8.0
Protective device co-ordination
Na.8.1
Protection co-ordination
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.8.2
Protective device database
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.9.0
User level customization features
Na.9.1
Line parameter customization
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Na.9.2
Equipment Color customization
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Na.9.3
Background Color customization
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Na.9.4
Text customization
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Na.9.5
Color assigning for a circuit
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.9.6
Color Editing of feeder
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.9.7
Overloaded equipment representation
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.9.8
Complaint Affected node representation
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.9.9
Label Hiding
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Na.9.10
Change of parameters like tariff of energy
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.9.11
Unit system
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.9.12
Fixing voltage limits
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.9.13
Storage of Load Flow Statistics
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.9.14
Unit Allocation for capacitance value
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.9.15
Section Unit allocation
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.10.0
Help/Search/Display Features
Na.10.1
‘Help’ features in software
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.10.2
Attributes on balloon help
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.10.3
Balloon help to be node specific
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.10.4
Source trace ability through node
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.10.5
View/Print Option wrt nodes
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.10.6
Node inclusion in ‘View Changes’
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.10.7
Easy Interface for network traversing
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.10.8
Network Traversing by Keyboard
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
PDD, J&K
326
30 December, 2009
Na.10.9
Provision for Toolbar removal when not required
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.10.10
Filtered search for node tracing
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.10.11
Node Search Support Logic
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.10.12
Node search on basis of customer information
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.10.13
System ability to show particular type of nodes only
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.10.14
Drawing formats in system
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.10.15
Insertion of GIS layers in network
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.10.16
Representation of different voltage levels in different layers
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.10.17
2
Func_Not_Avail
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.10.19
Area identification on map
Essential
System permissibility for customization of graphical representation for each
Essential
entities
User ability to dynamically select object attributes
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.10.20
System improvement proposals generated by system
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.10.21
Feature to tag as existing, new or proposed
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.10.22
Pan/zoom features
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.11.0
Editing Features
Na.11.1
Controlled Editing of network
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.11.2
Locking facility for system studies
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.11.3
Moving/Shifting of complete circuit
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.11.4
Entry of probable/ default value
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.11.5
User permission to change supply
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.11.6
Validation of Supply Change
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.11.7
Mapping composite nodes
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.11.8
Software facility for geographic & equipment attribute labels
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.11.9
Label Dedication
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.11.10
Multiple Node Selection
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.11.11
Node insertion permissibility by software
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.11.12
Equipment rotation permissibility in drawing
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.11.13
Recording of significant actions
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.11.14
Retrieval of records
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.11.15
Saving of Record History
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.11.16
Circuit Rotation ability of software
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.11.17
Closure of new nodes on closing of network
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.11.18
Mapping of new nodes with different lines/ colors
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.11.19
Provision to remove temporary equipment
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.11.20
Provision to supply source bus with another source
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.11.21
Selecting/ Deselecting of node
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.12.0
Querying & Reporting facility
Na.12.1
Querying & Reporting on ‘Sections’
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.12.2
Querying & Reporting on ‘Feeders’
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.12.3
Querying & Reporting on ‘Transformers’
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.12.4
Querying & Reporting on ‘Sub-stations’
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.13.0
Printing and Plotting
Na.13.1
Network Printout from tree view
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.13.2
Generation of various summary / individual reports
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.13.3
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.13.5
Abnormal condition reports
Identification of equipment through colors code on SLD in abnormal
condition
Saving of reports
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.13.6
User Text printing along with selected network
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.13.7
Saving in different formats
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.14.0
Cost Estimating
Na.14.1
Preparation of cost estimates as per cost data
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.14.2
Provisions to input special and customized cost data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.14.3
Estimated for several lines and sub stations
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.14.4
Storage of cost data of several areas and multiple versions
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.14.5
Automatic capturing of works proposed and creation of cost estimates
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.14.6
Automatic creation of cost estimates
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.15.0
Financial Analysis
Na.10.18
Na.13.4
PDD, J&K
327
30 December, 2009
Na.15.1
Module for cost benefit analysis
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.15.2
Provision for cost depreciation
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.15.3
Cost calculations for various options
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Na.15.4
Calculation of various financial parameters
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Na.15.5
Provision of optimal solution
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
7.0 Centralized Customer Care Services
Number
Description
CC.1.0
General Features
Criticality
Wt
Option
CC.1.1
Establishment of single window computerized customer care center
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
CC.1.2
Main features
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
CC.1.3
Link of CC Centre to maintenance staff
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
CC.1.4
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
CC.1.6
Seating capacity
Availability of required functionalities like billing, consumer indexing etc. on
agent desktop
Provision of read access to CC centre staff for various database tables
CC.1.7
CC.1.8
CC.2.0
Infrastructure
CC.2.1
CC.2.2
CC.1.5
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Design of CRM application by bidder to suit utility’s requirement
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Use of incoming as well as outgoing calls
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Workstation dimensions
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
PC & communication facilities at workstation
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.2.3
Public conveniences & ambience
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.2.4
Sound proofing
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.2.5
Fire fighting equipment
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.2.6
Inter-connectivity of workstations
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.2.7
Space to accommodate Technology Equipments
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.3.0
Technology
CC.3.1
Voice logger & CTI server
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.3.2
High-Tech facilities
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
CC.4.0
Call switching Equipment / PBX
CC.4.1
PBX features
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
CC.4.2
Ability to support DNIS, ANI & CLI features
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.4.3
Server or switch based PBX system
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.5.0
Automatic Call Distributor (ACD)
CC.5.1
ACD features
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.5.2
ACD feature
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.5.3
System capacity to generate Call Detail Records
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.5.4
Password protection of system
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
CC.5.5
Call Delivery to CSR’s by ACD
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.5.6
Priority Queuing facility in ACD
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.5.7
Call Queuing facility in ACD
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.5.8
Handling of calls by ACD
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.5.9
ACD ability to support priority handling etc.
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.5.10
Monitoring in ACD
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.5.11
Real time MIS of ACD status
ACD system s ability to announce average wait time & music to customer
during hold up
Monitoring of CSR’s availability/ non availability
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
2
Func_Not_Avail
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.5.16
System ability to permit CSR to activate alarm in case of emergency
Essential
System capability to permit CSR to take help from supervisor to deal with an
Essential
active call
Supervisors as CSR’s during busy periods
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.5.17
Supervisor ability to logout CSR’s from its terminal
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.5.18
2
Func_Not_Avail
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.5.20
System ability to enable monitoring a CSR’s conversation
Essential
CSR set ability to view call center MIS regarding ACD statistics on real time
Essential
basis
System ability to provide real time monitoring of CSR’s to supervisor
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.5.21
System ability to support call overflow rerouting
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.5.22
System ability to rate CSR’s on various parameters
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.5.12
CC.5.13
CC.5.14
CC.5.15
CC.5.19
PDD, J&K
328
30 December, 2009
CC.5.23
System ability to route calls depending on skills of CSR
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.5.24
System ability to modify CSR skills dynamically
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.5.25
CSR ability to login on any soft phone
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.5.26
System to have integrated auto-attendant routing
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.5.27
System ability to provide announcement to customers in queue
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.5.28
Flexible announcement features in system
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.5.29
Call Identification Tag facility
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.5.30
Call Routing capacity of ACD
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.5.31
Database maintenance for call routing
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.5.32
Call Routing Comparator facility in ACD
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.5.33
Wildcard Digit matching capability in Call Router
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.6.0
CSR AND SUPERVISOR TERMINALS
CC.6.1
General functionality of CSR & supervisor functionalities
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
CC.6.2
CSR station technology
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
CC.6.3
CSR ‘soft phone’ support abilities
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
CC.6.4
Incoming call announcement capability of system
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
CC.6.5
Call Hold, Transfer & Conference features of CSR & Supervisor soft phone
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
CC.6.6
Personalized Greeting recording capability of CSR soft phone
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.6.7
CSR phone system ability to have & accept event codes
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.6.8
CSR phone system ability to have & accept call identification codes
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.6.9
Audio fault reporting & tracing ability
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.6.10
System ability to route calls based on DNIS
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.6.11
System ability to route calls based on ANI
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.6.12
System support for network provided customer information digits
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.6.13
System ability to divert calls to IVRS based on conditions
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.6.14
Ability of ACD system to request & collect customer information & route call Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.7.0
Managenment Information System
CC.7.1
System ability to provide real time & historical reports
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
CC.7.2
System ability for creation of custom reports
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.7.3
ODBC compliance of database
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.7.4
System ability to transfer call center data for other applications
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.7.5
System ability to provide access to MIS from remote
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
CC.7.6
‘Cradle to Grave’ reporting by system
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.7.7
System ability to support call record queries via web browser
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.7.8
Long term record storage
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.7.9
Comprehensive Historical Reporting
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.7.10
Graphical PC based reporting
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.7.11
LAN connectivity of CSR PC’s for remote MIS access
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.7.12
Exceptions & threshold reporting by system
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.7.13
Backup process performance
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.7.14
Online Help
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.7.15
Alarm in event of problem or error
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.7.16
Integrated Forecasting Capabilities of MIS
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.8.0
Interactive voice response system (IVRS
CC.8.1
IVRS with ASP features with text to speech & text to fax capabilities
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
CC.8.2
IVRS system features
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.8.3
Scalability of IVRS
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
CC.8.4
IVRS capability to handle variable call volume
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.8.5
Response Time of IVRS
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
CC.8.6
General Architectural Requirements of IVRS
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
CC.8.7
Redundancy of connections for tele-communication & LAN network
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
CC.8.8
Processor & system standards for IVRS system
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
CC.8.9
Menu tree complexity of IVRS system
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.8.10
Integration of IVRS with Call centre networks
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
CC.8.11
General Functionality of IVRS system
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.8.12
IVRS functionality
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
CC.8.13
Graphical tool for monitoring & Reporting on real time / on demand basis
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
PDD, J&K
329
30 December, 2009
CC.8.14
IVRS announcement changes
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.8.15
IVRS ability to respond to each call
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.8.16
IVRS ability to provide user defined rule based information
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.8.17
IVRS ability to route call to requisite ACD group
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.8.18
IVRS ability to present customer dialing details to ACD
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.8.19
Integration of other voice related technologies
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
CC.8.20
IVRS (all applications) performance testing by bidder
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
CC.8.21
Documentation & Training to Customer
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
CC.9.0
Voice Messaging
CC.9.1
Voice Mail facility
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
CC.9.2
Retrieving of voicemail
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.9.3
System ability to keep log of all messages
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.9.4
No. of IVR ports
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.10.0
Computer telephony integration (CTI)
CC.10.1
CTI system
Vital
3
CC.10.2
CTI forms
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
CC.10.3
CTI ability to transfer information from PBX & IVR to CSR’s CRM screen
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.10.4
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.10.6
Integration of agent application to CRM application
CTI system ability to enable control of telephony features from GUI
application
CTI system support for login from any workstation
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.10.7
Report generation capability of CTI system
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.10.8
Online display of ACD queue
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.10.9
Integration of CTI application to billing & consumer indexing database
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
CC.11.0
Dialer
CC.11.1
Automatic Dialing System
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.12.0
Remote monitoring capabilities
CC.12.1
Remote monitoring ability of ACD status, no. of agents etc.
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.13.0
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.13.2
Database Integration
System integration with billing module & Consumer indexing & asset
mapping module
System integration with billing & consumer indexing modules
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.14.0
CRM features
CC.14.1
Multiple host connectivity
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.14.2
Single Interface for customer interactions
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.14.3
Customer Feedback
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
CC.14.4
Agent ability
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.14.5
Standard features
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.14.6
System ability to permit agents to extract information from system
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.14.7
System ability to provide CSR with defect management data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.14.8
Billing details for six months
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.14.9
Option to send billing details by e-mail/ fax
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.14.10
Ability to view customer details
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.14.11
Ability to build FAQ database
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.14.12
Search option for most similar answer to FAQ
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
CC.14.13
Report Generation module
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.15.0
Complaints escalation system
CC.15.1
Escalation policy to pre-specified higher authorities
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
CC.15.2
Escalation policy for automatic diversion
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
CC.16.0
Other services
CC.16.1
Complaint status enquiry
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
CC.16.2
Payment reminders
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.16.3
New connection and other facilities
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.16.4
Lead generation and marketing of services
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
CC.16.5
Group messaging system
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.16.6
Closing of complaints
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
CC.10.5
CC.13.1
PDD, J&K
Check
Check
330
Func_Not_Avail
30 December, 2009
8.0 Module: Management Information System (MIS)
Description
Number
Criticality
Wt
Option
Mis.1
Generation and maintenance of various MIS reports
Vital
Mis.2
Study of existing business process to finalize MIS formats
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Mis.3
Provision to generate MIS on regular basis
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Mis.4
Creation of different formats for different level
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Mis.5
Elimination of human intervention in data acquisition
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Mis.6
Provision to generate MIS reports for external agencies
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Mis.7
Type and periodicity of reports
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Mis.8
Provision of monitoring system
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Mis.9
Provision of Business Intelligence Tools
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Mis.10
Provision to generate reports for all modules in user defined formats
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
3
Func_Not_Avail
Document Management System
Description
Number
Criticality
Wt
Option
1
Storage
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
2
Easy Additions
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
3
Managed filing
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
4
Fast Retrieval
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
5
Security
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
6
Distribution
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
7
Archival
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
8
Retention
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
9
File collaboration
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
9.0 Web self service
Description
Number
Criticality
Wt
Option
wss.1
Home
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
wss.2
Log In
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
wss.3
Registration
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
wss.4
Forgot Password
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
wss.5
Security Question Answer
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
wss.6
Change Password
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
wss.7
My Accounts
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
wss.8
Single Account
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
wss.9
Consumption History
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
wss.10
Consumption Calculator
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
wss.11
Bill Summary
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
wss.12
Online Billing Registration
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
wss.13
View and Pay Bill
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
wss.14
Pay Bill
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
wss.15
Multiple Pay Bill
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
wss.16
Manage Accounts
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
wss.17
Service Requests
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
wss.18
Service Request Status
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
wss.19
Complain
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
wss.20
Complaint Status
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
wss.21
Report Power Failure
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
wss.22
Report Street Light Outage
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
wss.23
Update Profile
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
wss.24
Commercial Information
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
wss.25
Associated Sites
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
wss.26
Contact Us
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
wss.27
Privacy Policy
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
PDD, J&K
331
30 December, 2009
wss.28
Business Associate
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
10.0 Identity and Access Management System
Description
Number
Idm.1
Criticality
Wt
Option
Adapter/ connector Support
Idm.1.1
Solution Compatible
Vital
3
Idm.1.2
Out of box workflow
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.1.3
IDE to design Work - Flow
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.1.4
Standard for Workflow implementation
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.1.5
Connector availability for target systems
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.1.6
Connector development tool
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.1.7
Agent-less Architecture
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.1.8
Certification
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.1.9
Indexing
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.1.10
Discovery and Correlation of user Account
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.1.11
User Repository
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.1.12
Open Provisioning Standard
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.1.13
Authentication/authorization framework
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.1.14
Access Management
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.1.15
Pluggable authentication module
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.2
Access Rights Capabilities and Access Control
Idm.2.1
Data protection
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.2.2
Entry screens
desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.2.3
Unsuccessful logon attempts
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.2.4
Application time out
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.2.5
Limited application software on key systems
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.2.6
Segregation of duties
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.2.7
Communicating usage restrictions
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.2.8
Controlling User’s access
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.2.9
Restricted access to resources
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.2.10
Console operations for privileged users
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.2.11
Resource, access control list
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.2.12
Group ACL vs individual ACL
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.2.13
Grant and deny access
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.2.14
Individual access rights to users
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.2.15
Job based access to information
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.2.16
Modifications to the access list
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.2.17
Change in Access rights
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.2.18
Rules for routing approvals
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.2.19
Access rights change notification
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.2.20
Audits on user accounts
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.2.21
Resource ownership
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.2.22
User’s authority changes
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.2.23
Restrictive access
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.2.24
Restricted access to access control information
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.2.25
Policy simulation
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.2.26
Monitoring of access controls
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.2.27
Reporting on user roles and rights
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.2.28
Flexible connection to multiple data stores
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.2.29
Identity store information in real time
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.2.30
Retrieval of account information
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.2.31
Real-time local administrator account maintenance
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.2.32
Support for prerequisite services
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.3
Idm.3.1
PDD, J&K
User Administration
Creation of standard User Profile
332
30 December, 2009
Idm.3.2
Dormant User
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.3.3
Segregating user access to system
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.3.4
Unique User ID
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.3.5
ID conventions
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.3.6
Differentiating normal and privileged users
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.3.7
Single account with multiple authorities
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.3.8
Temporarily Disabling
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.3.9
Active Users
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.3.10
Tracking User IDs
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.3.11
Grouping User IDs
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.3.12
Limiting multiple log on
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.3.13
Associating IDs to processes
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.3.14
Assignment of one or more roles to users
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.4
Self Regulation User Administration capabilities
Idm.4.1
Adherence to open standards
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.4.2
Secure environment
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.4.3
Protection of private user information
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.4.4
Reporting of user rights
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.5
Authentication
Idm.5.1
Authentication mechanism
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.5.2
Single authentication procedure
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.5.3
Modification Ability to authentication information
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.5.4
Privileged access to authentication data
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.5.5
2-Factor authentication
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.6
Password Management
Idm.6.1
Password confidentiality
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.6.2
Password protection
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.6.3
Unique passwords
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.6.4
Clearing passwords
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.7
Directory Services Requirements for Enterprise
Idm.7.1
LDAP and Open Standards
Essential
2
Idm.7.2
Group Policies Management
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.7.3
Integration
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.7.4
Management
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.7.5
Access Control
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.7.6
Multi Factor Authentication
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.7.7
High Availability
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.7.8
Administration
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.8
Audit Trails & Reports
Idm.8.1
Time-stamped records
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.8.2
Audit Trail reporting
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.8.3
Maintaining audit trails
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.9
Distributed Administration
Idm.9.1
Defining of organizational structures
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.9.2
Delegation of administrative tasks
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.9.3
Access to delegated capabilities over web
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.9.4
Web access control with single sign-on environment
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.9.5
Enterprise Single Sign On products
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.9.6
Custom user authentication approach
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.9.7
Ability to import and export configurations
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.10
System Operations
Idm.10.1
interaction with target resources
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.10.2
Operation for temp inaccessible system
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.10.3
Function if provisioning solution unavailable
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.10.4
Users interaction with provisioning solution
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.10.5
Synchronization with user information
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.10.6
account and authorization information from existing systems
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
PDD, J&K
333
30 December, 2009
Idm.10.7
Reconcile accounts created by other adm. systems
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.10.8
Support for configuration and scalability requirements
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.10.9
End-to-end security
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.10.10
Web-based functionality
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.10.11
Integrated functionality w/o duplicate data entry
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.10.12
Server configuration for high availability opn.
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.10.13
Utilized data store configuration for high availability opn.
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.10.14
Accuracy in provisioning solution
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.10.15
Resilient communications design
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.10.16
Multi-layered security architecture
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.10.17
interaction with external systems
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.10.18
common and de facto standards
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.10.19
Integration of LDAP directory services
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.10.20
audit trails and system recovery
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Idm.10.21
Quick response to user interactions
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
11.0 System Security Requirement
Description
Number
ss.1
Criticality
Wt
Option
Audit Trails and Reports
ss.1.1
Tracking key system accesses
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
ss.1.2
Time-stamp based auditing method
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
ss.1.3
Exception reporting
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
ss.1.4
Detailed system access tracking
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
ss.1.5
Maintaining audit trails
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
ss.1.6
Disaster recovery
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
ss.2
System Integrity
ss.2.1
User process protection
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
ss.2.2
Version consistency checks
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
ss.2.3
Versioning
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
ss.2.4
Modification of the system
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
ss.2.5
System maintenance
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
ss.2.6
Basic checks on data input
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
ss.2.7
Time stamping modifications
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
ss.2.8
Integrity of data passed over a communication channel
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
ss.2.9
Data transfer lock
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
ss.3
Confidentiality
ss.3.1
Use of encryption
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
ss.3.2
Approval for cryptographic techniques
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
ss.3.3
Approval for security components
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
ss.3.4
Documentation of encryption procedures
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
ss.4
Networking and Data Transfer
ss.4.1
Authorized data transfer
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
ss.4.2
Inter system data Transfers
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
ss.5
Customer needs
ss.5.1
Documentation of risks and its mitigation strategy
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
ss.5.2
Installation and configuration
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
ss.5.3
Startup documentation
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
ss.5.4
Interface designing
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
ss.5.5
Scope control
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
ss.5.6
Software change control
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
ss.5.7
Internal data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
ss.5.8
Module and product testing
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
ss.6
Security of web services
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
ss.6.1
PDD, J&K
XML based Web security schemes
334
30 December, 2009
13.0 Metering
Number
Criticality
Description
Wt
Collecting meter readings in the metering database from remote meters
Vital
M.2
Data Validation
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
M.3
Data Review
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
M.4
AMR Compatibility
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
M.5
Capturing Meter reading Data
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
M.6
Validations for the spot metering and billing data updated
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
M.7
Prohibiting the wrong entry
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
M.8
Meter reading plan generation
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
M.9
Monitoring meter reading plan
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
M.10
Monitoring Customer exception
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
M.11
Supporting meter reading on trust
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
M.12
Overdue alert
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
M.13
Accepting change in metering cycle
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
M.14
Capability to store data for a specified period
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
M.15
Interfacing with spot billing and MRI instruments
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
M.16
Meter reading for temporary connections
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
M.17
Final meter reading for closure of connection
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
M.18
Lifecycle monitoring and testing plan for meters
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
M.19
MIS generation
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
M.20
Tracking meter location
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
M.21
M.22
Tracking meter status
Vital
Essential
3
2
Func_Not_Avail
Func_Not_Avail
Tracking meter/meter boxes Seals
3
Option
M.1
Func_Not_Avail
14.0 Billing
Number
Criticality
Description
Wt
Option
B.1
Unique Bill No
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
B.2
Format of bill number
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
B.3
Bill Calculation -Billing Logic flexibility
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
B.4
Transfer in billing logic
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
B.5
Meter data validation
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
B.6
Bar code generation
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
B.7
Billing logic download
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
B.8
Bill printing based on dispatch sequence
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
B.9
Group billing
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
B.10
Bill printing flexibility
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
B.11
Use of pre printed stationary
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
B.12
Interfacing with manual billing
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
B.13
Bill on demand
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
B.14
Bill correction/ amendment provisions
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
B.15
Change of billing cycle
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
B.16
Interfacing with special drives
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
B.17
options for level payments
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
B.18
Penal Billing for unauthorized use of electricity
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
B.19
Linking consumer to appropriate tariff
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
B.20
Inclusion of past dues and surcharge
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
B.21
Management of Security Deposit (SD):
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
B.22
Billing with pre payment credit
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
B.23
Estimate billing
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
B.24
Reasons for estimate billing
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
B.25
Electronic dispatch of bill/ availability of bills on internet portal of utility
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
B.26
Discontinuing billing after dismantling
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
B.27
Billing for temporary connections.
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
B.28
Creation of monthly ledger
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
PDD, J&K
335
30 December, 2009
B.29
Ledger adjustment
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
B.30
Final reconciliation
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
B.31
Monthly report generation
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
B.32
Last bill generation
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
B.33
Provision for holding bill printing till checked
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
B.34
Bill distribution route plan generation
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
B.35
Enforcement and Legal Module : Logging of leads
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
B.36
Enforcement and Legal Module : Lead processing
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
B.37
Spot Billing System
B.37.1
Downloading of data in spot billing system
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
B.37.2
Uploading of data in spot billing system
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
B.37.3
Billing logic in spot billing system
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
B.37.4
Tariff revision cases
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
B.37.5
Skipping of meter reading entry
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
B.37.6
Entry of meter status
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
B.37.7
Billing with charges / adjustments
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
B.37.8
Error checking
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
B.37.9
Validation of meter reading data
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
B.37.10
Printing of summary report
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
B.37.11
Password protection
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
B.37.12
Event logging
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
B.37.13
Menu driven modular format
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
B.37.14
Time stamping of logged data
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
B.37.15
B.37.16
Provision for enhancing the functionality
Essential
Essential
2
2
Func_Not_Avail
Func_Not_Avail
Time setting of HHE
15.0 Collections
Number
Criticality
Description
Wt
Decentralized payment processing & centralized reconciliation
Vital
C.2
Linking payment to logging id
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
C.3
Mandatory reason code
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
C.4
Code based Classification of collection
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
C.5
Receipt generation
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
C.6
Adaptability to different mode of collection
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
C.7
Handling of cheque payments
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
C.8
Daily reconciliation of cash and bank
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
C.9
Acceptance of part/ advance payment
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
C.10
Interfacing with special drives
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
C.11
Generation of reminders/ disconnection notice
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
C.12
C.13
System ability to keep track of cancelled receipt
Essential
Essential
2
2
Func_Not_Avail
Func_Not_Avail
Finance & Accounting
3
Option
C.1
Func_Not_Avail
16.0 Asset Management
Description
Number
Criticality
Wt
Option
AM.1
Identification of business entity
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
AM.2
Creation of multiple asset grouping
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
AM.3
Electronic certification of physical inventory
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
AM.4
Creation of asset master records
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
AM.5
Recording of purchase and all other historical information about asset
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
AM.6
Analytical features
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
AM.7
Tracking of insurance values
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
AM.8
Capability to update/ regroup individual asset record
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
AM.9
Review and approval of assets assigned to his unit on transfer of BUH
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
AM.10
Maintaining the list of spares with their part no.
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
PDD, J&K
336
30 December, 2009
AM.11
Capability to scan bar code tags and upload the inventory
Essential
2
AM.12
Furnishing of condition of the asset on the date of physical inventory
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
AM.13
Recording of a date of physical inventory
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
AM.14
Provision for mass updates to a physical inventory date field
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
AM.15
Capability to identify missed or non updated assets
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
AM.16
Capability to identify vehicles and other assets
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
AM.17
Provision of workflow to identify and route lease renewals
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
AM.18
Insurance claims related asset tracking
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
AM.19
Provision for asset transfer transaction
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
AM.20
Generation of reports on cost of new assets
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
AM.21
Provision to deactivate an asset
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
AM.22
Allowing and tracking of adjustments to historical cost
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
AM.23
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
AM.25
Online viewing and search of fixed asset policy and procedures
Creation of population table for identifying ownership and maintenance
responsibility
Provision for different depreciation schedules and methods
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
AM.26
Classification of assets
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
AM.27
Tracking of an alternate replacement date
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
AM.28
Ability to link asset master records to other asset master records
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
AM.29
Creation and maintenance of coding table
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
AM.30
Uniform naming conventions
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
AM.31
Provision of mass adjustment facility
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
AM.32
Provision to track multiple location codes
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
AM.33
Provision of multiple responsibility codes.
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
AM.34
Identification of maintenance or capital cost
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
AM.35
Generation of an asset record status
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
AM.36
Integration with web-based GIS information
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
AM.37
Provision of flexible selection criteria.
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
AM.38
Tracking and reporting of statistical information
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
AM.39
Provision of insurance reporting
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
AM.40
Life cycle cost analysis and calculation of replacement costs of asset
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
AM.41
Generation of capital asset activity report
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
AM.24
Func_Not_Avail
17.0 Maintenance Management
Description
Number
MM.1
Criticality
Wt
Option
General Features and Scope of Work
MM.1.1
Co-ordination between various Maintenance works
Vital
3
MM.1.2
Printing of shutdown notices
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.1.3
Review of planned maintenance works
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
MM.1.4
Support for predictive maintenance
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.1.5
Forecasting of future corrective works
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.1.6
Automatic creation of work orders
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.1.7
Flagging of statutory works
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.1.8
Automatic generation of WO after expiry of warranty
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.1.9
Forecasting of planned maintenance jobs
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.1.10
Automatic creation of WO as per maintenance schedule
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.1.11
Time based creation of WO
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.1.12
Usage based creation of WO
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.1.13
User defined creation of WO
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.1.14
Automatic generation of schedule, priority etc.
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.1.15
Identification of opportunity maintenance jobs
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.1.16
Creation of short/medium term planning
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.1.17
Resource planning and review
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.1.18
Search inquiry on Work request and WO
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.1.19
Location of WO on customer reference
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.1.20
Graphical depiction of online schedule
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.1.21
Creation of snap shot of schedule
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.1.22
Creation of customer appointment schedule
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
PDD, J&K
337
Func_Not_Avail
30 December, 2009
MM.1.23
Rescheduling of planned works
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.1.24
Creation of bulk schedule
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.1.25
Creation of bulk schedule and slip schedule
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.1.26
Creation of Inspection work parcels
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.1.27
Downloading of inspection work parcels
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.1.28
Generation of work parcels based on network activity
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.1.29
Forecasting and planning for labour requirements
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.1.30
Forecasting and planning for contractor requirements
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.1.31
Forecasting and planning for T&P requirements
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.1.32
Forecasting and planning for material requirements
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.1.33
Work plan as a series of work parcels
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.1.34
Updation of long term plans
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.1.35
Tracing of movement and usage
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
MM.1.36
Integration with Materials, HR and Finance
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.2.0
Work Requests
Func_Not_Avail
MM.2.1
Creation, review and deletion of work requests
Vital
3
MM.2.2
Creation of Work requests
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.2.3
Capturing of all job requests
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.2.4
Search capability for all work requests
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.2.5
Classification of work requests
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.2.6
Prioritization of work requests
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.2.7
Ability to view any work request
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.2.8
Status of a work request
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.2.9
Feedback to requestor
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.2.10
Automatic creation/ linking of WO to a work request
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.2.11
Transfer of information from work request to WO
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.2.12
Establishment of Service level targets
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
MM.2.13
Defining of work
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
MM.2.14
Defining of critical dates
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.2.15
Approval to closure of request online
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.0
Work Orders
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.1
Creation, review and deletion of WO
Vital
3
MM.3.2
Creation of Work orders
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.3
Generation of WO number
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.4
Linkage of WO with account code
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.5
Defining of critical dates for a WO
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.6
Format of a WO
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.7
Linking of WO
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.8
Creation of multi WO tasks
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.9
Defining of work requirements
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.10
Review of WO priorities
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.11
Postponement of WO
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.12
Ability to change a WO
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.13
Ability to view details of a WO
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.14
Recording the status of a WO
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.15
Generation of WO based on maintenance triggers
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.16
Automatic waival of a WO
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.17
Online approval of WO
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.18
Closure of WO online
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.19
Adjustment in WO
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.20
Creation of an emergency WO
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.21
Review of maintenance history
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.22
Attachment of documents to a WO
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.23
Review and printing of tech information
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.24
Status on warranty
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.25
Bulk creation of WO
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.26
Bulk updation of WO
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
PDD, J&K
338
30 December, 2009
MM.3.27
Search criteria on group of WO
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.28
Viewing of bulk WO information
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.29
Issue of warning / alarm in case of non completion
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.30
Generation of work permit requisition
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.31
Status of permits
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.32
Automatic creation of resource requisition
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.33
Automatic dispatch of work to crews
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.34
Integration with mobile messaging and CC system
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.3.35
Modification in work crew / teams
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
MM.4.0
Standard Jobs
MM.4.1
Creation of standard jobs
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.4.2
Creation of standard jobs for specific equipments
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.4.3
Creation of standard jobs for specific conditions
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.4.4
Creation of standard jobs for scheduled tasks
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.4.5
Classification of standard jobs
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.4.6
Isolation requirement for a standard job
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.4.7
Linkage of documents to a standard job
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.4.8
Tasks during a standard job
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.4.9
Linkage of safety documents to a standard job
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.4.10
Linkage of inspection checklists to a standard job
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.5.0
Backlogs
MM.5.1
Viewing of backlogs
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.5.2
Graphical representation of backlogs
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
Func_Not_Avail
MM.5.3
Actioning on backlog work
MM.6.0
Work Flow Functionality
MM.6.1
Workflow tracking function
Essential
2
MM.6.2
Structuring of workflow as per utility BP
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.6.3
Graphical representation of a process
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
MM.6.4
Definition of process rules with help options
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.6.5
Creation of work units & linking with equipment
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
MM.6.6
Creation of work flow related jobs
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.6.7
Automatic alert options in a work flow
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
MM.6.8
Prioritization
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
MM.6.9
Conductance of statistical analysis
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.6.10
Providing support in work steps and control elements
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
MM.6.11
Interface with fax-on-demand
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
MM.6.12
Ability to support electronic signature
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.7.0
Work Sign Off
MM.7.1
Mandatory recording of maintenance history data
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.7.2
Capturing of all information for a completed work
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.7.3
Recording the return of unused materials
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
MM.7.4
Recording the delayed completion on a/c of materials
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.7.5
Recording the delayed completion on a/c of labour
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.7.6
Recording the delayed completion on a/c of permit to work
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.7.7
Bulk closure of WO
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.7.8
Automatic closure of WO
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.7.9
Authorization to enter comments against WO
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.7.10
Flagging WO for cost escalation
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.7.11
Automatic flagging of outstanding orders
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.7.12
Attachment of user defined codes
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.7.13
Complete closure of WO
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.7.14
Archiving of WO
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
MM.7.15
Resetting of any time based or usage based triggers
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
MM.8.0
Maintain Bill of Materials
MM.8.1
Maintaining parts list
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.8.2
Maintaining history of changes in parts list
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.8.3
Maintaining reference to catalogue
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
PDD, J&K
339
30 December, 2009
MM.8.4
Maintaining document identification and contents
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.8.5
Maintaining drawing identification and contents
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.8.6
Creation of asset
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.9.0
Maintain Vendor Supplied Information
MM.9.1
Recording of vendor recommendation skill requirement
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.9.2
Recording of vendor recommendation performance
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.9.3
Recording of vendor recommendation operating conditions
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.9.4
Maintaining history of changes to above recom-mendations
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.9.5
Maintaining the warranty details
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.9.6
Recording of vendor recommendation maint. freq, type, procedure etc.
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.9.7
Maintaining history of changes to above recom-mendations
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
MM.9.8
Recording of environmental issues
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
MM.9.9
Maintaining the useful life details
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.10.0
Analyze and Report
MM.10.1
Reporting of total cost and quantity
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.10.2
Performance of standard job against estimate
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.10.3
Analysis of time taken to complete against estimated duration
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.10.4
Listing of total cost due to issue of materials
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.10.5
Listing of total cost due to contractor cost
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.10.6
Graphical display of resource and utilization factor
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
MM.10.7
Ability to review backlog WO
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.10.8
Listing of outstanding & incomplete WO
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.10.9
Reporting on status of Preventive works
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.10.10
Listing of WO completed during a shut down period
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.10.11
Listing of delayed WO
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.10.12
Comparison between planned and unplanned works
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.10.13
Comparison of cost between preventive and other work
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.10.14
Analysis of historical work
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.10.15
Ability to record status of a WO
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.10.16
Capturing of Work progress of a WO
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.10.17
Reporting on asset maintenance history
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.11.0
Analyze and Report asset performance
MM.11.1
Viewing of maintenance cost
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.11.2
Reporting of common failures & repair times
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.11.3
Review of any notes on equipment
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.11.4
Analysis and report on MTBF
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.11.5
Analysis and report on MTTR
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.11.6
Reporting on frequency of failure.
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.11.7
Assessment of failure probability.
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.11.8
Assessment on affect of failure
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.11.9
Statistics on cause of failure and its effects
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.11.10
Graphical mapping of rate of failure
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
MM.11.11
Graphical analysis of fault
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
MM.11.12
Review of age, maintenance history & working life of equipment
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.11.13
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.11.15
Assisting in making replacement decision
Review of maintenance work and highlighting any defects of recurring
nature
Simulation of life cycle maintenance costs
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.12.0
Reporting and On-line Inquiry
MM.11.14
MM.12.1
Defining criteria for data extraction
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.12.2
Defining security rules for data extraction
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.12.3
Comparison of historical and actual data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.12.4
Comparison of target and actual data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.12.5
Defining formula for data formatting
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.12.6
Tracing of summarized information
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.12.7
Performing of scenario analysis
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.12.8
Selection of level and volume of data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.12.9
Defining criteria for filtering data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
PDD, J&K
340
30 December, 2009
MM.12.10
Generation of reports-1
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.12.11
Generation of reports-2
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.12.12
Creation of user defined reports
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.12.13
Defining report layout and graphical representation
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.12.14
defining personalized report menu.
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.12.15
Restriction in report selection
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.12.16
Provision of flexible report writer
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.12.17
Downloading of reports
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.12.18
Outputting of reports
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.12.19
Prioritization of reports
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.12.20
Defining distribution list
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.12.21
Electronic distribution of reports
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
M.13.0
Cost Control
M.13.1
Costing of internal maintenance work hours
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
M.13.2
Costing of contractor work hours
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
M.13.3
Reconciliation of Work hours
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
M.13.4
Recording of all costs towards materials/ spares
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
M.13.5
Costing of T&P based on work hours
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
M.13.6
Recording of actual work hours on an on-line time sheet
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
M.13.7
Interfacing with Financial system
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
M.13.8
Validation of timesheet data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
M.13.9
Forwarding of input timesheet via workflow
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
M.13.10
Ability to manually key in WO expenses
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
M.13.11
Allocation of cost to different WO
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
M.13.12
Costing of individual transaction in a Work order
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
M.13.13
Comparison of WO actual cost vs budget cost
Desirable
1
Func_Not_Avail
M.13.14
Generation of alarm on cost escalation
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
M.13.15
Online viewing of cost
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
M.13.16
Checks on cost transfer
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
M.13.17
Prevention of cost transfer against closed jobs
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
M.13.18
Security Checks on cost transfer
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.14.0
Data Capturing and Extraction
MM.14.1
Capturing of statistical data
Essential
2
Func_Not_Avail
MM.14.2
Integration with Other Systems
MM.14.2.1 Integration with GIS
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.14.2.2 Integration with Customer care system
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
MM.14.2.3 Integration with DMS-SCADA system
MM.14.2.4 Integration with Asset database
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
Vital
3
Func_Not_Avail
PDD, J&K
341
30 December, 2009
Options
Compliant
Not Compliant
Maximum Value
Weight
1
0
1
Introduction
1.0
Number
Description
Option
1.1
The Data Centre architecture & design should be driven by the principle of energy consumption optimization.
Compliant
1.2
The data centre architecture and design should consider various factors including server and storage consolidation / virtualization for a cost effective and energy efficient solution.
Compliant
1.3
The computing equipments and systems in the data center should comply to SpecPower_ssj2008, TPC or equivalent standards
Compliant
Local Area Network
2.0
Number
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
Description
Option
LAN Network setup should be planned for high-speed connectivity to the servers, with non-blocking design
LSN should be able to handle congestion of traffic and manage the bandwidth available during peak load
The network equipment shall be highly reliable providing 99.99% uptime
The reliability should be provided at the levels including cabling infrastructure, active components, on link level, redundant cabling
The bidder shall identify the point of failures in active component; define multiple logical paths, load balancing and QOS implementation.
Reference Standards for Ethernet Switches should comply with IEEE, RFC’s and standards accordingly for features specified against different switches as specified in RFP document
References and standards for Structured Cabling system should be compliant with standarads specified in RFP document
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
VPN/ MPLS Wide Area Network
3.0
Number
3.1
3.1.1
3.1.2
Description
Option
General Guidelines
WAN shall be a TCP/IP based network on a high-performance packet forwarding technology that integrates the performance and traffic management capabilities of data link layer (Layer 2)
The WAN will be built to incorporate any open standards available as per Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) model. The network should support seamless transformation and integration of
protocols.
Compliant
Compliant
3.1.3
The WAN has to upgrade the network infrastructure/software to support new protocols adopted by Internet community as a continuous process. For example, migration from IPv4 to IPv6 as and
Compliant
when the transition is required
3.1.4
WAN must use the hardware devices, such as Internet routers, terminal servers, Internet systems that interface to Ethernets, or datagram-based database servers, which support open
standards and have open Network Management System (NMS) support for monitor
Compliant
3.1.5
WAN network equipment should have Ipv4 and IPv6 features.
Compliant
3.1.6
WAN shall have the capability to run IP routing protocols like OSPF (Open Shortest Path Find) version 2, OSPF v3, RIP v2, RIPng, OSPF over demand circuit, IS-IS, BGP4
Compliant
3.1.7
WAN may run any routing protocol (like OSPF, BGP) depending on the individual design criteria of the WAN. It is mandatory that the network should allow interaction between multiple routing
protocols for keeping a unified network reach ability table across
Compliant
3.1.8
While two routing protocols are interacting to exchange routing updates, there should be the capability to selectively filter certain routes for security reasons
Compliant
3.1.9
WAN should be capable to provision IP multicast based services. The same would require the capability of running industry standard IP multicast protocols like Protocol Independent Multicast
(PIM) Sparse Mode and Dense Mode, Multicast OSPF (MOSPF), multicast BGP (MBGP) and DVMRP
Compliant
3.1.10
WAN should have the multicast group management capability through Industry standard protocols like Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version 1, 2 and 3
Compliant
PDD, J&K
342
30 December, 2009
3.1.12
3.1.13
The voice networking of WAN should be based on IP and should be designed in such a way that a central call processing system is able to service phones at remote locations. WAN should
have the voice conferencing solution deployed based on industry standard protocols
All communications happening over the various links within the WAN should be encrypted using standard protocols like IPSec, 3DES & AES to ensure highly secure communication
WAN should have adequate device for performing intelligent packet filtering, URL filtering, context based access control, blocking of malicious contents to maximize security
3.1.14
All equipments proposed shall ensure optimum throughput to take care of the connectivity requirements of the network including minimum bandwidth requirement and scalability in bandwidth
Compliant
3.1.15
3.1.16
All networking equipments proposed shall support SNMP
The routers at Data centre shall have the provision for connecting to DR site in case the same is established at a later date.
The capacity of the links at various tier of WAN will be up gradable subject to actual usage and utilization for the particular channel. The Bidder shall be responsible for regular monitoring of
bandwidth utilization and generating reports at regular interval
WAN at Data Centre, NOC and Utility HQ
Utility HQ offices would be connected to the Data Centre through a minimum 2Mbps VPN links and ISDN lines. The Router shall have ISDN BRI Card for ISDN connectivity in case of link
failure.
Data Centre will be connected to Internet through a minimum 2 Mbps Internet Leased Line. The Internet link shall be terminated in a separate Internet router
Compliant
Compliant
3.1.11
3.1.17
3.2
3.2.1
3.2.2
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
3.2.3
The Data Centre shall have facilities for connecting to Utility HQ, all the remote utility offices in Circles, divisions, Sub divisions etc. as per the requirement of utility and all the Customer care
centres
Compliant
3.2.4
It is required to have proper segregation between the WAN network, Internet servers, WAN Intranet servers, Internet and local area LAN. All the different sections of the network would be
segregated through a Firewall system
Compliant
3.2.5
3.2.6
DNS server shall be configured for serving the Intranet users and name registration of Intranet Equipments. All components in the Intranet shall have a DNS entry
Firewall, NIDS, & Antivirus Gateway shall be implemented in such manner that Network shall have greater level of security from inside/outside traffic
Compliant
Compliant
3.2.7
VPN Gateway shall be implemented to cater the requirement of VPN access from different department or offices. VPN access shall be given on the basis of access rule defined for this.
Compliant
3.3
3.3.1
3.3.2
3.3.3
3.3.4
WAN for Circle and Division offices
All connectivity of distant locations will be directly to the Data centre
The proposed network has to be on a minimum 512Kbps VPN connectivity
The various offices like circles, divisions and various other offices as per the requirement of the utility will be connected to Data Centre via VPN cloud of the Service Provider
The uplink WAN connection will terminate in a networking device, which will be connected to the switch via security equipment, which will ensure the fully secure enterprise VPN.
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
3.4
PDD, J&K
Compliant
WAN for Sub division offices and Customer care centres
3.4.1
The Sub divisional Head Quarters would be connected to the Data centre through minimum 2 Mbps VPN connectivity from service provider along with ISDN line as back up connectivity
Compliant
3.4.2
The Sub divisional HQ Routers shall have ISDN BRI Card for ISDN connectivity in case of link failure
Compliant
3.4.3
The Customer care centres would also be connected to the Data centres through a minimum 2 Mbps VPN connectivity from service provider along with ISDN line as back up connectivity
Compliant
3.4.4
3.5
3.5.1
3.5.2
3.5.3
3.5.4
3.6
3.6.1
3.6.2
3.6.3
3.7
3.7.1
3.7.2
The Routers at Customer care centres shall also have ISDN BRI Card for ISDN connectivity in case of link failure
Authentication
RADIUS, including Challenge/Response
LDAP
Native local user database
Active Card (RADIUS
Encryption
SSL v2.0, 3.0
TLS 1.0 (RFC 2246)
IPsec (AES)
Granular Auditing and logging
User sign-in and sign-out
Session timeouts, including idle and maximum length session timeouts
Compliant
343
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
3.7.3
3.7.4
3.7.5
3.7.6
3.7.7
User file requests, uploads, downloads, etc.
User connects and disconnects via clientless telnet/SSH function
Web requests, every HTML request. Java Applet socket commands, etc.
Bytes transferred for client/server application requests
The SSL VPN box should log for : User/admin authentication success /failure, access
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
3.7.8
Number of simultaneous users at each one hour interval (logged on the hour), gateway address, session ID, session time, and cause of termination, Any changes to the system, Session
timeouts, including idle and maximum length session timeouts
Compliant
3.8
3.8.1
3.8.2
3.8.3
3.9
End point security: (This facility would be deployed as and when required)
Native Host check before permitting access to the resources including without having any preloaded agent on the end point PC.
Pre-Specified checks such as Antivirus update, Spyware, Ports check, process check, File check, Registry check, Software version check like antivirus version and custom checks based on
user flexibility.
Authentication parameter including username password, digital certificates, RSA token.
Access Privilege Management
3.9.1
The SSL VPN should permit access to a user based on :
Dynamic Authentication: Source IP, Network Interface (internal/external), Digital certificate, Endpoint Security - Host Checker/Cache Cleaner, User Agent (Browser), Sign-in URL SSL version
and cipher
3.10
Role Definition
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
3.10.1
The following can be used to determine the identity of the user
- User name
- User attribute(s)
- Certificate attribute(s)
- Groups (static, dynamic)
Compliant
3.10.2
Role Mapping based on Simple expressions (AND Based) combining identity plus restrictions:
- Source IP
- Digital certificate Endpoint Security
- Host Checker/Cache Cleaner
- User Agent (browser)
- Time of Day
- Login Time Authentication Type (e.g. dual factor)
- Network Interface (external/internal)
Compliant
3.10.3
3.11
Role mapping rules can by dynamically or periodically evaluated upon administrator's configuration changes and upon demand
Performance, High Availability and Scalability
Compliant
3.11.1
The SSL VPN solution should support hardware-based SSL acceleration for RC4, 3DES and AES encryption.
Compliant
3.11.2
The SSL VPN solution should support software based compression for all traffic (HTTP, file, client/server application) enabling rapid response times even at very high concurrent user loads
Compliant
3.11.3
Support for High Availability of SSL VPN appliance
3.11.4
Compliant
The SSL VPN units that are part of a cluster communicate session and database information among them for stateful failover. Stateful synchronization should be done for configuration, policy,
Compliant
profile, and session
3.12
3.12.1
3.12.2
3.12.3
3.12.4
Single Sign-on
Standards-based interface for extensive integration with password policies in directory stores (LDAP, Active Directory, NT, etc.)
Ability to pass user name, credential and other customer defined attributes to the authentication forms of other products (HTTP POST)
Ability to pass user name, credential and other customer defined attributes as header variables
Cookie Based, Basic Auth (W3C)
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
3.12.5
Support for multiple host names from the same appliance, as well as support for multiple customisable sign-in pages
Compliant
PDD, J&K
344
30 December, 2009
3.12.6
Modes of operation: Clientless –Browser based
Client : For client server access
Compliant
3.12.7
Full Network access should also be supported with end point security.
Compliant
IMPLEMENTATION PLAN
4.0
Description
General
All network drops will be a dual drop of Category 6 rated cable. This configuration will support current application and present an additional growth capability.
Compliant
4.1.2
The network drops will be terminated in compliance with Category 6 or higher specifications to two RJ45 jacks and labeled with IDF No., Panel No. (where applicable) and jack ID numbers.
Compliant
4.1.3
4.1.4
4.1.5
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
4.1.7
All cable that runs back to cable telecom closets will be terminated on a Category 6 rated patch panel, clearly labeled for each jack
The cabling contractor should provide cable certification reports and warranty statements to verify each Category 6 drop.
Copper/UTP Category 6 cable runs exceeding 295 feet will be deemed unacceptable, as they would be out of specification with regard to the EIA/TIA 568x specification
The maximum permitted horizontal distance is 90 meters (295’) with 10 meters (33’) allowed as the total cumulative length for patch cables, jumpers cords, etc. (Total maximum length not to
exceed 100 meters)
Horizontal cables are Category 6 or (XL-7) or higher rated 4-Pair /100 Ohm UTP cables
4.1.8
Copper cabling must have all four pairs terminated and pairs must not be split between jacks.
Compliant
Required Installation Practices To Be exercised By The Contractors
Cable and cable bundles will not be attached to any electrical wiring or light fixtures, nor will its vertical deflection allow it to come in contact with ceiling grids, HVAC mechanical controls,
fluorescent light fixtures, or drainage line piping.
All cables terminating at the distribution frame will be vertically straight with no cables crossing each other from twelve inches the ceiling area to the termination block
Compliant
4.2.3
All MDF/IDF tie and station cable bundles will be combed and bundled to accommodate individual termination block rows. Each cable or cable bundle will be secured to both the distribution
frame and the structure to which the frame anchor points placed a maximum of nine inches apart starting at the center of the top of the termination block
Compliant
4.2.4
4.2.5
For any given MDF/IDF, a horizontal and vertical alignment for all mounting hardware will be maintained, providing a symmetrical and uniform appearance to the distribution frame
Contractor will firmly secure any surface mount device, including station cable termination plates/jacks
Compliant
Compliant
4.2.7
MDF/IDF, station cables, and tie a cable refers to distribution frames and cabling located inside the building as defined in any scope of work. All station cables in offices or work areas will be
installed behind the wall or inside provided floor or duct channels
Compliant
4.2.8
Station cables will terminate on jacks as per the system requirements or specified by owner. All terminations will be made to Category 6 standards. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to
understand and comply with these requirements
Compliant
4.2.9
IDF/MDF termination racks and panels will be mounted vertically or horizontally (if any required) with a uniform spacing between each row of panels and jacks. Cable management will be
mounted on the top, sides, and front as required to provide a symmetric
Compliant
4.2.10
All Node Desk Top Station Cables shall meet the following criteria :
• Category 6 Plenum cables will be installed for all interior environments.
• All patch and station will be terminated on panduit Category 6 rated RJ45 jacks.
• All patch and station cables will be kept to a minimum length in order to keep the channel distance within the 100meter specification, as set by the EIA/TIA.
• All data cable installations shall meet Category 6 Standards from the originating IDF to the furthest remote cable termination point
Compliant
4.2.11
Supplemental equipment refers to the different types of hardware, brackets racks and attachments required installing the cabling in the Data center complex distribution system per these specifications.
Number
4.1
4.1.1
4.1.6
4.2
4.2.1
4.2.2
Option
345
Compliant
Compliant
All IDF/MDF wall mount racks shall include at minimum:
- Vertical front and back cable management along watch side of rack
- Horizontal cable management at top of rack and every 48-72 jacks, or 72 port panel, thereafter.
- Horizontal rack-mount surge protector including 12ft. cord for standard household 220V/15A power, On/Off switch, circuit breaker, and minimum 6 standard Multipurpose AC outlets. (To be
installed in racks housing electronic equipment.)
PDD, J&K
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
4.2.12
All IDF/MDF floor mount racks will include at minimum :
- Secure attachment to building floor at bottom
- Secure attachment to wall via ladder attachment to rack
- Vertical front and back cable management along each side of rack
- Horizontal cable management at top of rack and every 48-72 jacks, or 72 port panel, thereafter.
Compliant
4.2.13
• All IDF/MDF floor mount racks will include at minimum:
- Access for mobility and service needs.
- Leveling feet/pads for stability when not being serviced
- Vertical front and back cable management inside each rack
- Adequate ventilation mechanism, including top-mount exhaust fans
- Horizontal cable management inside of and at top rack and every 48-72 jacks, or 72 port panel, thereafter.
Compliant
4.2.14
The Contractor will provide a complete and final location table and spreadsheet indicating all wall jack locations including the following information: jack numbers, room number, wall
orientation per jack number North, South, East, or West, or Power Pole if applicable), landmark orientation and distance. Cable Installation through the floor will be released to meet applicable
codes
Compliant
The cabling system is not considered Category 6 complaint unless all cabling components satisfy the requirements for Category 6 UTP installation practices and certified
All UTP shall be installed according to the TIA/EIA standard regarding color codes, labeling and documentation
The amount of untwisting when terminating Cat 6 jacks or panels is according to EIA/TIA parameters for Category 6 installations
The bend radii should not be less than the specification set by the EIA/TIA for Category 6 installations
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Conduit or duct may be required for some projects. Any wire molding required shall be of the non-adhesive-backed type using metal fasteners for attachment. Wall molding must be installed
for all exposed cabling in marked areas
Compliant
4.2.15
4.2.16
4.2.17
4.2.18
Upon completion, the Contractor will provide the following documentation:
4.2.19
4.3
PDD, J&K
1. A document indicating the MDF and IDF cable count assignments.
Test results of all cable plans and distances between MDF, IDF, and MDF/IDF to Station Termination locations.
2. An updated cabling location table indicating:
Cable drop label/Identifier
Location of each drop by room number/location point.
Location of each drop by north, south, east, or west wall, or power pole where applicable
Location of each drop by orientation/permanent landmark in the room
A corresponding cross-reference for each drop identifying the source IDF/MDF identifier
A corresponding cross-reference for each drop identifying the source IDF/MDF building(s)
A corresponding cross-reference for each drop identifying the source IDF/MDF floor
A corresponding cross-reference for each drop identifying the source IDF/MDF room number
All information contained in the cabling location table will be delivered to owner via both hard-copy/paper and electronic format.
One hard copy of each updated cabling location table will be pasted in the location-wiring closet (IDF/MDF), attached to or inside the rack or enclosure.
All documentation becomes the property of owner.
All document costs must be itemized and included in the quoted price for each project.
3. An updated floor-plan providing visual identification of the drops or IDFs added for the installation (s) at the site :
Owner will provide, where/when a available, a floor-plan for the purpose of updating owner drawings.
If a floor-plan does not exist for a site, contractor should create a reasonably accurate hand-drawn floor—plan of the building and floors to be affected by the installation,
attaching accurate dimension and orientation markings.
Compliant
Fiber Optic Installation Requirements
346
30 December, 2009
4.3.1
Fiber optic cable shall be tight-buffered construction, all dielectric, with no metallic components of any kind. Outer cable sheath construction will be of NEC 8300 Rated OFNP (PLENUM)
Jacket- Flame retardant material.
Compliant
4.3.2
Each buffer tube within a cable must be color coded with none of the same colors appearing in one cable. Each fiber within a buffer tube must be color coded with none of the same colors
appearing in the same buffer tube.
Compliant
4.3.3
4.4
4.4.1
4.4.2
4.4.3
4.4.4
4.4.5
Jumpers will be premium performance two-fiber dual sub-unit cable, OFNR or OFNP classified round type for routing inside cabinet spaces.
Terminations/ Connections / Splicing
Entire cable runs will be installed in one continuous length from bulkhead connector to bulkhead connector, including coiled loops, without splices or repairs.
Individual mated connector pair loss will be less than or equal to 0.20 dB.
All fiber distribution panels will have plastic dust caps on each unused fiber termination.
Multimode fiber patch cables will be terminated with ‘ST’ connectors and in accordance with industry standards
Bulkhead distribution cabinets must have phenolic labels showing cable numbers and far end location for each cable terminated in the cabinet.
4.4.6
Cable installation shall meet all manufacturer specifications for tensile loading, bend radius, and vertical rise. All pulls involving a winch must be monitored for tension and cannot exceed the
maximum tensile rating.
4.4.7
4.4.8
4.4.9
4.4.10
4.4.11
4.4.12
4.4.13
4.4.14
Lubricants may be used to facilitate pulling of cables but the lubricant must not be harmful to the cable, the raceway or humans
A swivel-pulling head must be used on all pulls to prevent twisting of the cable as it is pulled into place.
Fiber-optic cable and inter-ducts installed in a cable but the lubricant must not be harmful to the cable tray should be fastened to the tray with UV resistant tie wraps at loft intervals.
Each time a cable enters a cabinet or junction box it must be securely tied down with cable ties
No individual exposed fibers will be permitted.
Cable entrances into equipment or cabinets must be protected with insulated bushings or grommets.
A minimum of ten feet of extra cable should be coiled as a service loop at the end of each run
Two, one-meter lengths of cable, cut from each reel of cable supplied, will be provided to owner as permanent retention samples. These samples are to be neatly tagged with the
manufacturer’s cable numbers, serial number, and reel number.
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Cabling System and Component Specifications
5.0
Number
5.1
5.1.1
i
ii
iii
iv
v
vi
5.1.2
i
ii
iii
iv
v
vi
vii
viii
ix
x
PDD, J&K
Description
Option
Specifications of UTP Cabling System
The specification of UTP Cabling system should be meet standards as specified below:
Unshielded twisted pair cabling system, TIA / EIA 568-B.1 addendum Category 6 Cabling system
Type
10 / 100 Ethernet, 155 Mbps ATM, 1000 Mbps IEEE 802.3ab Ethernet, and proposed Cat 6 Gigabit Ethernet
Networks Supported
ETL Verified
TIA / EIA 568-B.1
Zero-bit Error, ETL verified
IEEE 802.3ab
25-year systems warranty; Warranty to cover Bandwidth of the specified and installed cabling system, and the installation costs
Warranty
Performance characteristics to be
Attenuation, Pair-to-pair and PS NEXT, ELFEXT and PSELFEXT, Return Loss, ACR and PS ACR for 4-connector channel
provided along with bid
The specification of UTP Cable should be meet standards as specified below:
Unshielded Twisted Pair, Category 6, TIA / EIA 568-B.2
Type
24 AWG solid bare copper
Conductors
Polyethylene
Insulation
Should be a cross filler. Any other filler type, like bi-directional strip would not be acceptable.
Separator
Flame Retardant PVC
Jacket
UL Listed
Approvals
ETL verified to TIA / EIA Cat 6
-20 Deg. C to +60 Deg. C
Operating temperature
600 MHz
Frequency tested up to
Box of 305 meters
Packing
347
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
xi
xii
xiii
5.1.3
i
ii
iii
iv
v
vi
vii
viii
ix
x
xi
xii
xiii
xiv
xv
xvi
xvii
xviii
xix
xx
xxi
xxii
xxiii
xxiv
xxv
xxvi
xxvii
xxviii
5.1.5
i
ii
iii
5.1.6
i
ii
iii
iv
v
vi
vii
PDD, J&K
Delay Skew
25ns / 100m MAX.
Impedance
100 Ohms + / - 15 ohms
Performance characteristics to be
Attenuation, Pair-to-pair and PS NEXT, ELFEXT and PSELFEXT, Return Loss, ACR and PS ACR
The specification of UTP Jacks should be meet standards as specified below:
PCB based, Unshielded Twisted Pair, Category 6, TIA / EIA 568-B.2
Type
750 mating cycles
Modular Jack
200 termination cycles
Wire terminal
Strain relief and bend-limiting boot for cable
Accessories
Integrated hinged dust cover
Poly-phenylene oxide, 94V-0 rated
Housing
Polycarbonate, 94V-0 rated
Wiring blocks
Phosphorous bronze, plated with 1.27micro-meter thick gold
Jack contacts
UL listed
Approvals
Performance Characteristics to be
Attenuation, NEXT, PS NEXT, FEXT and Return Loss
provided with bid
The specification of UTP Jack Panels should be meet standards as specified below:
24-port, Modular, PCB based, Unshielded Twisted Pair, Category 6, TIA / EIA 568-B.2
Type
24, upgradeable to intelligent jack panel
Ports
Modules of 6-ports each
Port arrangement
Category 6
Category
Icons on each of 24-ports
Circuit Identification Scheme
9mm or 12mm Labels on each of 24-ports (to be included in supply)
Port Identification
1 U (1.75 inches)
Height
750 mating cycles
Modular Jack
200 termination cycles
Wire terminal (110 block)
Strain relief and bend limiting boot for cable
Accessories
Polyphenylene oxide, 94V-0 rated
Housing
Polycarbonate, 94V-0 rated
Wiring blocks
Phosphorous bronze, plated with 1.27micro-meter thick gold
Jack contacts
Black, powder coated steel
Panel
UL listed
Approvals
TIA / EIA 568 A and B;
Termination Pattern
Performance Characteristics to be
Attenuation, NEXT, PS NEXT, FEXT and Return Loss
The specification of faceplates should be Surface Mount Face Plate & Box with CAT6 Work Area Data I/O Outlet (RJ45) adhering to EIA/TIA-568-B2.1, ISO/IEC 11801(2002) and CENELEC
EN50173-1 (2002) specifications
1-port, White surface box
Type
ABS / UL 94 V-0
Material
One
No. of ports
The specification of Workstation / Equipment Cords should be meet standards as specified below:
Unshielded Twisted Pair, Category 6, TIA / EIA 568-B.2
Type
24 AWG 7 / 32, stranded copper
Conductor
7-feet for workstation and 3feet for Jack panel/equipment
Length
Matching colored snag-less, elastomer polyolefin boot
Plug Protection
25-year component warranty
Warranty
Category 6
Category
Clear polycarbonate
Housing
348
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
viii
ix
x
xi
5.2
5.2.1
i
ii
iii
iv
v
vi
vii
viii
ix
x
5.2.2
i
ii
iii
iv
v
vi
vii
viii
ix
x
xi
xii
xiii
xiv
xv
xvi
xvii
xviii
xix
xx
xxi
5.2.3
i
ii
iii
iv
v
PDD, J&K
Phosphor Bronze, 50 micron gold plating over selected area and gold flash over remainder, over 100 micron nickel under plate
Terminals
PBT polyester
Load bar
PVC
Jacket
Flame Retardant Polyethylene
Insulation
Specifications for Fiber Optic Cabling Systems
The specification of Fiber optic Cable should be meet standards as specified below:
24-core, Single Mode, Armored, Loose-tube, Gel filled
Cable Type
Single Mode, 9 / 125, 250 micron primary coated buffers
Fiber Type
24
No. of cores
Corrugated Steel Tape Armor
Armor
BELLCORE GR 20 / IEC 794-1
Cable Construction Type
0.45 db/KM
@ 1310nm
0.4 dB/KM
@1500nm
1200N
Tensile rating
3000N
Maximum Crush resistance
-40 Degree C to +60 Degree C
Operating Temperature
The specification of Fiber Optic Connectors should be meet standards as specified below:
24-core, Multimode, OM3, Armored, loose-tube, Gel Filled
Cable Type
50 / 125, OM3, 250 micron primary coated buffers
Fiber type- Laser Grade
24 corrugated Steel Tape Armor
No. of cores
BELLCORE GR 20 / IEC 794-1
Cable Construction
Attenuation
3.5 dB / KM
@850nm
1.5 dB / KM
@1300nm
Bandwidth
1500 MHz-KM
@850nm
500 MHz-KM or higher
@1300nm
Network Support
2000m
10 / 100 Ethernet
2000m
155 Mbps ATM
900m
1000 Base SX
550m
1000 Base Lx
300m
10G SR
300m
10G X4
1200N
Tensile rating
3000N
Maximum Crush resistance
Corrugated Steel tape Armor
Armor
The specification of Fiber Optic Patch panels should be meet standards as specified below:
SC-Style, Simplex
Connector Type
Operating temperature
500 cycles, Beige
MM connectors
220 cycles, Blue
SM connectors
Pre-radiused Ceramic Ferrules
Ferrules
Not more than 0.75 dB per mated pair
Attenuation
SC – SC/ST Multimode patch chord
349
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
i
ii
iii
iv
v
vi
vii
i
ii
iii
iv
v
vi
vii
viii
ix
x
xi
xii
xiii
xiv
xv
xvi
xvii
xviii
xix
xx
5.2.4
i
ii
5.2.5
i
ii
iii
2 Core Multimode
Cable type
Multimode 50/125 250 micron primary coated buffers
Fiber type
2 Cable construction Type PVC outer jacket
No of cores
@1310nm Return loss > 20 dB, Insertion loss < 0.3 dB, Factory test report to be included with supply
Attenuation
1200N
Tensile rating
3000N
Maximum crush resistance
-40 Degree to + 60 Degree
single mode patch chord
SC – SC
2 Core single mode
Cable type
Single mode 9/125 250 micron primary coated buffers
Fiber type
2 Cable construction Type PVC outer jacket
No of cores
@ 1310nm 0.5dB max insertion loss and 55dB Min Return Loss, Factory test report to be included with supply
Attenuation
1200N
Tensile rating
3000N
Maximum crush resistance
-40 Degree to + 60 Degree
The specification of Fiber Optic Patch Panels should be meet standards as specified below:
19-inch, Rack mounted Fiber optic patch panel, upgradeable to intelligent patch panel
Fiber optic patch panel
2 U, 3.5 inches
Height
24
# of fibers
Minimum 2
# of OSP Cables for termination
2 Nos. of earthing lugs, pre-loaded
Grounding
Front and rear cable management rings, pre-loaded
Cable Management rings
4 / 4 Max.
# of 6-port / 12-port adapter plates
Wall mounted Fiber optic patch panel
Fiber optic patch panel
12cmX10cmX38cm (HXDXW)
Dimension
24
# of fibers
Minimum 2
# of OSP Cables for termination
4 / 4 Max.
# of 6-port / 12-port adapter plates
The specification of Fiber Optic Adapter plates should be meet standards as specified below:
6-port, SC-Style, SM & MM
Fiber Optic adapter plate
Max of 0.75 dB per mated pair
Attenuation
The specification of Fiber Optic Patch cord should be meet standards as specified below:
SC-SC, SM &MM
Fiber Optic Patch cord
Less than 0.5db
Insertion Loss
More than 50 db
Return Loss
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Switches
6.0
Number
6
6.0.1
6.0.2
PDD, J&K
Description
Option
General
All active LAN components such as switches, offered shall be of the same Make/manufacturer and shall be covered under same back-up guarantee from the same OEM, to ensure full
compatibility, inter-working and inter-operability.
The minimum no of switches offered shall be as follows
1) Core switch – 2 No
2) Access Switch – 2 No ( Optional)
3) Distribution Switch – 1 No ( For local area network for internal uses)
4) Layer II switch – 2no
Compliant
Compliant
350
30 December, 2009
6.1
6.1.1
6.1.2
Compliant
Compliant
6.1.3
6.1.4
6.1.5
The chassis shall provide shared memory architecture and hot swappable modules.
The chassis should support interfaces for 100BASE-FX, 10/100 BASE-TX, 10/100/1000BASE-T , 1000BASE-SX,-LX, and long haul (-LX/LH, -ZX) full duplex.
All the ports on the Switch shall be offered with requisite connecting cables and Trans-receivers, if any for termination on Jack/Patch Panel.
6.1.6
Layer III Switching for IP: The switch should be a multi-protocol switch with support for IP, IPX, IP – Multicast routing, For IP Routing the switch should have support for Static, RIP v1, RIP v2,
OSPF, BGP4 routing, Provide Equal Cost Multipath routing for load sharing across multiple links, provide IP Multicast routing protocols desired - DVMRP, PIM, PGM, IGMP, Multihoming etc.
Support for IPV6 Classless Interdomain routing DHCP Server and Relay Agent.
Compliant
For high availability, the switch should support the standards based RFC 2338 Virtual Router redundancy Protocol (VRRP)
Network Address Translation & Network Time Protocol should be supported.
Each line or I/O module should support both Layer 2 and Layer 3 forwarding.
6.1.7
VLAN: support for VLANs. VLANS should be configurable on Port based, Policy based, Mac address based, and IP Subnet based. The switch shall support for Dynamic VLAN based on open
Compliant
standards
6.1.8
i
The switch should support the
following protocols:
IEEE 802.3ad Link Aggregation or Equivalent IEEE 802.1p (Priority Queues)Gateway Load balancing protocol Hot standby routing protocol
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
ii
Autonegotiation for link speed negotiation IEEE 802.1Q VLAN Tagging/Trunking IEEE 802.1d multiple Spanning Tree group, A minimum of 20 instance of spanning tree groups is desired on
layer 3 chasis.
Compliant
iii
Should provide for fast convergence of spanning tree.
Compliant
iv
IEEE 802.3ad Link Aggregation or equivalent should provide for at least 8 ports grouped in single logical link. Link aggregation shall be supported from other switches or across the similar
chassis. Servers and Switches connectivity from switch should be configurable on load sharing layer2 link aggregation. Switch shall also provide configuration for port mirroring and 9000 byte
jumbo Frame support for Gigabit ports
Compliant
v
vi
vii
viii
ix
x
6.1.9
i
ii
iii
iv
v
vi
6.1.10
i
ii
iii
PDD, J&K
Common to all switches
All switch chassis shall be modular & rack mountable
The chassis configuration shall provide to 3 free slots for future expansion after full port module configuration and with redundant switch fabrics, control modules, CPU cards and its operating
Software /Supervisors
IEEE 802.1w -Quick Convergence Spanning Tree
IEEE 802.1S-Multiple Instances of Spanning Tree
IEEE 802.3u Fast Ethernet
IEEE 802.3x Flow Control
IEEE 802.3z Gigabit Ethernet
Multi-Homing Support, Multicast Support & Multicast must be supported at Layer 2 in hardware so that performance is not affected by multiple multicast instances
Switch should have policy based quality of services
Switch should support traffic classification based on Layer2, Layer 3 and Layer 4 parameters like ingress port, Ether Type (IP/IPX), VLAN ID, IP (RFC 2474 and RFC 2475)protocol type,
Source IP addresses, Destination IP addresses, Source TCP/UDP ports, Destination TCP/UDP ports
QoS based on classification, marking, prioritization and scheduling
Bandwidth Engineering & Management – Per Port Minimum, Black-hole (Blocking), excess bursting, shaping Support for L3/L4 filtering capabilities for inter VLAN traffic, VTP for VLAN
management, Private & Dynamic VLAN support, High Priority Transmit Queuing, Support for multiple WRED drop thresholds per queue
QoS-based forwarding based on IP precedence
QoS implementation should support all 64 DiffServ Code Points (DSCP) and all 4 DiffServ Classes. QOS support for 8 hardware queues per port. Strict priority and Weighted priority
mechanisms for queuing and scheduling
IEEE 802.1p User Priority should be supported
IEEE802.1p to DiffServ mapping also needs to be supported. Diffserv,IGMP
Switch should have following management features :
At least 5 levels of Management access to the switch for http, rlogin, telnet, snmp, rsh access to the switch.
SNMP Support: RFC1157 SNMP v1/v2c
TFTP Upload/Download
351
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
Port Mirroring: Port to Port, VLAN to VLAN, Bi-Directional
RMON: 4 Group (Statistics, Alarm, Events, History), on every port, no impact to performance
Switch must be remotely managed with SSH support via one telnet session for all module configuration
Should have functionality to add new features by upgrading only the central switching processor
Switch should support Remote SPAN feature to direct traffic from remote switch to the snooping device connected to central switch
Policy Based Management
Provisioned and Dynamic Policies at Layers 1-4 for QoS and Security
Real Time Multi-Port Statistics
Mac/IP Address Finder
Device and Port Groupings for Navigation and Policy Management
Private and Enterprise MIB
Switch should have following security features:
should provide for User level security – Discard unknown MAC addresses on the switch.
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
ii
Layer 3 /4 Access Control Lists (ACLs) standard and extended Support for IEEE 802.1x authentication for edge control against denial of service attacks and other management control policy.
Compliant
iii
Security (User Access): Internal DB/External RADIUS /TACACS+, Support for IPSec protocol support, Configuration Change Tracking, System Event Logging, Syslog
Compliant
6.1.12
Packet filtering at the Network IP filtering using “deep” packet filtering with level should be supported support for Layer 4 parameters and even content based filtering. RADIUS authentication
needs to be supported for switch access.
Compliant
6.2
6.2.1
6.2.2
6.2.3
6.2.4
6.2.5
Switches
The switch should support 10/100 Mbps Ethernet ports.
The switch should support Gigabit Ethernet ports on fiber or copper
The switch should have the support for 10-Gigabit Ethernet ports
The switch shall support WDM (Wave Division Multiplexing) for Optical networking
The switch shall support FAN redundancy & switch fabric redundancy
6.2.6
The vendor should indicate
1. The back plane speed of the offered switch
2. Port densities Support
3. Switching Latency
4. L3 forwarding rate
5. No. of MAC Addresses supported
6. No of VLAN supported
6.3
6.3.1
Layer II Switch
The switch should support 10/100 Mbps Autosensing UTP Ports and 1000 Mbps Gigabit Ethernet 1000BaseSX ports.
6.3.2
1. The back plane speed. of the offered switch
6.4
6.4.1
Access Switch
The switch should support 10/100 Mbps Autosensing UTP Ports and 1000 Mbps Gigabit
iv
v
vi
vii
viii
ix
x
xi
xii
xii
xiv
6.1.11
i
PDD, J&K
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
352
30 December, 2009
6.4.2
6.5
6.5.1
6.5.2
6.5.3
6.5.4
6.5.5
6.5.6
Ethernet 1000BaseSX ports.
Compliant
Core Switches
The switches offered shall support for Single CPU expandable to Dual CPU with both the modules in active use, when the second CPU is installed/configured to provide increased switching
capacity an automate fail over control in case one of the CPU module goes down
The Switches offered shall provide redundant power supplies to take full load of switch configuration and or on sharing basis between the modules
The redundancy may be configured with N+1 options. The power supplies offered shall be provided with cooling fans also in redundant configuration
The Core Switches shall be offered with no Single Point of failure for the chassis (failure which can bring the chassis down)
The Fail over time to second module should be in milliseconds. The Switch fabric offered shall provide high bandwidth to support high-density non-blocking gigabit Ethernet and 10gigabit
Ethernet aggregation configurations
The switch offered shall provide high resiliency with multi link Trunking/Link aggregation on links between switch to switch or switch to Server Connection.
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
6.5.7
The link Trunking shall provide & enable to increase the link bandwidth. It shall also provide the link capability that can be configured with one port active and other in standby among the two
ports configured under Multi link Trunking.
Compliant
6.5.8
The Switch shall support for spanning tree protocol structure to prevent loops in the network and optimize to minimize the path traversal /alternate route for minimum latency or failure in one of
the link path.
Compliant
6.5.9
6.5.10
6.5.11
6.5.12
The Network Switches offered shall be Scalable and chassis base switch shall have at least 3 empty slots after configuring the desired configuration in respective Core Switches.
The switches offered should support for single point Management System to monitor and configure the network
The Management System should be based on SNMP and RMON capabilities and enable the administrator to monitor the network
SNMP based management System should be able to handle basic requirements of the management of the network like managing VLANs, configuring ports and monitoring the traffic.
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
6.5.13
The QOS configuration in switches shall provide for better service availability, Throughput, Latency or minimum Delay, control for Delay variation or jitter, no packet loss, delivery of Packet in
sequence, maximum Connection availability, etc.
Compliant
6.5.14
6.5.15
6.5.16
6.5.17
6.5.18
QoS shall be configured with resource reservation and prioritization. Resource reservation (IntServ), such as RSVP, is a signaling protocol which sets up an end-to-end path with specific QoS
metrics.
If such a path cannot be created, the connection is refused. Prioritization (DiffServ) classifies each type of traffic according to the specific QoS metrics that it needs.
Each classification is mapped into a Per-hop Behavior (PHB) which defines how each node in the network should treat the packet.
Each classification is mapped into a Per-hop Behavior (PHB) which defines how each node in the network should treat the packet.
The real-time traffic would receive the highest priority through the network as defined by the PHB; the best-effort traffic would receive lower priority.
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
6.5.19
The nodes in the network use a variety of queuing schemes such as Weighted Fair Queuing (WFQ), Random Early Detection (RED) to give each packet the priority it needs and weighted
round robin de-queuing based on multiple receive and transmit queues.
Compliant
6.5.20
The switches shall provide configuration of L2-L4 functionality
• Multiple Load Sharing Trunks
• Hot-Swapping: Fan-Tray, Module, Power Supply, Supervisor/CPU
• Redundant Load Sharing Power Supply
• Temperature Alarm and Power Monitoring
• Multifunction LE
Compliant
6.5.21
6.5.22
6.5.23
6.5.24
The switches offered shall provide shared interface for in-band and out-band management of switch fabrics with Multi layer switch feature.
The Module should have a capability of supporting 5 Gbps throughput.
There should be a provision to support multiple Firewall Modules (Minimum 2 Modules) in the same chassis so that there is no single point of failure.
The Switch should have support for Automatic Load Balancing across servers
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
PDD, J&K
353
30 December, 2009
6.5.25
6.5.26
The module used for this purpose shall help in meeting the demand of high networking demands supporting upto 150000 sessions per second
The common IP protocols—including TCP and User Datagram Protocol (UDP), HTTP, FTP, Telnet, Real Time Streaming Protocol (RTSP), Domain Name System (DNS), and Simple Mail
Transfer Protocol (SMTP) should be supported.
Compliant
Compliant
6.5.27
The common load-balancing algorithms namely Round Robin, Weighted Round Robin, Least Connections, Weighted Least Connections, Source and/or Destination IP Hash (subnet mask also
Compliant
configurable) , URL Hashing and URL and Cookie-Based Load Balancing should be supported
6.5.28
The switch should have Gigabit Ethernet switching Module to the latest state of art servers so that integration with servers becomes less complex and easier to manage. Independent cards
may be proposed in line with specific server support if required
6.5.29
The Chassis should have support for Autonomic Computing Technology so that it is simpler to deploy and manage state of art latest servers optimizing the computational power and minimizing
Compliant
the chances of human errors.
6.5.30
6.5.31
6.5.32
6.5.33
6.5.34
Sufficient no of priority queues shall be provided on 100Tx and on Gigabit ports and on all L3 enabled port allowing users to prioritize data packets
The Switch offered by the bidder shall be fully SNMP managed device with support for SNMP Agent MIB, MIB-II. RMON support for history, statistics, alarm and events.
The Switches offered shall support Virtual Networking and Virtual LAN Management feature
The device offered should preferably be 19" Rack mountable
It shall be possible to form workgroup of users Reconfiguration of workgroup and physical relocation of users shall be achievable by on-screen management software features like Moves, Adds
etc. Multi-cast and Broadcast messages shall be restricted to work
The Switches offered shall include Integrated Intrusion Detection, Integrated Firewall, and Network Analysis module.
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
6.5.35
The vendor should indicate 1. The packet-forwarding rate for 64-byte packets per second
6. No. of MAC Addresses:
Compliant
6.5.36
The switches shall support for Multi-service application platform to be enable advanced Security application such as Firewall, IDS and IPS, WLAN security, SSL VPN access and MPLS
baseline capabilities for VPN tunneling at layer 2.
Compliant
6.5.37
All switch ports shall be operable in Full-Duplex Operation on Ethernet and gigabit Ethernet ports. The Core switches shall be offered with Global Link Balancing for Active-hot standby
configuration.
Compliant
Mail / Messaging system
7.0
Number
PDD, J&K
Description
Option
7.1
7.1.1
Messaging Solution Hardware requirement
The offered hardware should be a clustered solution (2 nodes) with external Storage.
7.1.2
The solution should have • Two servers (identical model and configuration as given)
• External Storage –
- Usable raw capacity with RAID 5 should be at least 1000 GB (10,000-rpm)
- External Storage should be hot swappable
• Clustering softwar
7.2
7.2.1
7.2.2
7.2.3
7.2.4
7.2.5
Messaging Application Requirement
The mail server should support standard protocols like POP, IMAP, SMTP, HTTP, NNTP, LDAP format.
The mail server should have an integrated calendaring feature that is able to record meeting requests, forward meeting requests and generate alerts.
The mail server should support public folders or discussion databases.
Mail server should have an ability to be accessible from Internet and also accessible via Symbian, Pocket PC, Blackberry and Windows powered PDA’s/Mobile Phones.
Messaging Server should support cHTML, xHTML, and HTML mobile phone browser support.
Compliant
Compliant
354
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
7.2.6
It should provide with up-to-date notifications synchronization with Pocket PC, Smart phones and other devices.
Compliant
7.2.7
Mail server should have an ability to have an internet mail filtering functionality to separate spam; the messaging server should have built-in server-side filtering and also client-side filtering.
Compliant
7.2.8
i
ii
iii
iv
v
vi
vii
viii
ix
7.2.9
7.2.10
7.2.11
The mail server should have the following security features Connection filtering
Sender and recipient filtering, including blank sender filtering
Recipient lookup
Real-time block list–based filtering
Suppression of sender display name resolution
Ability to restrict relaying
Ability to restrict distribution lists to authenticated users
Should support Dynamic distribution lists
Should support virus scanning API
Should support backup restore of open files
Should have support for integrated authentication mechanism across operating system, messaging services
Discussion databases should be capable of being replicated on multiple servers.
Should provide tools to handle disaster recovery scenarios like re-connection to the directory services user account, support for recovery of individual or group of mailboxes, support for merging
or copying recovered mailboxes
Should provide support for group collaboration, Calendaring, Scheduling
Should provide support for collaborative application development and support for integrated workflow scenarios and Web services.
7.2.12
7.2.13
7.2.14
7.2.15
7.2.16
7.3
7.3.1
7.3.2
7.3.3
7.3.4
7.3.5
7.3.6
7.3.7
7.3.8
7.4
7.4.1
7.4.2
7.4.3
7.4.4
7.4.5
7.4.6
7.4.7
7.4.8
7.4.9
7.4.10
7.4.11
7.4.12
7.4.13
7.4.14
PDD, J&K
Should support Blocking Out of Office messages from distribution lists- Out of Office messages should not be sent to the entire membership of a distribution list that is listed in the To or Cc
boxes.
Should support workflow applications implementation
Messaging solution : should come along with appropriate webmail freeware client (approx 12000)
It should provide for rich scheduling features, including personal, group, and resource scheduling, which integrate with e mail, contacts, and tasks
Sender should be able to verify which recipients have accepted, partially accepted, or declined meeting requests.
Users should be able to share their calendar information with others, enabling users to view multiple calendars simultaneously
Recipients of meeting requests should be able to return proposals for better meeting times. The sender should be able to review all proposals before resending new meeting requests.
It should be possible for Contacts from the Global Address List (shared directory) to be added to personal contacts.
Messaging Server should provide the capability for synchronizing with Symbian, Pocket PC Client, RIM and other devices enabled with GPRS or wireless.
Messaging Client and Server should support Secure/ Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (S/MIME), enabling users to digitally sign and encrypt e-mails and attachments.
There should be feature for Sent messages to be recalled by the sender.
Directory Software
The Directory Server should be LDAP v3 Compliant
Should support partitioning into multiple LDAP Repository architectures for scalability
The Directory Server should have out of the box integration with the e-mail server.
Should support LDAP servers in multi master configuration
LDAP server should be able to replicate data between servers and support cascading replication.
SNMP support for flexible network monitoring and management
Support for Access Control Lists (ACLs).
Support for controlling access to the directory, a sub tree, entries, attributes by setting permissions for users, groups, roles and location information like IP addresses
Support for user authentication through user ID/password, X.509v3 public-key certificates, or Anonymous authentication
Ability to keep Replicas in Synch and to enforce Replication updates
Should have support for open standards [LDAP v.3, XML]
Should have support for integrated authentication mechanism across operating system, messaging services.
Should support directory services integrated DNS zones for ease of management and administration/replication.
The directory service should support features for health monitoring and verifying replication.
355
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
7.4.15
7.5
7.5.1
7.5.2
7.5.3
i
ii
iii
7.5.4
7.5.5
7.5.6
i
ii
iii
iv
7.5.7
7.5.8
i
ii
iii
iv
v
vi
The directory service should provide support for Group policies and software restriction policies.
7.5 SPAM Filter
Should provide at least 95% spam filtering capacity
Should be able to block emails using both lists and preset filters
Should have various filtering optionsIt should have the facility to block certain specific IP addresses, certain servers, or certain email addresses (Black List)
It should have allowing filters also (white list) depending on specific servers, IP Addresses or Email addresses.
The solution should have dynamic list of open proxy servers and so as to block known spam senders
Should update filtering rules automatically
Should allow users to customize the filtering options
It should have customizable options to eitherRedirect all spam mails to one mail ID
Save spam mails to hard disk
Delete all spam mails automatically
Quarantine spam outside users inbox
Should allow the users to view blocked mail through graphics on/off
Should have following administrative features:
Group policies to manage filtered mail
Should have Automated filter delivery and deployment facilities
Filtering customization
Multiple quarantine choices (Email Client based quarantine, web based quarantine)
System monitoring (examining logs, producing detailed logs etc)
Should have Centralized Web-based administration
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Firewalls and NIDS System -
8.0
Number
8.1
8.1.1
8.1.2
8.1.3
8.1.4
8.1.5
8.1.6
8.1.7
8.1.8
8.1.9
8.1.10
8.1.11
8.1.12
8.1.13
8.1.14
8.1.15
8.1.16
8.1.17
8.1.18
8.1.19
PDD, J&K
Description
Option
The integrated firewall should have following features
State-full Packet Filtering - Should have a TCP State Aware Packet Filter Technology
Appliance based firewall with throughput of 200Mbps & having 10/100Mbps Ethernet interfaces.
Support for unlimited number of users
Network Address Translation - Should be able to provide Dynamic NAT as well as Static NAT
Port Address Translation - Should provide capability to redirect the port requests to user configurable ports
Integrated Security -Should have an inbuilt Anti-spoof engine to drop all such packets
Should drop all the IP fragment packets
Should have protection against popular attacks such as ping-of-death attack, tear-drop attack, etc
Administrator should be able to configure the default timeout for TCP/UDP services
Should provide the capability to configure specific timeouts for specific services
Should allow administrator to specify the maximum number of sessions between client and server
Should log the number of active TCP/UDP sessions
Should provide the firewall configuration backup and restore facility
IP Traffic Control should be based on Source, Destination, Protocols, Ports, etc.
Should provide administrative Access to the firewall management based on the AAA services provided by the TACACS+ and RADIUS protocols.
Should provide different privileges for administration and management
Should display firewall server's current date and time in remote Administrative Console
Should be able to reconfigure the firewall parameters and policies from remote console
Should provide Selective viewing of Logs based on Source, Destination, Source Port, destination port, rule number, time etc
356
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
8.1.20
8.1.21
8.1.22
8.1.23
Should be able to Auto refresh the most recent logs while viewing
Logs viewed through GUI Console should be traversable
Should have support to work in high availability.
The firewall should have support for IPSEC VPNs with DES/ 3DES and AES support
8.1.24
Supports Message Digest Algorithm 5 (MD5)-based and plain-text routing authentication for Routing Information Protocol (RIP) and Open Shortest Path First (OSPF), preventing route spoofing
Compliant
and various routing-based DoS attacks.
8.1.25
8.1.26
8.1.27
8.1.28
8.2
8.2.1
8.2.1.1
8.2.1.2
8.2.1.3
8.2.1.4
8.2.1.5
8.2.1.6
8.2.2
8.2.2.1
8.2.2.2
8.2.2.3
8.2.2.4
8.2.2.5
8.2.3
Support for both site-to-site and remote-access VPNs
The firewall should be ICSA certified for firewall and VPN capabilities.
The firewall should not create any bottleneck and performance problem.
The VPN/ MPLS Client software for unlimited no of users must be included
The integrated Network Intrusion Detection system
Platform
Supports open source as an underlying OS.
Monitoring Interface should be able to operate at layer 2.
Minimum 8 10/100/1000 Ethernet monitoring interfaces should be provided.
Should have in-built redundancy for storage and power.
Should have minimum throughput of 2 GBPS
Should support High availability deployments both as active-active and active-passive.
Security Content
Consists of vendor’s original threat intelligence and is not overly dependent on information available in the public domain.
Is continuously updated with new threat intelligence, including detailed help text, in an automated fashion and without physical access to the unit.
Security information is meaningful, comprehensive and freely available to customers and non-customers via a publicly accessible database
Detects and blocks all known, high risk exploits along with their underlying vulnerability (not just one exploit of that vulnerability).
Detects and blocks zero-day attacks without requiring an update.
Customization
8.2.3.1
Requires minimal customization to built-in security checks
Compliant
8.2.3.2
Automatically blocks malicious traffic out of the box and allows additional blocking upon policy customization. • Can enable/disable each individual signature. Each signature should allow
granular tuning.
Compliant
8.2.3.3
8.2.3.4
8.2.4
8.2.4.1
8.2.4.2
8.2.4.3
8.2.5
8.2.5.1
Allows users to control the number of times a sensor notifies the console when a flood-type attack occurs.
Supports assigning of ports to custom applications. In order to monitor any type of port traffic, the user should be able to assign a service to a port, label that port with a custom name, and then
Updates
Supports automated security check and product updates.
Updates are frequent and regular
Security check updates do not require reboot of IPS unit
System Integrity
Supports encrypted communication between all components
8.2.5.2
All communications should be encrypted and the user should have the ability to select from a range of encryption technologies and strengths. It should have a built-in mechanism to ensure that
Compliant
only legitimate users have access to the agents and to the secu
8.2.5.3
Supports high strength 1536-bit RSA encrypted communications
Compliant
8.2.5.4
Supports multiple user roles. These roles should allow or deny specific privileges to users. Privileges should include a range of management and viewing or reporting capabilities. Additionally,
access to specific agents and/or assets should be controlled,
Compliant
8.2.5.5
Supports system management hierarchy and associated access. The system should allow different groups within an organization to maintain their own console while at the same time allowing
a central security team the ability to view all events across the entire enterprise
Compliant
8.2.5.6
Has remote log storage capability to support logging to a central repository. In the event that the log data is sent from the IPS to a separate log server, the IP address, or any other unique
identifier of the IPS shall be captured with the other recorded
Compliant
357
30 December, 2009
PDD, J&K
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
8.2.6
8.2.6.1
8.2.6.2
8.2.6.3
8.2.7
8.2.7.1
8.2.7.2
8.2.7.3
8.2.7.4
8.2.7.5
8.2.8
8.2.8.1
8.2.8.2
8.2.8.3
8.2.8.4
8.2.8.5
8.2.8.6
8.2.8.7
8.2.8.8
8.2.8.9
Performance Considerations
Does not introduce network latency. Provide independent validation.
Fails open should a power loss occur
Notifies console of unit interruption. Console should receive alert and/or provide additional notification to administrator should any component become non-operational or experience a
communications problem. The alert should specify the type of problem en
Accuracy
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Accurately detects intrusion attempts and discerns between the various types and risk levels including unauthorized access attempts, pre-attack probes, suspicious activity, DoS, DDoS,
vulnerability exploitation, brute force, hybrids, and zero-day attacks
Compliant
Accurately prevent intrusions from occurring
Accurately respond to intrusion attempts.
Resistant to evasion techniques.
Accurately identifies attacks with correct severity level while allowing benign traffic to pass without interruption.
Detection Technology
Detects and blocks all known, high risk exploits.
Employs full seven-layer protocol analysis of over 100 internet protocols. Performs stateful packet inspection.
Decodes backdoor communications / protocols regardless of port.
Security checks have a pre-defined severity level associated with them. The severity of each check should also be configurable
Detects and blocks malicious web traffic on any port
Does TCP stream reassembly.
Does IP defragmentation.
Detects attacks within protocols independent of port used.
The detection engine should be able to detect a protocol running on a non-standard port and automatically begin monitoring that port for events associated with that protocol. For example, it
should be able to detect HTTP
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
8.2.8.10
Traffic running on a port other than port 80 and then start monitoring that data stream for HTTP attacks. Additionally, users should be able to customize the ports associated with any protocol
or application so that the IPS automatically monitors those ports
Compliant
8.2.8.11
8.2.8.12
Supports attack recognition inside IPv6 encapsulated packets.
Performs real-time event consolidation of multiple events at sensor
Compliant
Compliant
8.2.8.13
Accepts/Uses 3rd party signatures Further, users should be to add open-source (Snort) signatures. These signatures should operate in addition to the detection engine and the built-in
signatures. The user should be able to create their own Snort signatures
Compliant
8.2.9
8.2.9.1
8.2.9.2
8.2.9.3
8.2.9.4
8.2.9.5
8.2.10
8.2.10.1
8.2.10.2
8.2.10.3
Prevention Technology
Supports active blocking of traffic based on pre-defined rules to thwart attacks before any damage is done, i.e. before compromise occurs.
Supports active blocking of traffic based on dynamic responses to pre-defined rules.
Allows definition of network level filtering rules based on source and destination IP and/or network, and source and destination IP ports.
Supports several prevention techniques including drop packet,TCP-RST etc.
TCP-RST etc.
Response Mechanisms
Supports granular set of unique responses for every signature
Supports response adjustment on a per signature basis.
Offers a variety of built-in responses including console alerts, database logging, email notifications, SNMP traps, offending packet captures, and packet captures.
8.2.10.4
s able to dynamically alter the severity of an event based on event validation features that add vulnerability state information to an alert to reduce false alarms while blocking truly malicious
activity?
Compliant
8.2.10.5
8.2.10.6
8.2.10.7
8.2.10.8
8.2.10.9
Allows automatic responses based on event validation.
Allows user-defined responses. Must support custom responses such as the execution of a command-line script
Must be able to transfer all relevant event data to the user defined program such as source and destination IP address, ports, attack type, event name, date and time stamp, etc.
Logs events to a non-proprietary, industry-class database such as MS-SQL Server in order to achieve data storage scalability and simplified maintenance of event logs.
Supports integration with other alerting mechanism or software that can generate paging or SMS response.
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
PDD, J&K
358
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
8.2.11
8.2.11.1
8.2.11.2
8.2.11.3
8.2.12
8.2.12.1
8.2.12.2
8.2.12.3
8.2.12.4
8.2.13
Certifications
NIDS/NIPS should be NSS approved
NIDS/NIPS should be Tolly certified
NIDS/NIPS vendor support center should be JD Power – SCP certified..
Management – Agent Command and Control
Management platform supports command, control, and event management functions for NIPS, NIDS, HIPS, Desktop FW, and assessment agents.
Allows central management of signature updates. Is able to centrally push out updates from one location to multiple heterogeneous network, server, desktop, and assessment agents.
Supports central management of policy configuration
Management platform includes an automated deployment
Management – Reporting
8.2.13.1
Includes built-in reports. The console should be capable of producing graphical metrics and time-based comparison reporting. The information in the reports should be available for a group of
assets, an entire Site, or an entire enterprise. Further, users should be able to drill down into these graphical reports to view pertinent details
Compliant
8.2.13.2
8.2.13.3
8.2.13.4
8.2.13.5
Built-in reports should include high level summaries and detailed reports.
Supports the creation of custom reports, preferable without the user having to learn a third party reporting system.
Can export reports to other formats. Users should be able to output report data into a variety of different file formats including HTML, PDF, CSV, and Printer
Can schedule reports for automatic generation to all supported formats.
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Number
Description
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Servers
9.0
Option
9.0.1
9.0.2
General Information for Servers
The Bidder should provide the following information on:The maximum number of CPUs the vendor can supply without IVL clearance for each machine
The bidder must explain the total system expandability in terms of CPUs, RAM
Compliant
Compliant
9.0.3
Maximum number of Fibre Channel Interface cards that can be supported in a redundant mode.
Compliant
9.0.4
9.0.5
9.0.6
9.0.7
9.0.8
9.0.9
9.0.10
9.0.11
9.0.12
Reliability, Availability, Serviceability (RAS) features.
Dimensions of the machine, weight and total floor area requirement
Power Ratings: Voltage, Current, Frequency, Phase
Heat dissipation in BTU/hour
All the possible Hot Plug / Hot Swap Components in the server
Cache per CPU
System Bus & I/O Architecture
Whether I/O interface cards and network cards in fail-over mode works in active-active mode
Whether I/O slots are on independent I/O buses or otherwise
Scope of upgrade-ability in terms of
o CPU, Cache
o Memory
o Number of Expansion I/O Slots
o The bidder must mention the minimum quantity of CPU and minimum memory which can be increased in an upgrade a process
OS Details and future road map
Maximum size of a single file-system supported by OS
Whether support for raw devices is offered by the OS
The proposed server, OS, HBA and HA clustering software must be fully compatible to connect to the offered storage solutions on a SAN environment.
Certifications
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
9
9.0.13
9.0.16
9.0.19
9.0.20
9.0.23
9.1
PDD, J&K
359
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
9.1.1
All offered machines must be Certified for
• 64-bit OS kernel
• 64-bit Database
9.1.2
9.1.3
9.1.4
9.2
9.2.1
9.2.2
9.3
Servers to be offered with latest CPU with highest clock speed available on the model being offered by the bidder at the time of bidding.
Maximum number of CPUs specified by IVL clearance shall not be exceeded, without compromising the desired performance
SWAP shall be configured for minimum 3.5 times the size of the RAM
Centralised server Management Solution
Central Hardware Monitoring Console for the entire landscape of servers, in redundant configuration to manage the Servers
Built-in alternative solution shall be provided for management of console activities in case of console failure, without re-booting or shutting down the system.
Monitor/ Graphical Central Console
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
9.3.1
Sufficient Nos. of GUI based system management consoles for entire landscape, consisting of 15” TFT color monitor based system (Laptops), to be connected through Management LAN
Compliant
9.4
9.4.1
9.5
9.5.1
9.5.1.1
9.5.2
9.5.2.1
9.5.2.2
9.5.2.3
9.5.2
9.5.2.1
9.5.3
9.5.3.1
9.5.3.2
9.5.3.3
9.5.3.4
9.5.3.5
9.5.3.6
9.5.3.7
9.5.3.8
9.5.3.9
9.5.3.10
9.6
9.6.1
9.6.2
9.7
9.7.1
9.7.1.1
9.7.1.2
9.7.1.3
9.7.1.4
9.7.1.5
9.7.1.6
9.7.1.7
9.7.2
Remote Management
Equal no of licensed Terminal Emulation and licenses of X-Windows Software shall be provided for remote management of servers.
LAN Definitions
Management LAN
Management LAN has to be set up for remote management of all the servers.
SERVER LAN
DB servers and Application servers are to be interconnected for each application, using either separate switches or using a central switch with VLAN configuration
DB servers shall be inter-connected using 10 Gbps ports and Application Servers using 1 Gbps ports. The switch(s) shall be layer3 switches.
The switch(es) shall have minimum 20% free ports of each category.
Public LAN
Public LAN consists of network connection of all the Application Servers with End-Users. All servers shall be connected to public LAN.
LOAD BALANCER
24/7 Application Availability
Fault tolerant server operation for complete IP Application access
Schedule maintenance of application server transparent to the users.
Should support OS as well as hardware independence of the application server. - Heterogeneous environment
Maximum utilization and fully flexible traffic distribution across server farms and data centers for unlimited scaling of applications, server operations and handling of increased user traffic
Centralized application management
Configuration, application set-up and comprehensive traffic performance monitoring for application management and visibility
Load Balancer should have easy to use GUI providing real time activity monitoring, reports and centralized configuration management.
Multiple Application Load Balancing: Port Address Translation.
Load Balancer should have support to work in high availability
Regulation
System should meet international regulations on safety, RFI/EMI, Immunity and X-ray.
All items covered under the scope shall be offered in rack mounted configuration in OEM racks.
RAS Features. Reliability ,Availability and Serviceability (RAS) features
Server RAS and Security Features
Redundant Hot swappable Power Supplies
Redundant Hot Swappable fans / cooling
Error correction and parity checking for improved data integrity
Easy replacement for most component replacements
Advanced Remote Management features
Provision for Secure Cryptographic acceleration at Hardware level supporting standard ciphers.
Provision for Virtual Partitions, minimum 8 partitions.
Management
PDD, J&K
Compliant
360
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
9.7.2.1
9.7.2.2
9.7.2.3
9.7.2.4
9.7.2.5
9.7.2.6
9.7.2.7
9.7.2.8
9.7.2.9
9.7.2.10
9.8
9.8.1
9.8.1.1
9.8.2
9.8.2.1
9.8.2.2
9.8.2.3
9.8.2.4
9.8.2.5
9.8.2.6
9.8.3
9.8.3.1
9.8.4
9.8.4.1
9.8.5
9.8.5,1
9.8.6
9.8.6.1
9.8.7
9.8.7.1
9.8.8
9.8.8.1
9.8.9
9.8.9.1
9.8.9.2
9.8.10
9.8.10.1
9.8.11
9.8.11.1
9.8.11.2
9.9
9.9.1
9.9.1.1
9.9.1.2
PDD, J&K
Web, CLI and GUI interfaces to manage inventory and environmental conditions of CPU, Memory,
Power Supplies
Watchdog, Boot time out, automatic server restart monitoring
Monitoring Fan Speed and Status
Monitoring Power Supply Status
Hardware and Software Diagnostics
CPU Utilization Monitoring
Event and Alarm Management
Secure Remote Dynamic Management
Infrastructure Lifecycle Management Software
Common specification for all servers( Db, Application, GIS, Testing and QA server)
System Hardware
The servers shall be enterprise level SMP RISC / Itanium processor based systems The offered systems should be high end Datacenter class servers with redundancy / N+1 features built in at
every level like disk, memory, power supplies, cooling etc
Operating System
The operating system of the server shall be 64 Bit
The Operating System shall be of the latest version released by the OS vendor.
The OS shall be supplied with media and complete documentation shall be provided for each server
The OS license shall be provided for each partitions with separate independent instances of the OS in the server
The OS shall have standard features and networking support i.e. TCP/IP, NFS, NIS, CDE, BSD tools etc. Disk mirroring & stripping support shall be included.
OS shall be given with the latest patches as applicable and OS should have minimum features like full binary compatibility across versions, online OS upgrades and online kernel
patching/upgrades, standard GUI utilities for system administration, virtualiz
System RAM
DDR2 memory with ECC at least 4 GB per processor upgradable to 512 GB memory for whole system
HDD
Minimum 2X 146 GB hot plug SAS/ FC drive, scalable to 4 drives within the box support Raid 1,0. The HDD shall be sized for swap / virtual memory area of 3.5 times of main memory and OS.
System & CPU
Bidder to specify Number of CPUs in the offered solution to meet the desired performance level.
CPU clock speed
1.2 GHz ( minimum)
DVD drive per server
1 No.
Network Interface
Minimum 4 numbres of Gigabit Ethernet ports (100/1000 Mbps) based on latest PCI-e per server, in automatic fail-over / redundant configuration and auto-switching mode (In addition to those
Scalability
The system shall be horizontally or Vertically scalable (by using the same type of processors as offered) twice of it’s capacity without IVL clearance for each machine
Expandability with respect to additional RAM : Not lees than 2 times of the offered capacity
Other Parameters
The offered system should be Partitionable to 2 (Two) to 4 (four) partitions. Each partition should be capable of booting different instances of Operating system and have identified separate I/O
Disk Management Software
Suitable disk management software shall be supplied including Volume Manager to dynamically manage the logical volumes
Minimum one license per server of C Compiler & Development Package and C++ Compiler & Development Package to be provided.
For Db server and GIS and map database server
General feature
The DB server shall constitute two servers of the same specification as detailed hereunder in a High Availability Clustered configuration with fallback
The High Availability cluster shall be with adequate redundancy and with equal performance and configuration, and will have access to the same database and storage.
361
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
9.9.1.3
Each system of the cluster solution shall be able to provide fail-over to the other (clustered) system for any failure arising due to:
• Hardware,
• Operating system,
• Database
9.9.2
9.9.2.1
9.9.3
9.9.3.1
9.9.3.2
9.9.3.3
Additional Network Interface for Db server:
4 Gbps Fibre Channel HBA cards (for SAN connectivity) with multi-path and automatic load balancing on the server side ( 2 no Fibre chanel HBA cards per server) - .
Meets_Specifications
The solution shall be able to recover automatically In case of unrecoverable errors; the process on the failed system must be automatically restarted on the other system
The cluster failover solution shall be a certified solution.
The solution of implementing the fail-over shall be explained in detail in the technical proposal along with logical diagrams
9.9.3.4
The solution shall provide for all the necessary hardware and software components required for the above including clustering.
Bidder will clearly mention the points of failure in the offered solution in an Oracle/MS SQL/MY SQL/DB2/Informix/Sybase Database environment and corresponding resolutions
9.9.4
9.9.4.1
9.9.4.2
9.9.4.3
9.9.4.4
9.9.4.5
9.9.4.6
9.9.4.7
9.9.4.8
9.9.4.9
9.9.4.10
9.9.4.11
9.9.5
9.9.5.2
9.9.5.3
9.9.5.4
9.9.5.5
9.9.5.6
9.9.5.7
9.9.5.8
9.9.5.9
9.9.5.10
9.9.5.11
9.9.5.12
9.9.5.13
9.9.5.14
9.9.5.15
9.9.5.16
9.9.5.17
9.9.5.18
9.9.5.19
9.9.5.20
9.9.5.21
9.9.5.22
PDD, J&K
For Application Server and GIS application server, testing and QA server
Bidders may either offer discrete server machines or server partitions
The total traffic to application servers have to be distributed to multiple servers / partitions to provide load balancing and redundancy
Each Application Environment normally be configured with at least two (02) servers. The partitions on each server shall not share any I/O devices and shall have separate boot images
Manageability of all the different application servers must be simple.
Each partition shall be able to run same or different versions of OS independently
Central console in redundant configuration to manage the Application Servers with no single point-of- failure shall be provided in the solution
The solution shall provide for all the necessary hardware and software components required for the above
Bidder will clearly mention the points of failure in the offered solution in an Oracle/ MS SQL/MY SQL/Db2/Informix/Sybase Database environment and corresponding resolutions.
If the bidder proposes a large server in partitioned configuration to provide the required number of Application servers, the following points are mandatory
Any configuration change in one partition shall not affect any other partition unless desired
An error in one partition shall not bring the entire system or other partitions down
Misc. Servers
The servers shall be offered in rack mountable configuration, mounted in 19” 41/42 U OEM racks. The server shall be of 2U form factor
Latest version of OEM operating system shall be provided for each server, with required number of user license on each server ( At least 4 for each server)
Each Server shall be offered with either 32 bit or 64 bit architecture processors
Each server shall be configured with even number of CPUs.
Processor: Xeon Quad Core 2.66GHz With simultaneous Multi-threading or equivalent processor of other make
Minimum Front side bus speed for each server- 1333MHz
RAM On each server the minimum installed RAM shall be 4 GB PC2-5300 667 MHz ECC DDR2-SDRAM per processor.
No. & capacity of internal HDD per server: 2x140 or 3X73.4 GB 15K RPM SAS Drive.
Internal HDDs shall be offered in hardware mirrored format
Slots: Minimum 4 PCI Slots
1RAID CONTROLLER Dual/Dual channel hardware RAID Controllers at 320 MBPS or better and Integrated RAID 0, 1, It should not occupy PCI slot
DAT Drive per server: One (1) Drive (35/70 GB capacity)
Internal Optical Drive per server: DVD drive with read & write
Network Interface : LAN Controller per server Four (4) number gigabit NIC and 2 Number 4 Gbps Fiber Host Bus Adaptors per server
Centralized management Solution : Central management solution shall be offered per rack, common to all the servers in the rack with 17” LCD TFT display, Keyboard and mouse.
Power Supply : Each server shall be provided with N+1 Power supply hot swappable
Fans : Should be Redundant hot swappable
System Management: Integrated system management processor for system and environmental monitoring such as temp, optical disks, fans, power supply.
Dimm Slots: 4 GB Scalable to minimum 32 GB
Disk Controller - SAS controller
HDD Bays - Should support upto 4 HotSwap HDD bays
Bus - PCI-e Architecture supported
362
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
9.9.5.25
9.9.5.26
9.9.5.27
9.9.6
9.9.6.1
9.9.6.2
Data acquisition server at sub division :
Fiber Host Bus Adaptors Not Required
Separate front end processor may be supplied for connecting required no of modems per server
17” TFT Color, Minimum resolution 1024 x 768, MPR-II certified
Ethernet card := 10/100/1000 Mbps
Front end processor at sub division .The bidder may also provide GPRS/EDGE based solution for communication and data transfer between Data acquisition server and field devices (Energy
meters) with suitable number of SIM / any other required hardware
Communication processor shall support time synchronization from GPS based time synchronizing system and further synchronization of all the meters
Certification: UL, FCC, and for supplied OS
OEM server management software to be provided
LEDs to identify failed components within the subsystem
Access control Server
Shall operate as a centralized RADIUS server or TACACS+ server
Shall provide authentication ,user or administrator access and policy control for centralized access control
9.9.6.3
Shall be built around central database for all user accounts and centralized control of all user privileges which can distributes throughput the networked to network switches and access points
Compliant
9.9.6.4
9.9.6.5
9.9.6.6
Shall be able to provide AAA services for wired and wireless LAN, dialup, broadband, Voice over IP ,firewalls and VPNs
Shall be able to provide diverse type of network devices like switches, routers, firewalls, VPN using AAA
Shall be able to provide IEEE 802.1X authentication services for network switches and wireless access points
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
9.9.6.7
Shall support Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) authentication forwarding for user profiles stored in directories from leading directory vendors including Sun, Novell, and Microsoft
Compliant
9.9.6.8
Shall provide features to define different access levels for each administrator and the ability to group network devices to enforce and change of security policy administration over all the
devices in a network
Compliant
9.9.6.9
9.9.6.10
9.9.6.11
9.9.6.12
9.9.6.13
9.9.6.14
Shall provide access control lists based on time-of –day network use, number of logged sessions, and a day –of –week access restrictions
Shall provide for defining sets of ACL’s that can be applied per user or per group for layer 3 Network devices like routers, firewalls and VPNs
Shall provide extensible authentication protocols like EAP, EAP-FAST, EAP TLS and Microsoft PEAP
Shall provide certification revocation using the X.509 CRL profile for enhanced security with EAP –TLS
Appropriate Server hardware to be provided with Access Control server
Shall support replication of users and groups account database
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
9.9.5.23
i
ii
iii
iv
9.9.5.24
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Storage & Backup Subsystem
10.0
Number
Description
Option
10.1
10.1.1
CENTRAL STORAGE SPECIFICATION
The Central Storage System must support multi-path automatic load balancing with no single point-of-failure between Servers, Central Storage System and SAN.
10.1.2
The storage solution must have intelligent hardware based RAID support for the proposed solution. The Owner may develop a near site synchronous and remote asynchronous DR site at a
later date. The storage must support hardware based (host independent) data replication to a remote site and bi-directional data copy
Compliant
10.1.3
The storage system must support dynamic reconfiguration of file-system, its growth, dynamic reconfiguration of the logical volume across different disk controllers, and spanning of logical
volumes across different disk controllers
Compliant
10.1.4
10.1.5
10.1.6
10.2
PDD, J&K
The offered solution shall have Hot-Plug feature enabled disks
Shall have support for multiple Operating Systems. License requirements if any for OS access for the following operating systems shall be provided for the entire storage.
• Unix
• MS Windows 2003 / 2008 server/ Windows server Data Centre edition
• Linux
Bidder must clearly state possible failure points, if any, in their offered solution in Oracle /MS SQL /MY SQLL/DB2/Informix/Sybase environment.
ARCHITECTURE
363
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
10.2.1
The storage array shall be an all-fiber technology and shall have all active components redundant to provide a No Single Point of Failure array architecture at any level.
10.2.2
The storage systems shall have required no 2/4 Gbps host Ports. Fiber-Channel Ports, shall work in load-sharing mode supporting multi-pathing, to provide in excess of 300MBps throughput,
Compliant
with 100% redundancy and automatic fail-over from storage to SAN s
10.2.3
10.2.4
Each storage arrey shall be configured in storage cluster with two active-active controller halves. Each controller half shall be configured in separate electrical power boundaries.
The storage system shall be configured with minimum 128 GB of cache, expandable to 256 GB. The system control cache, if required, shall be in addition to the above
Compliant
Compliant
10.2.5
The amount of read and write data in cache shall be dynamically managed by the cache control algorithms to provide the optimum amount of read and write cache depending on the load
conditions. Cache shall be available as write or read cache dynamically as per application requirements
Compliant
10.2.6
10.2.7
10.2.8
10.2.9
10.2.10
10.2.11
10.3
Compliant
The cache shall be duplexed for write data. The write cache shall be battery backed up to enable automatic destaging of cache to the disks in case of power failure.
The storage shall be scaleable to 64 active backend disk ports. Total offered capacity shall be based on configuration of maximum of 8 disks per loop on an average.
System shall have Intelligent Hardware RAID controllers to implement hardware mirroring at storage controller level
Storage system shall be able to span/stripe Logical Storage Units across different disk controllers. System must support dynamic reconfiguration of file-systems, its growth and dynamic
reconfiguration of the logical volumes.
Automatic detection of hotspots at disk level and dynamic re-configuration at the storage firmware level
System shall have N+1 configured hot swappable power supplies and cooling fans
STORAGE CAPACITY
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
10.3.1
Under RAID 0+1 and under RAID 5
The preferred disc type is 140 (+/- 10%) GB 15,000 RPM FC disks
Sufficient no of hot spare disc to be provided with a minimum of 1 hot spare for every 32 disks
10.3.2
10.3.3
10.4
Sufficient No of Cold Spare Disc ( Not to be installed)of each type & capacity to be provided
The system shall be expandable to 2 times the offered configuration with respect to number of disks with in the same storage subsystem
AVAILABILITY AND DATA PROTECTION FEATURES
10.4.1
System shall be online with continued access to data during replacement of
1. Interfaces
2. Disk Controllers
3. Disk Drives
4. Cache memory cards
5. Cache memory boards
6. Power supplies & battery systems
7. Cooling Fans
8. Microcode updates.
Compliant
10.4.2
The system shall support and configured for:
1. Automatic detection of errors, error logging and notification.
2. Automatic / proactive detection of hotspots at disk level and dynamic reconfiguration.
3. Deallocation of failed components.
4. Recovery from
Compliant
10.4.3
10.5
10.5.1
The LUN security & masking software to be provided and configured to protect LUNs configured to heterogeneous hosts running different OS
MANAGEMENT
A centralized extensive monitoring, configuration and management of storage components and its connectivity components via a single console
10.5.2
The Storage Array shall be supported in a virtualized environment. It should support virtualization within the storage array with capability of creating partitions using independent hardware and
software resources
Compliant
10.5.3
The Storage Management Software shall be a secure web based GUI based and shall be able to discover and monitor storage systems. It shall provide pro-active intelligence by monitoring
performance. This storage Management software shall be used to monitor
Compliant
10.5.4
Storage management software shall be provided & configured and shall be able to move data seamlessly within the storage box to different RAID groups without stopping the host applications. Compliant
PDD, J&K
364
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
10.5.5
The storage management software shall support open standards based management like CIM, SNMP, etc
Compliant
10.5.6
The storage shall be provided with single integrated management tool to provide capacity projections for capacity planning and performance matrix to resolve performance related issues.
Storage performance Management software shall be provided
Compliant
10.5.7
10.5.8
10.5.9
10.5.10
10.5.11
10.5.12
The system shall be configured to make and maintain time copies of the useable storage space under Raid 0+1 and raid 5
The Storage shall support HBA Load Balancing and Multi-pathing. The Software required for this should be supplied for at least 10 enterprise class servers.
System shall offer an overview of the structure of the network using icons to depict SAN resources
Ability to monitor the status, performance and configuration with utilization
Ability to collect, store and analyze storage performance data.
Storage management software shall have single console management for allowing centralized control of physical storage arrays
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
10.5.13
The storage management platform shall be highly scalable and shall have the capability to operate in multiple tiers like console, database, agent and servers tiers. These tiers could be
installed and implemented independently distributed if required
Compliant
10.5.14
The software shall have the capability to visually display the storage subsystem in an actual pictorial format and shall have a context sensitive management capability to identify, select and
manage physical components of such subsystem.
Compliant
10.5.15
10.6
10.6.1
10.6.2
Provide Security in SAN environments by preventing unauthorized users from accessing other server disks
FIBER CHANNEL (FC) SAN SWITCHES
Two numbers of chassis fiber channel switches of the same configuration shall be provided and configured
The switches shall be rack mountable and configured in 19” racks. The offered SAN switches shall be of OEM make or of Brocade / Cisco /McData.
10.6.3
Sufficient Nos. of fiber channel ports of 4Gbps (1/2/4 auto sensing) full-duplex to be configured, and at least 4 nos of the above shall be configurable as Long Wave ports to support up to 20 Km
Compliant
direct storage circuit
10.6.4
10.6.5
10.6.6
The switch shall be expandable to twice no of offered 4Gbps full-duplex FC ports with a minimum of 256 ports support per switch
Shall be configured with redundant control processor modules.
Shall support 32 Gbps high speed trunking (Inter-switch links -ISL), using a maximum of 8 ports. 32 Gbps ISL shall be configured between the two SAN switches.
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
10.6.7
Fabric shortest path first (FSPF) traffic rerouting shall be supported. Using FSPF, the switch must be able to load balance at least 4 number of equal cost paths across the SAN network.
Compliant
10.6.8
10.6.9
10.6.10
10.6.11
10.6.12
Shall support non-disruptive software updates, (hot code load and activation)
Shall support Error detection and fault isolation
Redundant 2N power supply, N+1 cooling fans.
The switch must support partitioning that provides independent FC Services, SNMP, CLI and API that can be re-started without resetting the entire switch
The switch must support FC ping & FC Trace Route that sends a FC frame through the fabric and view the route it takes to reach the destination and return to the source.
Shall have support for simultaneous multiple Operating Systems connectivity. License requirements if any for OS access for the following operating systems shall be provided.
1. Unix
2. MS Windows 2003 / 2008 server
The switch shall be guaranteed to be fully compatible for HBAs, Clustering solutions and OS offered with the servers.
Switch shall support advanced zoning features The switch must be configured for safe zoning mode to prevent undesired results when merging switches and zone sets. The vendor to provide
Zoning details of Disk zone and Tape zone and to be configured accord
BACKUP
BACKUP SERVER
The backup window shall be 8 Hours. It shall be possible to take a full backup of production data in 8 hours time. The backups shall be retained for 28 days
Two number backup servers shall be configured with the storage system
The servers shall be 64 bit RISC / Itanium server as per the following minimum specification and shall be configured under active-active cluster.
The servers shall be configured for a maximum backup window of 8 hrs for a full copy of data base
The operating system of the backup server shall be the same as that of the offered DB servers.
Minimum 8 GB ECC SDRAM RAM shall be configured per processor of the offered configuration.
Sufficient Nos of 4 Gbps fiber HBA ports, Gigabit RJ45 ports and Gigabit SX ports shall be configured
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
10.6.13
10.6.14
10.6.15
10.6
10.6.1
10.6.1.1
10.6.1.2
10.6.1.3
10.6.1.4
10.6.1.5
10.6.1.6
10.6.1.7
PDD, J&K
365
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
10.6.2
10.6.2.1
10.6.2.2
10.6.2.3
10.6.2.4
10.6.2.5
10.6.2.6
10.6.2.7
10.6.2.8
10.6.2.9
10.6.2.10
BACKUP SOFTWARE
The proposed Backup server Solution shall be available on 64 bit OS platforms and shall have the capability to support for all major Operating systems.
It should provide a user-friendly enterprise console that enables the administrator to manage the Storage Manager from any platform in the enterprise via a Web-based interface. This should
allow the administrator to navigate, logon and perform function
To achieve zero performance impact backup, it is required that the backup is taken via backup server and from the copy of the production system. The procedure of creating the copy can be
either a mirror (for split mirror backup) or a copy which is synchronized with delta changes from the main production system at frequent intervals. The backup software must synchronize the
copy before starting the backup
Full backup of data base systems shall be possible to be taken without bringing the production system down, with full data base consistency and without affecting the performance to the users
in any way.
Restore feature: System shall be configured for full restoration of the backed up data to the respective storage.
Backup software shall support and configured Scheduled automated restores to perform periodic restore drills.
Backup software shall offer consistent Graphic user interface
Backup server software shall be licensed on the offered backup servers to the offered number of CPUs in each backup server
Backup client software shall be licensed to all the offered data base servers , all pre-implementation and training & testing servers to the offered number of CPUs including CPUs on COD in
respective servers. The solution shall also be licensed to the Tape Library solution
Any CPU, RAM level upgrade on backup server and/ or any clients shall not affect the backup process and shall not have any licensing requirement whatsoever.
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
10.6.2.11
Backup Software shall offer Extensive reporting capabilities to monitor the health of Backups. Shall support HTML, TEXT and CSV outputs. It shall support scheduled automated generation of
the report on a daily basis. And also shall be integrated with SMS
Compliant
10.6.2.12
10.6.2.13
10.6.2.14
10.6.2.15
10.6.2.16
10.6.2.17
10.6.2.18
10.6.2.19
10.6.2.20
10.6.2.21
10.6.2.22
10.6.2.23
Software shall support event notification to notify backup administrator about events like Job Failed or Job aborted etc
Backup software shall support LAN FREE backup in SAN environments.
Software shall support Scanning of Tape media to rebuild catalogs and indexes in case of disaster. It shall be supported thru Software GUI and not thru Command line utilities
Software shall offer centralized management console to remotely monitor backups
Software shall support Zero Impact Backup of SAN Storage SNAPSHOTS.
Software shall support Raw device backup of Windows/Linux/UNIX based system
Software shall support online backup of all the database & shall support both Online and RMAN to perform online backup
Database agents for all systems shall be provided and configured
The bidder shall provide all the software components and any new automated scripts required to achieve the backup solution
Backup software should be able to provide Data Protection for Desktop and Laptop environment and should integrate with the Centralized Data center Backup solution.
The Backup software should use the RDBMS to store the catalogue and configuration information.
The Backup software should have the capability to dynamically add the storage space for the RDBMS which stores the catalogue & configuration information.
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
10.6.2.24
The backup software should have capability to configure automated backups with customized frequency based scheduling based on the backup policy. In addition the software should also have
Compliant
capability for user-initiated backup
10.6.2.25
The Software should have a capability to define Polices centrally based on Business requirements. E.g. What Data to be backed up , where to store the Data , Retention period & Number of
versions
Compliant
10.6.2.26
10.6.2.27
The software should be flexible and configurable to adapt to organization’s backup policy.
The software should have capability to generate scripts and should also have support for Development kits / API for customization of scripts
Compliant
Compliant
10.6.2.28
The Software should have a capability to define Polices centrally based on Business requirements. E.g. What Data to be backed up , where to store the Data , Retention period & Number of
versions
Compliant
10.6.2.29
10.6.2.30
10.6.2.31
10.6.2.32
10.6.2.33
10.6.2.34
10.6.2.35
10.6.2.36
The software should be flexible and configurable to adapt to organization’s backup policy
The software should have capability to generate scripts and should also have support for Development kits / API for customization of scripts
The Polices defined centrally should be applied to Data & not restricted to tape media’s. This is to optimally reuse the tape media.
The Software should use the available media efficiently by writing the full and incremental data on to the same tape as long as the space is available on the tape media
The Backup Software shall provide LAN based data backup and should be able to collocate the data on to separate set of tapes as per the system or group of systems
The Backup Software shall provide web / Java based client interface, which can be accessed from any location
The Backup Software shall provide Operational reports for Enterprise Backup solution
The backup software should have application awareness for software like Databases and Messaging solution provided by the vendor.
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
PDD, J&K
366
30 December, 2009
10.6.2.37
10.6.2.38
The Backup Software shall provide restart-able restore in case of any failure during a Restore operation
The software should have capability to retrieve selectively based on search criteria
Compliant
Compliant
10.6.2.39
The software should have capability to backup the entire configuration of the server and restore it from scratch the entire system including configuration when in a scenario of hardware failure
Compliant
10.6.2.40
The backup software should also include full fledged Media Library Management, including complete and automated offsite tape management, creation of pickup and drop lists, tracking of
tapes, etc
Compliant
10.6.2.41
10.6.2.42
The software should support Encryption & should have provision to delegate Administrative task.
The software should support for ever incremental backup & there should not be a need to do a Full backup again.
Compliant
Compliant
10.6.2.43
The software should provide a provision to restore the full backup from multiple incremental backup of file systems. This process should also take care of deleted files during the process of
multiple incremental backup.
Compliant
10.6.2.44
The software should allow have the capability to restore the complete client data locally in case of Backup server not available
Compliant
10.6.2.45
The software must have the feature to backup on to the Diskpool and later migrate to the Tape without intervention. The Diskpool space should not be limited to a physical Disk drive capacity.
Compliant
10.6.3
10.6.3.1
10.6.4
CABLING FOR STORAGE & BACKUP SOLUTION
The responsibility to provide, lay, integrate, test, commission and certify for performance, the fiber link SAN cables and SAN cabling components with offered hardware for Storage & Backup
will be taken as an integral part of the solution.
Compliant
TAPE LIBRARY
10.6.4.1
The tape library offered shall be robotic controlled to identify media, load tape media into drives and put them back into corresponding shelves automatically and should be configured in a “No
Single Point of Failure” configuration like all other SAN infrastructure components
Compliant
10.6.4.2
The tape library shall be central library of tapes for all the servers offered in the system. The bidder to indicate no of media slots to be supplied and it’s scalability
Compliant
10.6.4.3
Bidder shall supply sufficient no blank new tape media. The library shall be configured with minimum 6 x LTO Gen4 drives and shall be scalable to 12 LTO Gen4 drives in the same frame
without stacking. The tape library shall support at least 100 drives and 5000 slots
Compliant
10.6.4.4
10.6.4.5
10.6.4.6
10.6.4.7
10.6.4.8
10.6.4.9
The media shall have a minimum uncompressed capacity of 400 GB and 800 GB compressed
The tape library shall have high performing robotics enabling to deliver minimum 180 exchanges per hour
The robotics should have the state of the art technology for accurate identification of bar-coded cartridges which is important for unattended and automated backup application
The library shall be able to do continuous automatic calibration and therefore shall not require downtime for periodic alignment
The library shall have automatic self configuring for cells, drives and Cartridge Access Ports
The tape library shall be configured with its management software to monitor the entire backup infrastructure – drives, library assets centrally from a single console
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
11.0
Number
11.1.1
11.1.1.1
11.1.1.2
11.1.1.3
11.1.1.4
11.1.1.5
11.1.1.6
11.1.1.7
PDD, J&K
Enterprise Management System including Network Management, Monitoring & Performance Analysis (EMS and NMS system)
Description
Enterprise Management System Solution Requirements
Enterprise Management System (EMS) is required to manage Servers, Desktops, Data Back-up, Database, event and compliance management . EMS would be deployed at server room and
perform centralized monitoring of servers and network, manage the desktops providing Enterprise Services as described below:
Real Time Health Management Services (For Servers)
Server and Operating System Monitoring.
Database Management Services.
Historical Performance Trending of Servers & Applications.
Software/ Patch Distribution Services to the Enterprise.
Inventory for Hardware and Software to be collected automatically (Servers & Desktops)
Event Correlation and Event Management Services.
367
Option
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
11.1.1.8
11.1.2
11.1.2.1
11.1.2.2
11.1.2.3
Server and Desktop Compliance
Monitoring Critical Servers and Operating System
The Monitoring system should use industry best practices to provide monitoring for essential system resources, detect bottlenecks and potential problems, and automatically recover from
critical situations.
The Monitoring tool should be able to help manage large, heterogeneous implementations by continuously monitoring essential systems resources, automatically detecting bottlenecks and
potential problems while proactively responding to events
It should provide the underlying technology to identify application problem signatures, which can help prevent failures before they occur. Problem signatures (Situations) are key metrics and
thresholds that, when combined, trigger an automated action that prevents system failure. The product should provide out-of-the-box ready to use monitors minimizing time-consuming
configuration and setup. It should be possible to easily adjust the settings to reflect their unique systems
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
11.1.2.4
It should be built on the highly scalable distributed architecture and provide efficient, centralized management of distributed and Web-based systems. It should also facilitate to proactively and
automatically detect, correct and alert problems before they affect
11.1.2.5
It should offer an easy, consistent way to monitor and manage key distributed resources through a centralized management interface. Monitoring parameters should be able set and updated for
an entire group and applied to distributed resources in a single action. Changes to hundreds of related remote systems should take place in minutes—helping provide consistency across
Compliant
targeted systems
11.1.2.6
It should provide decision-tree logic to apply several rules to verify system health and decide whether to trigger an event. By using built-in intelligence it should relieve the administrator from
having to perform mundane tasks and provide valuable infor
11.1.2.7
11.1.2.8
11.1.2.9
11.1.2.10
i
ii
iii
iv
v
vi
vii
viii
ix
x
xi
11.1.2.10
It should provide an easy to use Situation Editor to modify/create your own custom Situations without any programming knowledge
It should provide a Wed based health console to view both near real-time and historical data for the systems you are monitoring. It should enable to check the health rating and status of your
critical resources and resource models deployed in your environment. It should provide drill down to view specific problems affecting the system or can view historical data using Web browser
provided by the vendor
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
It should also provide selection of key indicators and graphing them by choosing a large variety of graph types, which allows the administrator to quickly identify trends and potential trouble
spots
Compliant
Drag N Drop Reporting - Should provide an Enterprise Portal/Dashboard as part of the product, which can be customized to have views for individual administrators. It should be possible to
create bar charts/tables/Pie charts/Online Plot charts etc using drag n drop options. Each administrator should be able to create his own custom portal view as part of the monitoring
environment
Compliant
It should be possible to present the Portal information in any of the following views below:
Table view
Pie chart view
Bar chart view
Plot chart view
Needle gauge view
Thermometer gauge view
Notepad view
Event console view, which shows the status of the situations associated with the system.
Take action view, which is used to send a command to the system.
Terminal view, which enables you to start a 3270 or 5250 work session.
Browser view, which permits you to open a browser to see HTML pages and Web sites
The Portal should also provide facility to create custom resource views, which can be mapped and provided to Admins. It should be easy to add country specific maps, custom network
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
11.1.2.11
Should provide an inbuilt Data warehouse for storing historic data, which can be used for generating capacity planning reports. The historical data collection function should permit you to
specify
• the attribute group or groups for which data is to be collected
• the interval at which data is to be collected
• the interval at which data is to be warehoused (if you choose to do so)
• the location (either at the agent or at the Management Server) at which the collected data is to be stored
Compliant
11.1.2.12
11.1.2.13
It should support all standard platforms for server monitoring of selected server platform and database provided by the solution provider.
Typical monitoring system for windows platform and Unix platform and Oracle and DB2 database is provided as sample. The vendor should indicate in the bid the details of monitoring tool
Compliant
Compliant
PDD, J&K
368
30 December, 2009
11.1.3
11.1.3.1
i
ii
iii
iv
v
vi
vii
viii
ix
x
xi
11.1.3.2
i
ii
iii
iv
v
vi
vii
viii
ix
x
xi
xii
xiii
xiv
xv
xvi
xvii
xviii
xix
xx
xxi
xxii
xxiii
xxiv
xxv
xxvi
xxvii
xxviii
xxix
xxi
xxii
11.1.4
PDD, J&K
Windows Monitoring
The tool should provide detailed information about many critical Windows areas, including:
User, system, wait and idle CPU
Enhanced event log monitoring
Virtual and physical memory statistics
Disk space and I/O statistics
Paging information and swap statistics
Network information
Multiple nodes and platforms from a single view
Historical data for trend analysis and capacity planning
It should be possible to use this data for alerts derived from situation analysis of Windows NT performance and availability metrics.
It should be possible to view/start/stop the Services running on all windows servers centrally.
It should be possible to show the Task Manager of all the Windows Server centrally and view the current running processes
It should provide performance statistics for the following Windows parameters:
o
System
o
Memory
o
Logical disk
o
Physical disk
o
Process
o
Objects
o
Processor
o
Paging file
o
Monitored logs
o
IP statistics
o
TCP statistics
o
UDP statistics
o
ICMP statistics
o
IIS server statistics
o
HTTP service
o
HTTP content index statistics
o
Active server page
o
FTP server statistics
o
Gopher service
o
Network interface
o
Network segment
o
Cache
o
RAS ports
o
RAS totals
o
Printers
o
Services
o
Devices
o
MSMQ information store
o
MSMQ queue
o
MSMQ service
o
MSMQ sessions
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Unix Monitoring
369
30 December, 2009
11.1.4.1
11.1.4.2
11.1.4.3
11.1.4.4
11.1.4.5
11.1.4.6
11.1.4.7
11.1.4.8
11.1.4.9
11.1.4.10
System identification and activity – Configuration of systems and checks their current activity levels. Attributes include system name, type and version
Compliant
CPU – Percentages of processor activity taking place on each monitored UNIX system; use this report to check for problems such as imbalances between user and system CPU, and long CPU
Compliant
waits caused by I/O bottlenecks. Attributes include system name, user and system CPU, idle CPU and wait I/O
System virtual memory – Includes swapping and paging activity to help determine if system performance problems are caused by memory shortages; attributes include total virtual memory,
processes in run queue, processes waiting, page faults and page reclaim
Load average – Overall picture of system activity; attributes include system name, up-time and load average
Disk use – Includes file system location and disk space usage to identify system performance problems caused by disk space shortages and poor distribution of space usage
Disk inodes – Monitors inode usage on each file system
Networks – Helps identify network interfaces, determine whether they are operational and see the amount of data traffic for each
Processes – Detailed data on each currently expanding process, including identification, priority, command and size data
File – File attributes, paths and time information
• UNIX disk performance – Helps you clearly see I/O efficiency, identify disk performance problems, get information about file system location, distribution and disk space storage, and monitor
inode usage on your file systems; attributes include transfer rate, busy percent and transferred bytes
11.1.4.12
NFS – Includes a client report that displays information about calls from your system to an NFS server and a server report that displays information about NFS calls to your system; attributes
include number of lookups and number of read link calls
RPC – Includes a client report that displays information about calls from your system to other nodes and a server report that displays information about RPC calls from other nodes to your
11.1.5
11.1.5.1
i
ii
iii
iv
v
vi
vii
viii
ix
x
11.1.5.2
i
ii
iii
iv
v
vi
vii
viii
ix
x
xi
11.1.5.3
i
ii
iii
iv
v
Linux Monitoring
Service Metrics
• Availability
• Memory Size
• Resident Memory Size
• Cpu System Time
• Cpu System Time per Minute
• Cpu User Time
• Cpu User Time per Minute
• Cpu Total Time
• Cpu Total Time per Minute
• Cpu Usage
MultiProcess Metrics
• Availability
• Number of Processes
• Memory Size
Resident Memory Size
• Cpu System Time
• Cpu User Time
• Cpu Total Time
• Cpu Usage
Process Metrics
• Availability
• Virtual Memory Size
• Resident Memory Size
• Cpu System Time
11.1.4.11
PDD, J&K
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
370
30 December, 2009
vi
vii
viii
ix
x
xi
xii
11.1.5.4
i
ii
iii
iv
v
vi
vii
viii
ix
x
xi
xii
xiii
11.1.5.5
i
ii
iii
iv
v
vi
vii
viii
ix
x
xi
xii
xiii
xiv
xv
xvi
xvii
xviii
xix
xx
xxi
xxii
xxiii
11.1.5.6
i
PDD, J&K
• Cpu User Time
• Cpu Total Time
• Cpu Usage
• Start Time
• Open F
CPU Metrics
• Availability
• User Cpu
• System Cpu
• Cpu Idle
• Cpu Usage
• User Cpu Time
• User Cpu Time per Minute
• System Cpu Time
• System Cpu Time per Minute
• Cpu Idle Time
• Cpu Idle Time per Minute
• Cpu Wait Time
• Cpu Wait Time per
NetworkServer Interface Metrics
· Availability
· Bits Received
· Bits Received per Second
· Bytes Received
· Bytes Received per Minute
· Packets Received
· Packets Received per Minute
· Bytes Transmitted
· Bytes Transmitted per Minute
· Bits Transmitted
· Bits Transmitted per Second
· Packets Transmitted
· Packets Transmitted per Minute
· Transmit Errors
· Transmit Errors per Minute
· Receive Errors
· Receive Errors per Minute
· Transmit Packets Dropped
· Transmit Packets Dropped per Minute
· Receive Packets Dropped
· Receive Packets Dropped per Minute
· Transmit Collisions
· Transmit Collisions per Minute
Script Metrics
· Availability
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
371
30 December, 2009
ii
iii
11.1.5.7
i
ii
iii
iv
v
vi
vii
viii
ix
x
xi
xii
xiii
xiv
xv
11.1.5.8
i
ii
iii
iv
v
vi
vii
viii
11.1.5.9
i
ii
iii
iv
v
vi
vii
viii
ix
x
xi
xii
xiii
xiv
xv
xvi
xvii
· Execution Time
· Result Value
FileServer Directory and Tree Metrics
· Last Modified Time
· Last Change Time
· Last Access Time
· Permissions
· Owner User Id
· Owner Group Id
· Availability
· Regular Files
· Subdirectories
· Symbolic Links
· Character Devices
· Block Devices
· Sockets
· Total
· Disk Usage
FileServer File Metrics
· Last Modified Time
· Last Change Time
· Last Access Time
· Permissions
· Owner User Id
· Owner Group Id
· Availability
Size
FileServer Mount Metrics
· Availability
· Use Percent
· Total Bytes Used
· Capacity
· Total Bytes Free
· Total Bytes Avail
· Disk Reads
· Disk Reads per Minute
· Disk Writes
· Disk Writes per Minute
· Disk Read Bytes
· Disk Read Bytes per Minute
· Disk Write Bytes
· Disk Write Bytes per Minute
· Disk Queue
· Free Files
· Total Files
11.1.6
11.1.6.1
Database Monitoring
The Monitoring tool should support monitoring of standard RDBMs like Oracle/MS-SQL/MY SQL/DB2/Informix/Sybase offered by the vendor.
PDD, J&K
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
372
Compliant
30 December, 2009
11.1.6.2
11.1.6.3
11.1.6.4
i
ii
iii
iv
v
vi
vii
viii
11.1.6.4
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
DB2 Server Connection
View information about the
• number of connections differentiated as local, remote, in execution
• agent information such as waiting on token, stolen, and idle
Compliant
ii
Server General Information
• server key events such as post threshold sorts, agents waiting on token, and agents stolen
• server connections (local, remote, in execution)
• sort/ hash join information
Compliant
iii
Database Identification
• number of connections
• high-water mark for agents and connections
• logging activity
Compliant
iv
Database I/O Activity
• buffer pool read and write activity
• buffer pool async/sync I/O activity
• direct I/O activity
Compliant
v
Database Lock Activity
• locks held, lock waits, lock wait time, lock escalations
• deadlocks and lock timeouts
• SQL activity
Compliant
vi
Database Package / Catalog Cache
Activity
View information about
• package and catalog cache hit ratio
• catalog cache overflows and heap full
• database-specific identification and status details
Compliant
vii
Database Sort / Hash Join Activity
View information about
• number of sorts and sort overflows
• number of hash joins and hash join overflows
• database-specific identification and status details
Compliant
i
PDD, J&K
The Database monitoring should seamlessly integrate with the same Dashboard/Portal and provide integration with the central event console
The tool should provide you the ability to easily collect and analyze specific information, including information on:
Should provide out-of-box details on the following parameters for Oracle Database
error messages, timestamps for messages, message details, and the text of a message
Oracle Alert Log
detailed usage of the dictionary, library, and redo log buffer caches
Oracle Cache Totals
details about locks and blocking and waiting sessions
Oracle Contention
databases, tablespaces, files, and segments which includes details on size, space usage, and extents
Oracle Databases
logging activity, rollback segments, extents, extends, shrinks, and wraps
Oracle Logging
The server instances, database and instance status, initialization parameters, CPU usage, parallel processing, and SQL tracing
Oracle Servers
performance statistics reported as timings and throughput values for such operations as reads, writes, and recursive calls
statistics reports as averages and percentages for such items as data caches hits, enque waits, disk sorts, and rollbacks
types and numbers of sessions, session status, session details, and SQL text
Oracle Sessions
usage and free space for the SGA and the library,dictionary, and data caches
Oracle System Global Area
Should provide out-of-box details on the following parameters for DB2 Database
373
30 December, 2009
viii
11.2
Database SQL Activity
View information relating to
• SQL statement counts
• number of rollbacks
• row counts
Compliant
Network Fault Management, Monitoring & Network Performance Analysis
The NMS package shall provide complete Management of Data center LAN and its integrated Modules configured in various switches offered for Core, Distribution and Access Layer.
Compliant
11.2.2
The bidder shall provide Network performance Monitoring & Management Tool for managing the Data Center LAN and WAN routed Traffic.\
Compliant
11.2.3
The offered Network Management Tool Shall provide to recognize common network problem, management of multi-vendor network with discovery, mapping and alarm tracking.
The NMS offered shall allow to configure & apply Template based access control lists, measure responsiveness of WAN connections to determine latency, jitter delays, and in identifying &
isolating traffic bottle-neck area/point on WAN router & switches.
Compliant
11.2.1
11.2.4
11.2.5
11.2.6
11.2.7
11.2.8
11.2.9
11.2.10
11.2.11
11.2.12
11.2.13
11.2.14
11.2.15
11.2.16
11.2.17
11.2.18
11.2.19
11.2.20
11.2.21
11.2.22
11.2.23
11.2.24
PDD, J&K
The NMS shall provide network analysis module for switch fabric/CPUs, monitor utilization of switch resources & in isolating the network problems, provide performance monitoring, trouble
shooting, capacity planning, and report generating of various statistics.
The Fault Management Module of the NMS shall be able to process all the Fault events in Memory (RAM) of the Hardware System
The Fault Management Module shall utilize an open standard memory resident database capable of processing in excess of 150 events per second, allowing visibility of all alarms. It should
support an interface to an external RDBMS also.
The NMS integrated alarm system should be able to extract alarm data in all specialized networks with no severe influence on the NMS performance.
The system should be able to access device/equipment in current networks of IP, ATM/FR, MPLS, and ADSL to collect alarm and fault data.
The management agents/probes should be able to collect events from SNMP and non-SNMP management data sources, API’s, databases, network devices, log files and other utilities
The system supports original alarm data collection in modes of SYSLOG, SNMP TRAPD probe
All alarm/event messages shall be automatically time and date-stamped by the Fault Management Module
All alarm related information (e.g. alarm receive-time start-time, clear-time, acknowledge-time etc) shall be logged
The Fault Management Module shall be able to display alarm and events specified by the following criteria:
o Alarm types
o Time interval
o Vendor
o Technology
o Customer
o Service
The system should support distributed architecture to install probes/collectors to collect the event information which would result in reducing the network traffic
To reduce the influence on the network, events should be pre-processed. The integrated alarm system should specifically analyze alarms in all specialized networks and perform the rule-based
intelligent analysis to the event information, and provide functions of alarm filtering and screening
The system should provide a high-performance engine to meet the requirement of the integrated alarm system, which can guarantee the normal running of the integrated system especially
when the event storm occurs in the network
The system should support the original redundancy fault information compression and centralized alarm information processing and be able to consolidate the repetitive alarm events. It should
also record their start and end time and repetitive times so that the manager can have a clear idea of the fault process
The system should provide the customized event automatic processing function to improve operation efficiency of the system.
The system should be able to automatically trigger operations of the external system for functions of alarm, notification and processing. It should also be able to define the automatic processing
rules to automatically trigger functions of alarm, notification and processing. For example, the system may trigger the visual and audible alarm system, send short messages or e-mails, trigger
automatic troubleshooting and alarm handling
The system should provide the automatic self-maintenance function and set the invalidity period for different events. Any event expiring the invalidity date will be regarded as the invalid event
and will be automatically backed up or deleted.
The system should be able to provide APIs so that various scripts and small tools can be developed and executed to enhance the OSS functions
A complete, practical and high-efficient fault association analysis system should be established to meet the network event correlation requirement
The system should perform automatic analysis to intra-network or cross-network faults through establishing an association model for NM targets; assist the network maintenance personnel to
correctly analyze and locate the reason for fault events in the shortest period; and establish the association between NE faults and customer & service faults
374
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
11.2.25
11.2.26
11.2.27
11.2.28
11.2.29
11.2.30
If network events occur, the system should be able to:
1) Implement the association between these events in real-time;
2) Obtain the related equipment asset information and the related operation personnel information;
3) Add these information into the a
The system should be able to provide views and tools to monitor the entire network operation in real time, so that failures can be detected or alarmed timely.
The Fault management module should help to prioritize responses to alerts, manage escalation procedures and automate response policies
The Fault management module should be able to provide event enrichment with information from external data sources, specifically the Configuration and Provisioning tools
The Fault management module should show operators in the NOC precisely which network users, customers or processes are affected by a fault
The Event Correlation Module shall have easy-to-use graphical rules builder to help build and adapt business rules and automations quickly and easily. Rules shall be created using a GUI,
which shall also provide a convenient environment for testing rules
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
11.2.31
The tool should provide a user view custom tool so that users can define and modify the monitoring interface view conveniently and a great deal of development workload can be prevented
Compliant
11.2.32
A graphical tool to query and define failure types shall be provided, so that users can define query conditions with much flexibility.
The network management solution shall enable the monitoring of the operation of the entire network and provide analysis to the efficiency of devices whose links will lead to bottleneck of the
network.
Automatic inspection to the network shall be implemented through network failure diagnosis tools. The tool should be able to provide cause analysis and solution suggestions for network
problems to help the network administrator for failure recovery
The tool should provide history statistics and reports of failure information. Monthly and yearly failure report by equipment types, event severities, event locations shall be provided for failure
analysis and statistics
The tool should provide for a report customizing tool to define new failure statistic reports with much flexibility and ease, and to modify the existing reports
The NMS shall provide strict login/logout authentication, operation/access control and operation logs to ensure the security of the system
Authenticating users through the username and password in logins, and restricting the query and operation of alarm events to the granted range
The system should be able to do auto discovery for layer 2 and layer 3 networks including the connectivity and the interfaces
The system should provide a visualization tool to view the network topology on a web based interface
The system should be able to perform topology based root cause analysis
The system should be able provide topology views in different ways including Network Hop View, Filtered Network View
The system should out of the box support network technologies : IP, HSRP, CDP, Ethernet, VLAN, MPLS IP VPNs, IP over ATM without requiring additional modules.
The system should provide functionality to integrate with Element management tools for troubleshooting MPLS network problems
It shall provide centralized quality of Service policy Manager. The Policy Manager shall provide automated QOS analysis reporting and provisioning for Traffic Monitoring for setting & validating
QOS on real time basis, defining QOS for application priority and Service classes
It shall be possible to enable QOS selectively on intelligently grouped LAN/WAN in a converged voice/data network.
The NMS offered shall provide central control and authorization for VPNs & Firewall and for dial-up access Servers. It shall be possible to deploy rules that shall be consistently applied to
firewalls modules/switches offered.
NMS Shall integrate events to automatically create trouble tickets in helpdesk system for better and in time problem resolution.
Compliant
11.2.33
11.2.34
11.2.35
11.2.36
11.2.37
11.2.38
11.2.39
11.2.40
11.2.41
11.2.42
11.2.43
11.2.44
11.2.45
11.2.46
11.2.47
11.2.48
11.2.49
11.2.50
11.2.51
11.2.52
11.2.53
11.2.54
11.2.55
11.2.56
11.2.57
11.2.58
11.2.59
PDD, J&K
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
The Network Performance Analysis should provide to capture, and analyze traffic at full rate. Testing at layer 2, 3, and 4 networks cover end-to-end, edge-to-core, and core-to-edge testing, test
Compliant
multiple technologies (LAN/WAN).
Network applications (management capabilities) the performance on each network port, Multi-Protocol Label Switching (MPLS),etc
Performance measurement testing on a per-port basis, addressing, the performance of each port, maximum throughput, average latency of the switch.
The Performance monitoring module must support a distributed polling and data gathering architecture in order to achieve optimal performance and scalability
The Performance monitoring module should be capable of supporting High Availability on data collection, storage and reporting.
The Performance monitoring module must support the ability to poll and pull data from element management systems and network elements utilizing a variety of methods including automated
scheduled polling
The Performance monitoring module should be capable of importing data into the single database. The single database should provide a single integrated performance management method to
monitor the complete network
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
The Performance Management component shall provide a web browser-based GUI to allow users to monitor network performance and generate performance reports
The Performance Management component shall allow users to view real-time and historical network statistics and trends.
The Performance Management component shall provide the ability for users to configure and generate customized reports.
The Performance Management component shall present all collected performance data in both tabular and graphical format.
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
375
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
11.2.60
11.2.61
11.2.62
11.2.63
11.2.64
11.2.65
11.2.66
11.2.67
11.2.68
11.2.69
11.2.70
11.2.71
11.2.72
11.2.73
11.2.74
11.2.75
12.0
Number
Rou.12.0
Rou12.0.1
Rou12.0.2
Rou12.0.3
Rou.12.1
Rou12.1.1
Rou12.1.2
Rou12.1.3
Rou12.1.4
Rou12.1.5
Rou12.1.6
Rou12.1.7
i
ii
iii
iv
Rou12.1.8
Rou12.1.9
Rou12.1.10
Rou12.1.11
Rou12.1.12
Rou12.1.13
Rou12.1.14
The Performance module should have the capability of exporting any report in CSV format
The Performance module should have the option of making reports available to users through email and FTP
The Performance Management module shall have the capability aggregate data per group of resources. (per site, per customer, per service)
The Performance Management component must be able to calculate capacity requirements and generate capacity reports.
The performance module should be capable of generating trend analysis reports.
The performance module should have the capability of generating baseline reports – This will allow the operator to compare current traffic volume to the average traffic volume for prior days.
The Performance Monitoring Module shall offer powerful and flexible calendar management. Reports can be generated based on standard and customized calendars of dates or operating
The performance management system must be able to provide a GUI to import, edit and browse the new MIB, to establish new rules, to generate performance reports for newly added devices
The performance management system must support lightweight and distributed data collection devices and the centralized report system, and should have one centralized database
The Performance Management component must support the ability to set thresholds on the collected performance statistics. When a threshold is crossed, the system must generate a
The performance module shall be able to send selective threshold crossing alert notifications to a fault monitoring module
The Performance Management component must have the capability to retain statistics for a specified timeframe defined by the administrator
The Performance management module should have the capability to store raw data for a period of 3 months and aggregated data for a period of 1 year.
Performance Management component must make historical data available for inclusion in performance displays and reports requested by users
The reports must provide global view on the network showing aggregated values per groups of network resources, resources in exception.
The user must have the capability to drill-down from the global overview to more detailed views by simple click.
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Routers
Description
System features
The Routers shall be compatible with Owners existing Wide Area Network. The Wide Area Links are planned for 2Mbps or higher Bandwidth capacity on leased circuits from ISPs (BSNL,
MTNL etc.)
Equipped with Redundant Power Supply Unit (RPSU)
Routers shall be configurable and manageable through local console port, http interface, NMS software and as well through Telnet
Features of Central Router For MPLS/ VPN Network
Support for Layer 3 MPLS VPN connection.It shall support PPP /Frame Relay transport over MPLS.
In-built monitoring and diagnostics to detect failure of hardware
LED/LCD indication for monitoring Operational status of each module
Configuration Changes without Rebooting
High MTBF & low MTTR
Rack Mountable on to 19"Racks
Chasis should have the following specification:
Shall be provided with configurable slots for interface Modules. All the modules in the Router shall be Hot Swappable Module
Provided with Redundant Power Supply Unit. Single Power supply should support fully loaded Chassis
Provided with high speed Redundant CPU with distributed /Shared Memory architecture
Dual Flash support. It shall be possible to upgrade the FLASH to enhance the router software functionality
128 MB DRAM, 16 MB FLASH Memory
RS 232 I/F Console Port
LAN Port: 8 Port of 10/100/1000BaseT and 8 Port 1000Base X ports
32 Serial ports with synchronous speed up to 2Mbps and with interface support for V.35, V.24 Ports (to be interfaced to leased circuits or SCPC / MCPC available on Multiplexer).
I/f Cable: for all the WAN ports Connector Cable for connecting to SCPC / MCPC’s/leased E1- V.35 Port (DB25 Connector) shall be prepared as per Pin Details to be given by owner
Sufficient free slots to accommodate additional 16 (min.) Serial Ports
TCP/IP, IPversion6 support, NAT Support as per 1631
Option
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Rou12.1.15
Routing Protocols: RIPv2, OSPFv2 (RFC1583 & RFC 1793), OSPF on demand, BGP, BGP4 with CIDR implementation as per RFC 1771. The implement should be compliant as per RFC1745
Compliant
that describes BGP4/IDRP IP OSPF interaction. It shall provide Policy routing to enable changes to normal routing based on characteristics of Network traffic. ISIS protocol support
Rou12.1.16
Bridging & Tunneling Transparent, Spanning Tree Algorithm, Auto Learning Protocols: L2TP, PPTP capability
PDD, J&K
376
Compliant
30 December, 2009
Rou12.1.17
Rou12.1.18
i
ii
iii
iv
v
vi
vii
viii
Rou12.1.19
i
ii
Rou12.1.20
i
WAN Protocols: Frame Relay (LMI & Annex.D & ITU Annex A), PPP (RFC1661), Multi-link PPP (RFC1717), HDLC/LAPB, Frame Relay support shall include Multi-protocol encapsulation over
Compliant
Frame relay based on RFC1490, RFC 1293 for Inverse Arp/IP, DE bit support
Should have following features for Network management:
SNMP, SNMPv2 support with MIB-II. and SNMP v3 with and Security authentication. Implementation control configuration on the Router to ensure SNMP access only to SNMP Manager or theCompliant
Asynch. Serial Port. RMON 1 & 2 support using service modules for Events, Alarms, History.
Compliant
Shall support multilevel access.
Compliant
Shall be Manageable from any Open NMS platform.
Compliant
Shall support for telnet,ftp,tftp and web enabled Management.
Compliant
Should have debugging facility through console.
Compliant
Authentication support shall be provided via RADIUS (Remote Authentication Dial-IN User Service), AAA support, PAP/CHAP, 3DES/IPsec encryption with hardware based encryption services Compliant
IP Fire Services via Firewall Module. IDS Services via Service Modules
Compliant
It should have the following Optimization features:
Data Compression for both header and payload to be supported for X.25, Frame Relay and Leased/Dial-up WAN Links. Dial restoral on lease link failure Dial on demand or congestion, Load
Compliant
Balancing.
Support for S/W downloads and quick boot from onboard Flash. Online software re-configuration to implement changes without rebooting. Should support Network Time Protocol for easy and
Compliant
fast synchronization of all Routers
It should have the following QoS Support features:
Compliant
RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol as per RFC 2205), IGMP (Inter Group Management Protocol Version 2 as per RFC 2236, Multicast Routing support DVMRP, MOSPF, MBGP, etc. Policy
Compliant
routing ( It shall be possible to affect the normal routing process for specific mission critical traffic through specified alternate routes in the network.
ii
A class based scheduling, Priority Queuing mechanism that shall provide configurable minimum Bandwidth allocation to each class and IP Precedence.
Compliant
iii
Congestion Avoidance – Random Early Detection (RED). Support for Differentiated Services as per RFCs 2474, 2475, 2598 & 2597
Compliant
Rou12.1.21
Rou12.1.22
Rou12.2.0
Rou12.2.1
Rou12.2.2
Rou12.2.3
Rou12.2.4
i
ii
iii
iv
Rou12.2.5
720 Gbps Backplane
Switching Performance: 30MPPS upgradeable to 400Mpps
Requirements for Router at each Utility Office
Flash: Default 8MB and maximum 72MB
SDRAM: Default 64MB and maximum 320MB
Console Port: RS 232 I/F
LAN port requirements as per SRS Document
Two fixed 10/100M high speed Ethernet ports
Two fixed high-speed synchronous ports
One Port ISDN BRI-S/T interface
One AUX
Network Protocol: TCP/IP and support for IPversion6 . Shall provide IP address Management via NAT Support as per RFC 1631
Compliant
Compliant
Rou12.2.6
Routing Protocols: RIPv2, OSPFv2 (RFC1583 & RFC 1793), OSPF on demand, BGP, BGP4 with CIDR implementation as per RFC 1771. The implement should be compliant as per RFC1745
Compliant
that describes BGP4/IDRP IP OSPF interaction. It shall provide Policy routing to enable changes to normal routing based on characteristics of Network traffic. ISIS protocol support.
Rou12.2.7
Rou12.2.8
Rou12.2.9
PDD, J&K
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Bridging & Tunneling Protocols: Transparent, Spanning Tree Algorithm, Auto Learning L2TP, PPTP capability
WAN Protocols: Frame Relay(LMI & Annex.D & ITU Annex A), PPP (RFC1661), Multi-link PPP (RFC1717), HDLC/LAPB, Frame Relay support shall include Multi-protocol encapsulation over
Frame relay based on RFC1490, RFC 1293 for Inverse Arp/IP, DE bit support
Should have following features for Network management:
Compliant
Compliant
i
SNMP, SNMPv2 support with MIB-II. and SNMP v3 with and Security authentication. Implementation control configuration on the Router to ensure SNMP access only to SNMP Manager or the
Compliant
NMS work Station.
ii
iii
iv
v
vi
Asynch. Serial Port. RMON 1 & 2 support using service modules for Events, Alarms, History.
Shall support multilevel access.
Shall be Manageable from any Open NMS platform.
Shall support for telnet,ftp,tftp and web enabled Management
Should have debugging facility through console.
377
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
vii
viii
Rou12.2.10
i
ii
Rou12.2.11
i
ii
iii
Rou2.12
Rou2.13
Rou12.3.0
Rou3.1
Rou3.2
Rou3.3
Rou3.4
Rou3.5
Rou3.6
Rou3.7
Rou3.8
Rou3.9
Rou3.10
Rou3.11
Rou3.12
Rou3.13
Rou3.14
Rou3.15
Rou3.16
Rou3.17
Rou3.18
Rou3.19
Rou3.20
Rou3.21
Rou3.22
13.0
Number
IP_PBX.1.0
IP_PBX1.1
IP_PBX1.2
IP_PBX1.3
IP_PBX1.4
IP_PBX1.5
PDD, J&K
Authentication support shall be provided via RADIUS (Remote Authentication Dial-IN User Service), AAA support, PAP/CHAP, 3DES/IPsec encryption with hardware based encryption services
IP Fire Services via Firewall Module. IDS Services via Service Modules
It should have the follwing optimization feature:
Data Compression for both header and payload to be supported for X.25, Frame Relay and Leased/Dial-up WAN Links. Dial restoral on lease link failure Dial on demand or congestion, Load
Balancing.
Support for S/W downloads and quick boot from onboard Flash. Online software re-configuration to implement changes without rebooting. Should support Network Time Protocol for easy and
fast synchronization of all Routers
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
It should have following features for QoS
RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol as per RFC 2205), IGMP (InterGroup Management Protocol Version 2 as per RFC 2236, Multicast Routing support DVMRP, MOSPF, MBGP etc. Policy
Compliant
routing ( It shall be possible to affect the normal routing process for specific mission critical traffic through specified alternate routes in the network.
A class based scheduling, Priority Queuing mechanism that shall provide configurable minimum Bandwidth allocation to each class and IP Precedence.
Congestion Avoidance – Random Early Detection (RED). Support for Differentiated Services as per RFCs 2474, 2475, 2598 & 2597.
32 Gbps Backplane
Switching Performance: 100 Kpps upgradeable to 400 Kpps
Requirements for Router at Internet Gateway
Integrated Firewall and IDS similar to that for Core switch
Support for Layer 3 MPLS VPN connection
In-Built monitoring and diagnostics
LED/LCD indication for monitoring Operational status of each module
Configuration Changes without Rebooting
High MTBF & low MTTR
Rack Mountable on to 19"Racks
Chasis as per SRS Document
128 MB DRAM, 16 MB FLASH Memory
RS 232 I/F Console Port
LAN Port: 8 Port of 10/100/1000BaseT and 8 Port 1000Base X ports
I/f Cable
Sufficient free slots to accommodate additional 16 (min.) Serial Ports
TCP/IP, IPversion6 support, NAT Support as per 1631
Routing Protocol support as per the SRS Document
s
WAN Protocol support as per the SRS Document
Network Management Capabilities as in the SRS Document
Optimization Features as in the SRS Document
QoS Support as per SRS Document
720 Gbps Backplane
Switching Performance: 30MPPS upgradeable to 400Mpps
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
IP PBX and IP PHONES
Description
IP PBX Specifications
Centralized Call Processing and management model
Single Call Server should be able to support up to 6000 IP phones.
Should support at least 750 concurrent sessions.
Provide support for integrated telephony solution for Analog & IP Phones, E1, PRI gateways over IP architecture.
Provides reports for calls based on records, calls on a user basis, calls through gateways etc.
378
Option
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
IP_PBX1.6
IP_PBX1.7
IP_PBX1.8
IP_PBX1.9
IP_PBX1.10
IP_PBX1.11
IP_PBX1.12
IP_PBX1.13
IP_PBX1.14
IP_PBX1.15
IP_PBX1.16
IP_PBX1.17
IP_PBX1.18
IP_PBX1.19
IP_PBX1.20
IP_PBX1.21
IP_PBX1.22
IP_PBX1.23
i
ii
iii
iv
v
vi
vii
viii
ix
x
xi
xii
xiii
xiv
xv
xvi
xvii
IP_PBX1.24
i
ii
iii
iv
v
vi
vii
viii
ix
x
xi
xii
xiii
xiv
PDD, J&K
Able to add bulk add, delete, and update operations for devices and users.
Alternate Automatic Routing & Auto route selection.
Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) Trunk support.
Coder-decoder (codec) support for automated bandwidth selection: G.711 mu-law, a-law, G.723.1
Shall utilize LAN QoS features for providing end to end QoS 802.1p and IP Tos/DSCP QoS features
Support for call processing and call-control.
Support for configuration database (contains system and device configuration information, including dial plan)
Call Admission Control—inter-cluster and intra-cluster
Digit analysis and call treatment (digit string insertion, deletion, stripping, dial access codes, digit string translation)
Support Distributed call processing
Configurable operation modes: non-secure or secure Privacy: Call Server supports encryption of signalling and media.
Intracluster feature transparency.
Intracluster management transparency.
Support for Survival of Telephony services at remote sites by routers (capability to keep Telephony services available even when IP EAPBX is not available due to WAN or any other failure).
Digit analysis and call treatment (digit string insertion, deletion, stripping, dial access codes, digit string translation)
Deployment of devices and applications across an IP network
Support Distributed call processing
IP PBX should have the following administrative features:
Having inbuilt administration software
Call detail records
CDR Analysis and Reporting Tools
Centralized, replicated configuration database, distributed Web based management
Configurable Call Forward Display
Database automated change notification
Date and time display
Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) Version 3 directory interface to successful bidder’s LDAP directories
Active Directory
Directory Server
Debug information to common syslog file
Device-downloadable feature upgrades—Phones, hardware transcoder resource, hardware conference bridge resource, VoIP gateway resource
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) block IP assignment— Phones and gateways
Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
Dialled Number Analyzer (DNA)
Dialled number translation table
(inbound and outbound translation)
Dialled number identification service
IP PBX should have the following user's feature:
Abbreviated Dial
Answer and answer release
Call back busy, no reply to station
Call forward—all (off net and on net)
Call forward—busy
Call forward—no answer
Call hold and retrieve
Call status per line (state, duration, number)
Calling Line Identification
Calling Line Identification Restriction call by call
Calling party name identification
Conference Barge
Conference List and Drop any party
Direct inward dial (DID)
379
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
xv
xvi
xvii
xviii
xix
xx
xxi
xxii
xxiii
xxiv
IP_PBX2.0
IP_PBX2.1
IP_PBX2.2
IP_PBX2.3
IP_PBX2.4
IP_PBX2.5
IP_PBX2.6
IP_PBX2.7
IP_PBX2.8
IP_PBX2.9
14.0
Number
AVS.14.1
AVS14.1.1
AVS14.1.2
AVS14.1.3
AVS14.1.4
AVS14.1.5
AVS14.1.6
AVS14.1.7
AVS14.1.8
AVS14.1.9
AVS14.1.10
AVS14.1.11
AVS14.1.12
AVS14.1.13
AVS14.1.14
AVS14.1.15
AVS14.1.16
AVS14.1.17
AVS14.1.18
AVS14.1.19
AVS14.1.20
AVS14.1.21
AVS14.1.22
AVS14.1.23
PDD, J&K
Direct outward dial (DOD)
Directory dial from phone—corporate, personal
Directories—missed, placed, received calls list stored on selected IP phones
Distinctive rings
Drop last conference party (ad-hoc conferences)
Extension mobility support
Hands-free, speakerphone
Immediate Divert to voicemail
Last number redial
Malicious Call ID and Trace
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
IP Phone
10/100BASE-T Ethernet connection through an RJ-45 interface for LAN connectivity
Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) tagging
Support for G.711µ, G.711a and G.729a/b audio compression codecs.
Software upgrade supported using a Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server
Voice activity detection, silence suppression, comfort-noise generation, and error concealment.
H.323 / SIP Support.
Inline Power (7.5W), 802.1af POE (15.4W) and Power Adapter Options for power.
Inline power and optional AC to DC power adapter.
Pixel-based display.
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Anti Virus Solution
Description
Technical Specifications for Antivirus at desktops & servers
The antivirus solution should provide enhanced antivirus protection for desktops & servers.
Should have a Centralized Management Console
Should be a Single, Configurable Installation with centralized configuration & policy management.
Should have a Common Distribution Mechanism via combination of push & pull Technology for better BW management
Should have logical group based on IP addresses (Subnets). Should support integration with Active directory for directory structure of computers for better management
Should be support Multi-Platform OS Support
Should support Policy Enforcement
Should have Common, Extensible Scanning Engine
Should have Configurable Scanning. Should have the ability to control the amount of CPU resources dedicated to a scan process
Should have Unknown Virus Detection & Repair. Should have behavioral & Heuristic scanning to protect from unknown viruses. Should have buffer overflow protection integrated with AV scan
Should have Compressed File Detection and Repair
Should have Research Centers for proper updates as well as technologies to support the outbreak
Should have 24*7 Global Technical Support
Should ensure security policy enforcement by integrating and centralizing installation, deployment, management & updating
Should conserve n/w b/w by updating virus definitions with incremental updates. Should support daily update for definition files. Size of daily update should be optimal and in the range of 10Should be able to support the Platforms of desktops and servers of the utility
Anti-Virus Software must have the capability to detect and clean Virus
Should be able to detect new classes of viruses by normal virus definition update mechanisms
Should provide common definitions for all operating systems supported & across all product ranges.
Should be able to update definitions & scan engine on the fly, without a need for reboot or stopping of services on servers.
Should be able to add files, folders or extensions to an exclude list so that they are not scanned on access.
Should enable automatic submissions of unknown/suspected virus samples to vendor and automatic response/delivery of the cure.
Should allow for incremental virus definition and scan engine updates.
380
Option
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
AVS14.1.24
AVS14.1.25
AVS14.1.26
AVS14.1.27
AVS14.1.28
AVS14.1.29
AVS14.1.30
AVS14.1.31
AVS14.1.32
AVS14.1.33
AVS14.1.34
AVS14.1.35
AVS14.1.36
AVS14.1.37
AVS14.1.38
AVS14.1.39
AVS14.1.40
AVS14.1.41
AVS14.1.42
AVS14.1.43
AVS14.1.44
AVS14.1.45
AVS14.1.46
AVS14.1.47
AVS14.1.48
AVS14.1.49
AVS14.2.0
AVS14.2.1
AVS14.2.2
AVS14.2.3
AVS14.2.4
AVS14.2.5
AVS14.2.6
AVS14.2.7
AVS14.2.8
AVS14.2.9
AVS14.2.10
AVS14.2.11
AVS14.2.12
AVS14.2.13
AVS14.2.14
AVS14.2.15
AVS14.2.16
AVS14.2.17
PDD, J&K
It should recognize a missed event on a machine, which was switched off, and restart the same when machine is turned on.
The anti-virus software should be able to automatically detect and update definitions and scan engine form the nearest Distributed repository in the network.
Should be able to set and monitor client server configuration remotely.
Should be able to lock down all anti-virus configurations at the desktop.
Should be able to optionally make the client user interface invisible for transparent protection.
User should be prevented from being able to uninstall the anti-virus software.
Must be able to distribute new and update anti-virus software, virus definitions and configuration files automatically to clients and servers from a central location (Clients need not login to the
Should be able to view all servers and clients from one console.
Should be able to initiate virus sweeps remotely (central command to scan all machines in case of an outbreak Should support folder/directory/share lockdown centrally to contain virus
Should be able to perform manual or scheduled virus scans on individual computers remotely.
Must provide centralized event logging to locate and cure virus problems.
Alerts on virus activity should be passed on to administrator
OS INSTALLER SUPPORT- should be incorporated for a standards-based installation. Should support installation of software package in both format OS Installer & EXE file
Should enables administrators to identify which machine has generated a threat that is spreading by an open file share (for example, Nimda or CodeRed).
Should enable administrators to easily move clients (who have changed departments, for example) from one physical parent server to another simply by dragging and dropping through the
Should store event data generated while a client is disconnected from the corporate network and forwards it when the client reconnects.
Should enables administrators to launch an immediate LiveUpdate session on single or multiple clients during an outbreak.
Should enable administrators to select the events that clients forward to their parent servers and those secondary servers forward to primary servers.
Should extends virus, worm, and Trojan horse detection capabilities to include certain non-virus threats, such as Sypware, Trackware, Adware, Dialers, Joke Programs, Remote Access, and
Should scan the body text and attachments of incoming e-mail messages that are delivered through POP3 / IMAP mail clients
Auto Protect should be loaded on system startup, and then unloaded on system shutdown to help protect against viruses, such as Fun Love.
Should scan in-memory processes on disk for threats. If a threat is detected, the running process can be terminated
Should have enhanced protection from Spyware and Adware, including: Real-time protection to reduce the risk of Spyware reaching the system.
Should automatic remove Spyware and Adware for easy disposal of security risks.
Should have Side-effect repair to clean up registry entries, files, and browser settings after hard-to-find Spyware infection.
Should have enhanced tamper protection that guards against unauthorized access and attacks, protecting users from viruses that attempt to disable security measures.
ANTIVIRUS PROTECTION FOR GATEWAY FOR SMTP
Should use a multi-layered anti-spam approach to combine various blacklisting and white listing techniques, as well as heuristic detection to stop spam at the earliest point of network entry
providing maximum detection with minimal false positives.
Should dynamically analyze and tag spam messages by appending custom text, e.g. “SPAM”, to the subject line. Should provide a high degree of reliability in detecting spam messages,
especially compared to traditional content filtering techniques.
Should enable administrators to use other DNS-based blacklist services (DNSBL), other than just MAPS (Mail-Abuse Prevention Systems, LLC). Should enable administrators to use Services
like Reputation Service, SenderID, RBLs, SPF, DKIM other than just MAPS
Should enable administrators to exclude known and trusted domains from real-time blacklists and heuristic scanning.
Should allow administrators to manually block e-mail from specified user addresses, as well as entire domains.
Should block e-mail messages based on subject line, attachment name, and maximum message size, specific keywords with regular expressions.
Should prevent external sites from bouncing or relaying messages through your customers’ mail servers.
Should detect non-standard MIME messages that contain malicious content.
Should use any and multiple DNSBL-based blacklist services to stop spam based on source.
Should customize domain/address block lists to prevent delivery of e-mail messages from specific senders or domains.
Real Time Status Monitoring- Should be able to view all email performance metrics with the click of a button, providing the number of messages processed, the number of messages in queue,
the number of spam mails detected, blocked, Viruses detected and blo
Should have mechanism to detect and block different threats like polymorphic viruses, Blended Viruses
Should include an inbuilt SMTP server so that it can transparently reside behind firewalls or SMTP gateway
Should support Global as well as user defined blacklists.
Should have support for user specific custom whitelists and blacklists.
Should support spam based filtering rules.
Should support multiple levels of spam score thresholds. And Administrators can define specific handling rules based on these different spam scores
381
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
AVS14.2.18
AVS14.2.19
AVS14.2.20
Should have an X-bulk header (an optional header that is generally not shown to the end-user) can be inserted into suspected spam messages, and serves as a description for an action taken
on an email.
Detect non-standard MIME messages that contain malicious content.
Should protect against new virus classes that traditional virus definitions alone cannot address. The engine updates should be automatically applied as administrators download new virus
definitions—without stopping or restarting scanning services.
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
AVS14.2.21
Should have central server management for virus and Spam mails. The central server should have web-based GUI for administrators to access these quarantine mails for further inspection
Compliant
AVS14.2.22
Should support comprehensive activity logging.
Keeps track of virus activity on customer networks by logging:
- System actions (logins, logoffs, virus définition updates)
- Message actions (accepted, rejected, bounced, delivered, delivery failures, completed)
- Virus actions (repaired, deleted, quarantined)
Compliant
AVS14.2.23
AVS14.2.24
AVS14.2.25
AVS14.2.26
AVS14.2.27
AVS14.2.28
AVS14.2.29
AVS14.2.30
AVS14.2.31
AVS14.2.32
AVS14.2.33
Should support a dedicated quarantine manager to handle a large number of mail environments, while the scanning engine is dedicatedly scanning the malicious mail traffic
Central Quarantine manager should support multiple mail gateways. Should provide web based GUI to the end user for their own quarantine mails management
Operating System of the appliance should be hardened to protect itself from any unnecessary services or traffic. Solution should also support scanning of HTTP & FTP traffic
Solution should work in different mode – like Explicit proxy, Transparent bridge to have flexible deployment options for customers. Solution should support Bayesian filtering of mails
Solution should support lexicons for compliancy like – Data Privacy, HIPAA
Solution should support Policy based mail routing
Solution should support TLS encryption for secure communication
Solution should support mail traffic coming from different VLANs based Vlan ID
Solution should support client tool for submission of spam mails directly from Mail/messaging solution. Solution should support spam learning through user mail submission
Solution should support multi level of actions on quarantine mails
Solution should support spam scanning on PoP3 protocol as well
AVS14.3.0
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR GATEWAY ANTIVIRUS FOR HTTP & FTP
Should have combined Antivirus and Content Filtering Technologies at the Gateway high performance, one-time scanning of all incoming and outgoing HTTP and FTP traffic.Should provide
high performance and one time scanning of http & ftp traffic for virus and content filtering
AVS14.3.1
AVS14.3.2
AVS14.3.3
AVS14.3.4
AVS14.3.5
AVS14.3.6
AVS14.3.7
AVS14.3.8
AVS14.3.9
AVS14.3.10
AVS14.3.11
AVS14.3.12
AVS14.3.13
AVS14.3.14
AVS14.3.15
PDD, J&K
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Should let you export URL Filtering’s extensive, web-based reports to a comma-separated (CSV) file for easy import into programs like Crystal Reports or Excel for creating flexible graphical
reports.
Should resides behind firewalls, so it is transparent to users and should not impact network performance
Should filter Internet content, using extensive, pre-defined category lists (such as crime, sex, gambling, and intolerance) to get you up-and-running quickly
Should go beyond simple list-based filtering to provide multilingual, real-time filtering technology that reviews Web documents on the fly, without performance degradation. Should examine
Internet content based on the threat in terms of viruses, Trojans, spam, & should block those web sites
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Should control Internet access by time of day and day of week, allowing users to access work-related sites during business hours and providing open Internet access during lunch or after hours Compliant
Should Offer a flexible policy management interface to make setting guidelines for users, groups of users, or system-wide users intuitive and easy. For example, you can specify: Allow lists,
Compliant
which focus users’ Internet access on specific sites (e.g., shipping)
Should support user authentication based on Windows NTLM, Kerberos and LDAP. Should also support transparent authentication for Windows domain users
Compliant
Should monitor users’ Web access through feature-rich reporting—increasing your awareness of all Web activity within your organization and helping to deter non-work-related surfing. Should
Compliant
also allow you to export data into a CSV file format for viewing.
Should provide rich reporting on the user activity for web and URL filtering. Should have reports for Top URL blocked, Top Users, Executive Summary reports etc
Should allow organizations that choose not to restrict employees’ Internet access to monitor and report on all Internet traffic unobtrusively—still keeping them informed of their organizations
Web activities and deterring inappropriate or unproductive Web surfing
Should use Access Scheduling to control Internet access by time of day and day of week, helping to: 1) Curb high-bandwidth Internet usage during peak hours of demand—freeing limited
resources for those that need it most. 2) Ensure your IT investment is used wisely. 3) Caches frequently requested documents, reducing network traffic
Should offer an HTML-based interface that lets you configure and manage URL Filtering from any Web browser, from any location—making administration a snap
Should be an appliance based solution with hardened OS thus making it easier to manage & fit into any infrastructure
Should enable administrator to manage multiple appliances from single Management console for policy, configurations and reporting. Should be managed from same console used for mail
382
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
AVS14.3.16
AVS14.3.17
AVS14.4.0
AVS14.4.1
AVS14.4.2
AVS14.4.3
AVS14.4.4
AVS14.4.5
AVS14.4.6
AVS14.4.7
AVS14.4.8
AVS14.4.9
AVS14.4.10
AVS14.4.11
AVS14.4.12
AVS14.4.13
AVS14.4.14
AVS14.4.15
AVS14.4.16
AVS14.4.17
AVS14.4.18
AVS14.4.19
AVS14.4.20
Solution should support blocking of specific files getting downloaded from web sites
Compliant
Should integrate with multiple LDAP servers to create policies based on User groups
Compliant
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - ANTIVIRUS PROTECTION FOR MICROSOFT EXCHANGE
Should support Windows 2000 Server/Advanced Server/Datacenter (Service Pack 3), Windows 2003 Standard/Enterprise/Datacenter, Microsoft Exchange 2000 (Service Pack 3) and Microsoft
Compliant
Exchange 2003
Should provide a comprehensive solution consisting of multi-level anti-spam, rules-based content filtering and antivirus.
Should be able to control spam more effectively by having multiple score assignment to every spam message with heuristics anti-spam detection
Should allow messages to be handled appropriately based on the heuristics-assigned spam score with multiple spam disposition options.
Should incorporate intelligent, rules-based content filtering to prevent unwanted content from entering and confidential information from leaving the network.
Should minimize false positives by creating a trusted sender Whitelist.
Should bypass heuristic anti-spam & RBL (Real-time Blacklist) for certain recipients with recipient Whitelist.
Should eliminate the entire message automatically with Mass Mailer Cleanup, not just attachments generated by mass mailer worms.
Should update automatically with new virus definitions from internet to keep your protection up-to-date.
Should protect against new viruses without requiring re-installation of software, helping to reduce the cost of ownership.
Should automatically filter out emails with inappropriate attachment names, extensions, or content, reducing traffic on your Microsoft Exchange servers
Should have an alternate to automatically update all of the Microsoft Exchange Servers from an internal virus definition server that will pick up updates from internet.
Should provide immediate protection for new mailboxes and public folders.
User/Group Based Rules - User/Group based rules should provide the ability to assign rules to only apply to a certain group of users or create global rules with exceptions. Users and groups
can be taken from active directory or they can be entered using full email addresses or wild cards
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Attachment Content Scanning – Should scan for content contained within most file types including Microsoft Office documents, Adobe Acrobat, text, RTF, and database files.
True-file Typing for Multimedia and Executables – Should block/Quarantine multimedia and/or executable files based on true file type (regardless of file extension). One of the following
dispositions should be applicable: delete attachment, delete message, quarantine file, or log only
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Simplified Content Rule Interface – The interface for creating content filtering rules should ease the process of creating custom rules. Match lists should be added and edited within the content
filtering pages. Rules should include content to match on and exceptions within the interface to better display the intent of a rule
Compliant
Generate Reports across Multiple Servers— Should kick-off reports on each individual server from a central location and then browse to individual servers to view the report
Compliant
Should be able to view a summary of activity and information for all Microsoft Exchange servers that are managed within a group, including consolidated spam and anti-virus data, from the
Compliant
home page.
Expanded Protection against Security Risks— Should have the ability to detect expanded threats such as joke ware, Spyware, Adware and other non-viral risks. Separate dispositions should be
Compliant
applicable to detected security risks including delete file, delete message, quarantine and log-only
AVS14.4.21
Auto-generated Summary Reports— Should create a summary report of all activity on a single Microsoft Exchange server, and automatically generate the report at a given date and time.
Compliant
AVS14.4.22
AVS14.4.23
AVS14.4.24
AVS14.5.0
AVS14.5.1
AVS14.5.2
AVS14.5.3
AVS14.5.4
AVS14.5.5
AVS14.5.6
AVS14.5.7
AVS14.5.8
Auto-generated Email Report– Once a report is generated; it should be automatically delivered to specified recipients.
Graphical Reports– Reports should be generated that include charts and graphs to provide a clear picture of virus, filtering, and spam activity within an organization.
Should have different log database for detection event and product. Should provide multiple scanning options like – proactive scanning, Background scanning, Transport level scanning. Should
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - ANTIVIRUS PROTECTION FOR LOTUS NOTES
Should provide a comprehensive solution consisting of multi-level anti-spam, rules-based content filtering and antivirus.
Should be able to control spam more effectively by having multiple score assignment to every spam message with heuristics anti-spam detection.
Should allow administrators to have different action options for different levels of spam mails
Should incorporate intelligent, rules-based content filtering to prevent unwanted content from entering and confidential information from leaving the network.
Should include a lexicon List feature that lets you create saved lists of words for use in the Content Filtering Rules that you create.
Should let you create expressions of pattern-matching logic to find specific and broad categories of subject matter in email and other Lotus Notes documents.
Should filter content for words that are specific to your company or industry. Should use match list for content violation.
Should let administrator copy Content Filtering Match Lists to server groups
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
AVS14.5.9
Should let administrator edit any Content Filtering Rule expression. Should also include or exclude Content Filtering Rules from scheduled scans and on-demand (Scan Now) scans, as well as
Compliant
email and database writes.
AVS14.5.10
AVS14.5.11
Should Allow you to create virtual groups of servers so you can set multiple policies for different groups of servers.
Should let administrator easily replicate configuration files, log files, and virus definitions across all your Domino servers from a central location, easing administrative burden.
PDD, J&K
383
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
AVS14.5.12
AVS14.5.13
AVS14.5.14
AVS14.5.15
AVS14.5.16
AVS14.5.17
AVS14.5.18
AVS14.5.19
AVS14.5.20
AVS14.5.21
AVS14.5.22
AVS14.5.23
AVS14.5.24
AVS14.5.25
AVS14.5.26
AVS14.5.27
AVS14.5.28
AVS14.5.29
AVS14.5.30
AVS14.5.31
AVS14.5.32
AVS14.5.33
AVS14.5.34
AVS14.5.35
AVS14.5.36
AVS14.5.37
AVS14.5.38
AVS14.5.39
AVS14.5.40
AVS14.5.41
AVS14.5.42
AVS14.5.43
AVS14.5.44
AVS14.5.45
15.0
Central management console should enable to control all the domino servers making it easier to choose which servers to include in a scheduled scan.
Should be easy-to-use and configure because all operations, such as alerting, event logging, database scanning, and configuration, are done in native Domino format.
Should support remote management via web or GUI client.
Should notify virus attacks through the inherent, real-time Domino alerting mechanisms.
Should collects alerts and provides a comprehensive activity log and statistics.
Should provide ability to immediately start a scheduled scan or virus definition update session.
Should have options for specifying one or multiple virus definition update servers in a Server Group.
Should allow enabling or disabling of Content Filtering during a scheduled scan or on demand scanning.
Should let administrator schedule virus definition update to retrieve virus definition updates automatically.
Should let administrator have an option to create an internal virus definition server retrieves virus definition updates from internet at predetermined times or regular intervals and downloads
Should allow to download the virus definition files from central management server instead of going to internet directly
Should allow you to download the new definitions quickly and easily to your Domino servers from within the corporate firewall
Should provide options when it discovers a virus-infected attachment: Rather than hold the entire email, it should back up and holds only the infected attachment, allowing the email text to pass
Should scan the body of messages and not just the attachment for malicious code.
Should eliminate redundant scanning by stamping each scanned document, then rescanning only those documents that are new or have changed.
Should allow you to set scan configurations from remote computers. Should choose real-time, on-demand, or scheduled scanning. Should be able to repair or delete infected files
Should scans and repair viruses within compressed files.
Should allow you to schedule scans:
Should scan and cleanse email attachments in real-time as they enter the Lotus Domino server, rather than sending them to a separate server.
Should allow scheduled scanning at off-peak hours
Should support automatic multi-threading that process multiple requests and scans simultaneously, to maximize scan speed and available bandwidth. Optimizes performance automatically,
Should offer a wide range of reports (as per the SRS Document) through central management console
Should be able to export data to Microsoft Excel, Crystal Reports, or other third-party reporting tools.
Should allow you to add customized disclaimers, such as company policies or confidentiality statements, to any email message.
Should update the antivirus scanning and repair engine to protect against new virus classes that traditional virus definitions alone cannot address
The engine updates should be automatically applied as new virus definitions are downloaded without stopping real-time scanning or re-starting servers. The scan engine should also enable
Should use heuristic technology, which detects virus-like behavior, to identify and repair unknown viruses.
Should scan all incoming and outgoing SMTP, POP3, , Lotus Notes® Mail, and Lotus cc:Mail® traffic on Notes/Domino servers.
Should scan and repair embedded OLE objects.
User/Group Based Rules - User/Group based rules should provide the ability to assign rules to only apply to a certain group of users or create global rules with exceptions. Users and groups
Simplified Content Rule Interface – The interface for creating content filtering rules should ease the process of creating custom rules. Match lists should be added and edited within the content
Auto-generated Summary Reports— Should create a summary report of all activity on a single Microsoft Exchange server, and automatically generate the report at a given date and time.
Auto-generated Email Report– Once a report is generated; it should be automatically delivered to specified recipients.
Should scan documents during the replication process to protect against the spread of viruses to other Domino servers.
Hardware for AMR based data logging system
Number
Description
AMR.1.0
AMR1.1
AMR1.2
AMR1.3
AMR1.4
AMR1.5
AMR1.6
AMR1.7
AMR1.8
AMR1.9
DATA CONVERTOR UNIT at Each Sub-station
RS 485 to RS 232 data Converter unit
Shall be a fast Asynchronous bi-directional RS485 <=> RS232 intelligent interface converter for 2-wire (Single twisted wire pair) , half-duplex operations, with an automatic TX enable circuit,
Interface: Master port- RS-232; Slave ports- RS-485
Distance : RS 485 upto 4000 ft. (1250 Mtrs)
Operation : 2-wire, half duplex Rs 485
Format :
Asynchronous data with any combination of bits, parity, stop
Data Rate: Upto 115.2 KBPS
Indicators : LED's, one Red LED as TD indicator for each ports and one Green
Protection : Transient Voltage Suppressors, auto-reset communications fuses
PDD, J&K
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Option
384
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
AMR1.10
AMR1.11
AMR1.12
AMR1.13
AMR1.14
AMR2.0
AMR2.1
AMR2.2
AMR2.3
AMR2.4
AMR2.5
AMR2.6
AMR2.7
AMR2.8
Surge Protection : Response time less than 5 nanoseconds.
Power: 220 Volts, 50 Hz , 4 Watt or less + external load
Mounting : Stand alone or Wall
Environment : -10° to 55° C, 5% to 95% RH non condensing
Should be scalable and flexible enough to accommodate the expansion.
Modems for AMR System
Interface capability with RS232 cable
Should be capable of operating on Three phase supply drawn from the Meter input itself. Auxiliary Power supply will not be acceptable.
The operating voltage range for the modem should be 90 V ac P-P to 440 V ac P-P, so that the modem can be used on both HT & LT Trivector Meters. How ever the modem should also be
The Modem should be capable to transfer the entire data of Trivector Meter in less than 10 Minutes after connection is made assuming there is no line disturbance.
The Modem should be supplied with power cable, antenna with co-axial cable of suitable length, RS 232 connecting cable, mounting adopter etc. and should be complete in all respects.
Sealing: The modem should cover and body should have arrangement for sealing. In addition to this, the SIM card holder cover should also have arrangement for sealing.
The Modem should have flexible external antenna to enable placement of the antenna at the location of strongest signal inside the Metering Cubicle.
Outage Notification: In the event of an outage, the modem should be able to initiate separate call or send SMS to predefined number to notify the outage event with data and time of occurrence
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
AMR2.9
In the event of an outage, the modem should be able to initiate separate call or send SMS to predefined number to notify the outage event with data and time of occurrence and restoration.
Compliant
AMR2.10
AMR2.11
AMR2.12
AMR2.13
AMR2.14
AMR2.15
AMR2.16
i
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
ii
Mechanical Specifications :- Modem should be a compact model housed in a polycarbonate / engineering plastic / Metallic enclosure. The modem should comply with IP55 degree of protection Compliant
iii
Environmental Specifications :- The Modem shall meet the following environmental specifications : Storage Temperature : -20 degrees to +70 degree Celsius
Operating Temperature: -10 degrees to +60 degree Celsius
Humidity:- 95% RH ( Non - Condensing)
Compliant
iv
Communication Capabilities: Modem should be Dual Band modem capable of operating at 900 and 1800 MHz GSM transmission.
Modem should support both Data and SMS transmission. It should have both GSM and GPRS/EDGE features.
Compliant
v
Interface :Modem should have an RS232 Interface through a 9 pin or 15 pin D type Connector for connection to Meter.
The SIM interface should be a 3 V Interface in accordance with GSM 11.12 phase 2 with an retractable SIM cardholder, which should be fully inserted inside the modem. The holder opening Compliant
should have a sliding cover with provision for sealing after placing of the SIM card. The modem shall accept the standard SIM Card.
Modem should have a SMA Antenna connector
vi
Power :Maximum Power Output should be 2 W at 900 MHz (Class 4) and 1W at 1800 MHz (Class 1).
The RF functionalities should comply with the GSM phase II/II+ compliant, EGSM 900/GSM 1800 recommendation.
VA Burden of the Modem should not exceed 3.5 VA during data communication
vii
PDD, J&K
The Modem should act a completely transparent channel i.e. the Commands received from Sub Division Data acquisition server should be conveyed to meter and data from meter should
be conveyed to Sub division data acquisition server without any change
Data collection from meter should take place only after connection is established between Data acquisition server and Meter. Data should not reside in the modem before the time of
transmission to Sub division server, to avoid chances of tampering of data
The Modem should be capable of operating with SIMs of local GSM/CDMA Service provider in the area.
Data enabled SIM card will be provided by the utility and monthly SIM charges will be borne by the utility.
Modem should be capable for continuous working for 24 hours every day under field conditions, even when enclosed in Metering Cubicles at Consumer sites.
Software shall have facility for Auto-Scheduler to enable automatic / Unattended data collection during night hours.
GSM /GPRS/EDGE Modems and SIM cards Specifications as per the below requirements:
GSM Modem shall be suitable for long duration data transmission and shall be protected from external interference of systems working at different bands.
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Sensitivity :-
GSM 900 : <-100 dBm
GSM 1800 : <-100 dBm
Compliant
Compliant
385
30 December, 2009
viii
ix
Compliant
Compliant
x
GPRS Data transmission features :GPRS Class B Multi slot class 12 or class B Multi slot class 10
Packet channel support : PBCCH
Coding Schemes: CS1 to CS4 compliant with SMG32 (Release97)
Compliant
xi
EDGE Data transmission features :EDGE (EGPRS) Multi slot class 12 or Multi slot class 10
Mobile station Class B
Modulating and coding schemes : MCS 1 to 9
Packet channel support : PBCCH
Compliant
xii
SMS Features: Text and PDU
Point to point (MT/MO)
Cell broadcast
Compliant
xiii
Operational Indicator :- The Modem should have separate LED indications for transmit data, received data, carrier detects and Power ON, etc. to indicate Power on position and to indicate the
Compliant
availability of signal at the place of installation
AMR2.17
PDD, J&K
Data Features: Modem should use standard AT Command set (GSM 07.05, GSM07.07) for settings of the modem.
TCP/IP stack access via AT commands
Internet Services : TCP, UDP, HTTP, FTP, SMTP, POP3
Max Baud Rate: for GSM Operation - 9600 bits/sec
CSD Data transmission features :Data circuit asynchronous, and non transparent upto 14.4 Kb/s
V.110
USSD Support
CDMA Modems and SIM cards Specifications as per the below requirements:
i
Communication Capabilities
ii
Power Supply
iii
Mechanical Specifications
iv
Environmental Specifications
v
Interface
vi
vii
viii
Packet Data Features
Circuit Switched Data
Data features
ix
Operating Frequencies
x
RF Power
xi
Maximum TX Power:
Modem should be Dual Band modem capable of operating at 800 and 1900 MHz CDMA transmission. Modem should support both Data and SMS
transmission.
Compliant
Input Power (90V~310V A.C.) with 6KV Surge tested AC Power supply
Modem should be a compact model housed in a polycarbonate / engineering plastic / Metallic enclosure. The modem should comply with IP55 degree of
protection.
Modem shall be suitable for long duration data transmission and shall be EMI/EMC tested for protection from external interferences.
The Modem shall meet the following environmental specifications : Ø
Storage Temperature : -20 degrees to +70 degree Celsius
Ø
Operating Temperature: -10 degrees to +60 degree Celsius
Ø
Humidity:- 95% RH ( Non - Condensing)
§
RS-232 Serial supporting remote control by AT Commands
§
SMA Antenna connector,
§
RUIM SIM Card Holder
CDMA2000 1xRTT, up to 153.6K bps forward & reverse channels
IS-95A, IS-95B up to 14.4K bps
Data circuit Asynchronous and non transparent up to 14.4 kbps auto baud rate
§
TX:824-849 MHz,RX:869-894 MHz for 800 MHz CDMA
§
TX:1850-1910 MHz,RX:1930-1990 MHz for 1900 MHz CDMA
§
600mW (EIRP Nom.) for 800 MHz CDMA
§
400mW (EIRP Nom.) for 1900 MHz CDMA
+23.0dBm Min.
386
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
xii
xiii
Receiver Sensitivity
Frequency Stability
xiv
SMS features
xv
xvi
xvii
LED Indications
SIM Connector
Antenna
16.0
>-104dBm
< ± 2.5 PPM
§
Supports Text and PDU mode
§
Point to Point &
§
Cell Broadcast
Visual LED display for Power, Rx/Tx and Network
Standard 3V SIM receptacle
Flexible Antenna options
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Harware for Customer Care related Equipment
Number
Description
CCr.1.0
CCr1.1
CCr1.2
CCr1.3
CCr1.4
CCr1.5
CCr1.6
CCr1.7
CCr1.8
CCr2.0
CCr2.1
CCr2.2
CCr2.3
CCr2.4
CCr2.5
CCr2.6
Hardware Requirements
Call Center should consist of CTI server, IVRS server and CRM server (Single server with multiple partition or discrete Server)
Interface the Call Center to PSTN through the standard signaling schemes or through IP Telephony
The Call Center shall support the number of agent positions of minimum of 4 to an ultimate capacity of agent positions to be designed and provided based on the traffic projections.
It shall support Voice Interface between the Call Center and local/remote agents for both incoming and outgoing calls.
The system shall support Voice Mail Customers up to 1000.
The call centre shall provide a graphical console application program for the Supervisor's workstation PC.
The CSR or agent terminal must be equipped with a work station PC, Hand set, Head set, soft telephone and IP Telephones for basic telephone handling functions. Agents shall be able to
Other Harware Requirements depending on the expected traffic and as described in the SRS Document
Electromagnetic Compatibility Requirement and standards
Conducted and radiated emissions: - To comply with Class A of CISPR 22 {2000} "Limits and methods of measurement of radio disturbance characteristics of Information Technology
Electrostatic discharge :- To comply with IEC 61000-4-2 "Testing and measurement techniques of Electrostatic discharge immunity test" under following test levels : Contact discharge level 2
Fast transients common mode burst:- To comply with IEC 61000-4-4 "Testing and measurement techniques of electrical fast transients/ burst immunity test" under level 2 {1 kV for DC power
Immunity:- IEC 61000-4-3 "Radiated RF electromagnetic field immunity test" under Test level 2 {Test field strength of 3 V/m}.
Surges Common and differential mode:- To comply with IEC 61000-4-5 "Test & Measurement techniques for Surge immunity tests" under test levels of 0.5 kV for differential mode and 1 kV for
Radio frequency common mode :- To comply with IEC 61000-4-6 "Immunity to conduct disturbances, induced by radio frequency fields" under the test level 2 {3 V r.m.s.}; current Clamp
17.0
Option
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Spot Billing System
Number
SBS.1.0
Description
Basic Functions
SBS1.1
The handheld Equipment (HHE) shall have the capability to collect and store meter readings at any time of the meter reading route and should be capable of issue of bill with PP attached to the
Compliant
HHE
SBS1.2
The unit shall be able to obtain all type of readings (kWh, kVAH, kVARh and max demand KW/ KVA) on any particular route without requiring :
Reprogramming of the HHE.
Physical change of software contained within the unit while in the field.
Access through special software menus contained within a given route/program.
SBS2.0
SBS2.1
SBS2.1.1
SBS2.1.2
SBS2.1.3
SBS2.1.4
SBS2.1.5
SBS2.1.6
SBS2.1.7
PDD, J&K
Option
Compliant
Standards
HHE and PP shall conform to the relevant standards for satisfactory functioning of the system without any problem in the field. The vendor required to specify clearly which of following standard
CBIP Technical Report no. 111 – Specification for common Meter reading Instrument.
IEC – 529 – Degree of Protection provided by enclosures
IS : 12063 : 1987 – Classification of Degree of Protection provided by enclosures of electrical items
IS 9000: 1979 – Basic environmental testing procedure for electronic & electronic items.
IEC – 1000 – Electromagnetic compatibility
IEC – 1000-4-2 : 1995 – Electrostatic discharge immunity test
IEC – 1000–4-3 : 195 – Radiated, radio – frequency electromagnetic field immunity test, Magnetic immunity test
387
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
SBS2.1.8
SBS3.0
SBS3.1
SBS3.2
SBS3.3
SBS3.4
SBS3.5
SBS4.0
SBS4.1
SBS5.0
SBS5.1
SBS6.0
SBS6.1
SBS6.2
SBS6.3
SBS6.4
SBS6.5
SBS7.0
SBS7.1
SBS7.2
SBS7.3
SBS8.0
SBS8.1
SBS8.2
SBS8.3
SBS8.4
SBS8.5
SBS9.0
SBS9.1
SBS9.2
SBS10.0
SBS10.1
SBS10.2
SBS10.3
SBS10.4
SBS10.5
SBS11.0
SBS11.1
SBS11.2
PDD, J&K
CISPAR 22 – Limits and method of measurement of radio disturbance characteristics of information technology equipment.
Climatic Conditions
The HHE shall be suitable for continuous satisfactory operation under climatic conditions listed below.
i) Maximum Ambient Air Temperature in shade : 55oC
ii) Minimum Ambient Air Temperature : -10oC
iii) Maximum Relative Humidity : 95% (condensing)
iv) Minimum Relative Humidity : 10%
v) Height above mean sea level : Upto 1000 meters
v) Average number of tropical monsoon : 5 months
The device shall be water resistant, capable of unlimited exposure to spray or splash (such as rain).
The device must be protected against a static discharge without loss of data
The unit must be resistant to various chemical products and must be sealed to keep out dust, humidity and water
The device must be shock resistant
Quality Assurance
The HHE and PP shall be made out of high quality materials to ensure high reliability and longer life. It should be very compact and reliable in design to make it immune to any type of vibrations
and shocks in normal field activity
Processor and PC Compatibility
The HHE must be PC compatible and run latest MS-DOS Version or Linux or windows or higher. The Facility to upgrade the BIOS/ OS shall be available without exposing the hardware of the
HHE. The additional program necessary to transfer application programs
17.6 Casing
The unit must be able to withstand a minimum three-foot drop to concrete.
The HHE shall be ergonomically designed to be comfortable for handheld meter reading.
HHE should be handy, lightweight and small in size for ease of portability.
HHE shall be provided with a suitable holding Strap for proper gripping.
Ruggedness : HHE shall withstand harsh field environment without physical damage or loss of data.
Display
The HHE screen must be able to display legible characters with backlit facility
The display must have no degradation when exposed to storage temperatures of 0°C to +70°C, and operating temperature of 0°C to + 50°C.
Automatic contrast temperature compensation is preferable.
Keyboard
The keyboard must have large keys with adequate separation.
The keyboard must provide tactile feedback and be fully alphanumeric.
There must be an audible beep indicating key has been fully depressed, there must also be an auto-repeat function on keys and a rapid response between keying and seeing results on the
The keyboard must be fully PC compatible and programmable.
Each English alphabet and numbers shall have a separate key.
Input / Output ports (I/O Ports)
The HHE shall have a minimum one RS-232 Serial Port conforming to standard PC to communicate for Uploading and Downloading of meter data to / from the Billing system . This port must
be compatible for connecting peripherals such as bar code reader, printer, battery charger, loader charger etc. The HHE with an infrared port for communication will be preferred
A Real Time Clock (RTC) shall be provided in the HHE, with the a minimum of 10 years battery back up
Battery
The battery capacity must be sufficient for at least 8 hours of meter reading
The HHE must come with a power management system designed to conserve power
The HHE must come with an integrated intelligent fast charge capability that allows for full charge in 5 hours
To reduce the equipment down time and inventories, there shall be provision to charge the HHE battery without being removed from the equipment. A suitable battery charger for charging of
The HHE should have low-battery detection and automatic cutoff feature to avoid further drain of the battery
Memory
The total RAM memory at least 8 MB or higher and be able to store approximately 1,000 readings
Flash ROM memory (if required) of at least 512 KB or higher (BIOS, DOS, COMMUNICATION and SETUP)
388
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
SBS12.0
SBS12.1
SBS13.0
SBS13.1
SBS13.2
SBS13.3
SBS13.4
SBS14.0
Carrying Method
A hand strap must be provided with each unit and must provide ease of use for right or left handed use
Charging / Communications Cradles
The communications/charging cradle will be housed in a suitable material that can be wall or table top mounted
It will have the capability of recharging the HHE unit and also provide the communication port connection to the computer
The cradle will be capable of communicating with the host computer at minimum 19,200 bps
HHE should have printer port to attach portable printer. Hand held hardware and OS should support various type and make of Impact printers and Thermal paper printers
Specification of printers
SBS14.1
Printer should be powered only during printing and should be software controlled by HHE. Printer offered should be portable, handy, and rugged Impact printers. Indicative requirement of
printers is as follows :24Col. Alphanumeric
High speed (2.7lines/sec)
18.0
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Work Station
Number
Description
WSt.1.0
WSt.1.1
Architecture
WSt.1.2
Processor
WSt1.3
Memory
WSt1.4
Board
WSt1.5
FDD
WSt1.6
HDD
WSt1.7
Graphics subsystem
WSt1.8
Monitor (Asset Controlled )
Option
i) Type
ii) Orientation
iii) Bus type / architecture
i) CPU CHIP
ii) Processor internal clock speed
iii) Planer clock speed / FSB
iv) L2 Cache
i) Memory (RAM)
ii) Memory (RAM) max expandability
iii) RAM speed
iv) RAM slots total
v) RAM type
vi) Packaging
Mother Board
Revision Level
Capacity
i) Size & Make
ii) Hard disk controller
iii) HDD Exp Option
i) Type
ii) Video RAM
iii) Resolution
iv) Graphics bus interface
Monitor
Desktop PC
Vertical Tower Type or Ultra Small /Small Form Factor Desktop Type With Mechanical Locking
PCI
Dual Core Processor or higher
2 GHz or higher
1066 MHz or higher
4 MB or higher
4 GB (2 nos. of 2 GB DIMMs)
8 GB or more
800 MHz or higher
4 or more (in Dual Channel; 2DIMMS /channel or more)
Non ECC DDR2
DIMM
OEM Mother Board with OEM logo embossed on the Mother board
Management agent should show the revision level
NOT REQUIRED- DELETED
160 GB @ 7200RPM or better, Sync Transfer Rate 3 GBPS
Integrated SERIAL ATA II
Option to add 2nd Serial ATA HDD-Required
built-in on the chipset
Shared
1024x768 or better
Integrated Graphics Media accelerator
15" TFT, Min. Resolution 1024 x 768
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
WSt1.9
Keyboard
Type
PS/2 or USB Std Keyboard
Compliant
WSt1.10
Pointing device
Mouse
2 button OPTICAL scroll Mouse, OEM
Compliant
i) Speed
ii) Make
i) Parallel ports
48X or higher
SATA Implemented OEM make or equivalent ( any other make offered to be specified)
1 (EPP/ECP bidirectional)
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
WSt1.11
PDD, J&K
CD Drive
389
30 December, 2009
WSt1.12
Ports and Interfaces
WSt1.13
Expansion options
WSt1.14
Manageability & Standards
WSt1.15
Security features
WSt1.16
Audio
WSt1.17
WSt1.18
OS
ii) Serial Port
iii) Serial ATA Interface
iv) Parallel ATA IDE Interface with UDMA
33
v) USB Ver 2.0
vi) Mouse
vii) Keyboard
vii) Graphic Media Accelerator Display
ix) Audio stereo input
x) Audio stereo output
xi) Microphone
i) Slots
a) PCI Slots Conventional
b) PCI Express xl Slot
c) PCI Express xl6 Slot
ii) 3.5 inch bays -accessible
iii) 3.5 inch bays - not accessible
iv) 5.25 inch bays -accessible
i) WLP 2.0
ii) Plug & Play
iii) Power management features ACPI 1.0
iv) EPA Energy Star compliant
i) Boot sequence control
ii) Diskette boot inhibit
iii) Power on/ Boot password
iv) Configuration Password
iv) Setup password
i)ADDA
ii) Sampling Rate
iii) Synthesizer
iv) Internal Speakers
a)Type
b) Support type
c) Connector
a) MS WINDOWS,
b) Linux with x- window or
c) Mac OS
S/W Patches
WSt1.19
WSt1.20
PDD, J&K
Warranty
CERTIFICATION
a) Windows Certified
b) LINUX ready Certified
c) Mac OS certified
1
4
Compliant
Compliant
1
Compliant
At least 8 out of which 2 on front
1
1
1
1
1
1
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
2 Free Slots Minimum
1 Free Slot Minimum
1 Free Slot Minimum
1 or more
1 or more
2 or more
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Optional
Yes
Integrated 4 channel High Definition audio
5 KHz to 44 KHz or better
4 channel or better
To be provided - 1.5 W Minimum
Integrated Gigabit N/W Connection Ethernet
Wake on LAN support
RJ45
Latest version preloaded
a)Recovery CDs containing all required drivers and patches
b)OS CDs/DVDs with License declaration and
c) Documentation on media for Lic.
Ensure that all software (OS & applications) supplied is licensed and includes supply of all patches,
updates, and bug-fixes during the warranty and extended support period if any.
Minimum 3 Years Comprehensive OEM on-site
warranty (NEXT Business DAY resolution) for all
Compliance Required ( In case supplied with Window OS)
Compliance Required,
Compliance Required ( In case supplied with Mac OS)
390
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
WSt1.21
WSt1.22
WSt1.23
WSt1.24
Manageability Features * (All related
Client Licenses as applicable to be
provided)
a) Tools for asset Tracking including serial
number tracking of system, manufacturer
name & model, board, CPU, memory,
Required, Compliance to be demonstrated
monitor, HDD with details of NIC, OS Etc to
be provided by OEM
Compliant
Physical Security
b) OEM health monitoring/ diagnostic tools Required, Compliance to be demonstrated
c) Monitoring & Pre failure alerts for the
Required, Compliance to be demonstrated
Hard Disk
Hood Sensor
Required. Compliance to be demonstrated
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Additional Information to be provided
by bidder
Power Supply
BIOS Type
To be indicated by bidder
Compliant
Power Supply Wattage
To be indicated by bidder (But not less than 300W)
Compliant
Printers
19.0
Number
Pri.1.0
Pri1.1
Pri1.2
PDD, J&K
Description
Status
Dot Matrix Printer requirements should be met as defined below:
350 CPS or higher
A) Speed
24 Pin, Letter Quality
B) No. of Pins
132 or higher
C) Columns
Both Serial and Centronics Parallel with printer cable
D) Interfaces
E) Make& Model
Dust Cover & requisite drivers
F) Misc.
Slip printer at collection Center requirements should meet specification as defined in below
3.1 Lines/Sec
Print Speed
3.15” – 7.17”
Paper Width
7 X 9, 5 X 9
Character Size
54mm
Print Width
9 Pin Print Head
Resolution
Print Columns
RS232C,Bidirectional Parallel
Interface
Star , ESC / POSTM (TM295)
Emulation
Top of form, bottom of form
Paper Sensors
9 million lines MCBF
Reliability
Original +2
Multiple copies
PS60L
Power Supply
Requisite drivers for supplied OS
Drivers
Network Laser Jet (B/W) Printer requirements should meet specification as defined below:
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
42 Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
A) Type
Dry Type Laser Electro Photocopy
Compliant
B) Resolution Colour
C) Speed (color)
D) Memory
E) Processor
F) Paper Size
G) Type of Media
H) Paper Handling
I) Std Paper Trays Input
1200 x 1200 (2400 dpi type or higher) , Image Resolution Enhancement technology
32 PPM or higher for A4 in normal mode, first page out 10 seconds
128 MB or Higher, expandable to 256 MB
400 MHz or better
A4 and Legal including Envelops & letter
Bond Paper, Transparency Sheets, Envelopes, Labels, Cards
250 Sheets or More Paper handling capacity on out put ,Multi-purpose Tray
TWO (total paper Input 500 Sheets or more)
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
391
30 December, 2009
Pri1.3
J) Fonts
K) Printing Languages
L) Interface
M) Duplex printing Capability.
N) Duty Cycle
O) Connectivity
P) N/W Print Mgmt S/W
Q) Make & Model
R)Power Requirement
Minimum 45 Scalable Fonts
PCL 6, PCl 5, postscript 3 emulation
Centronics Parallel with Printer Cable USB with cable
Yes
80,000 Pages per month or higher
IEEE 1284 ECP Compliant, B Size Bidirectional parallel port, One USB 1.1 port & Fast Ethernet 10/100 Internal Print Server in EIO Slot
Needed
To be given by the bidder
To be given by the Bidder
Wattage
Suggested UPS capacity (VA) & type (online or offline )
Vendor to provide drivers for supporting all the required OS
S) OS Support
Guaranteed per Laser Cartridge
Guaranteed output to be indicated by bidder
output with 5% Coverage on Letter
Size Paper in Normal Mode
To be indicated for the model offered
Cost of Cartridges
19.4 A4 size Inkjet/ Bubble jet printer should meet the requirement as specified in the requirement below:
Pri1.4
PDD, J&K
Compliant
Compliant
a) Size of Paper
A4, Legal. Letter and Labels
Compliant
b) Print Speed
Black Text: Draft Mode: 23 ppm, Normal Mode : 6 ppm
Color: Draft Mode: 17 ppm, Normal Mode : 5 ppm
4800x 1200 DPI (optimised)
5000 Pages/Month
PCL 3 or higher
Parallel with cable or USB with Cable
Yes- Auto
YES
Yes
Make & Model to be given by bidder
3 Yr including Print head wherever applicable
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Guaranteed
output
to
be indicated by bidder
Compliant
Guaranteed
output
to
be indicated by bidder
Compliant
c) Resolution
d) Duty Cycle
e) Print Language
f) Interface
g) Duplex Printing Option Reqd
h) Ability to operate with One Ink
Cartridge Empty
i) Replaceability of Print Heads
j) Make
k) Warranty
1) Print Copies with 5% coverage in
normal mode Per cartridge-Black
m) Print Copies with 5% coverage in
normal mode Per cartridge-Colour
Pri1.5
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
A3 size inkjet color Printer should meet the following requirement as specified below:
Upto A3 Size
a) Size of Paper
Black Text: Draft Mode: 12ppm, Normal Mode : 6 ppm
b) Print Speed for A4 Size
Color: Draft Mode:10 ppm, Normal Mode:4 ppm
600 x 600 dpi (Black), 4800dpi optimized (Color)
c) Resolution
8 MB RAM
d) Memory
4000 pages per month
e) Duty Cycle
PCL 3 or higher
f) Print Language
Parallel with Cable/ USB with Cable
g) Interface
Dust Cover
h) Misc.
Make & Model to be given by bidder
i) Make
j) Print Copies with 5% coverage in
normal
cartridge
Black in
k)
Print mode
CopiesPer
with
5% coverage
normal mode Per cartridge Colour
Line Printer should meet the following requirement as specified below:
392
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
Print speed
Workload
Throughput (ECMA 132) Character
pitch
Pri1.6
Line pitch
Graphics resolution
Graphics languages
Fonts
Barcodes
Paper handling
Paper size
Paper weight
Multi-part stationery
Ribbons Emulations
Interfaces
Noise level (ISO 7779)
Up to 500 lines per minute (@ 10, 15 & 17.4 cpi)
200,000 pages per month
Constant density: 5, 10, 12, 13.3, 15, 17.1cpi
Enhanced density: 5, 6, 6.67, 7.5, 8.33, 8.57, 10, 12, 13.3, 15,
16.67, 17.14, & 20cpi
1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 & 10lpi
Up to 240 x 288dpi
QMS code V, Printronix Graphics Language (PGL), Tally IG or equivalent
Draft, data processing, gothic, courier, OCR-A, OCR-B, range
Code 39, 2/5 Matrix, 2/5 interleaved, EAN 8, EAN 13, EAN128, UPC-A, PDF417 2 dimensional, KIX, UK Post Office, with read/right algorithm
2 tractors 25 inch per second slew rate (max) Paper motion detection, paper out detection
100-466mm
Length: 1 to 255 lines
65 to 365gsm
Up to 6 part forms Maximum forms thickness 0.025 inches
‘Clean hands’ mono, 40 million chars, 60 and 250 million chars ‘enterprise ribbon’ MT660/MT690, Epson FX+, IBM ProPrinterXL, Genicom ANSI,
LG01, contextual Arabic or equivalent
Standard: IEEE 1284 compliant parallel, serial with 38.4K baud transfer
Optional: fourplex: twinax and coax (+IPDS), LANPlex ethernet
(+IPDS)
52dBA
20.0
IDMS AND KIOSKS
Number
IdKi.1.0
Description
Touch Screen Kiosks Hardware Requirements
i) Type
Architecture
ii) Orientation
iii) Bus type/ architecture
i) CPU CHIP
ii) Processor internal clock speed
Processor
iii) Planar clock speed / FSB
iv) Math co-processor
vi) L2 Cache
i) Memory (RAM)
ii) Memory (RAM) max expandability
iii) RAM speed
Memory
iv) RAM slots total
v) RAM type
vi) Packaging
Mother Board
Motherboard
Revision Level
FDD
Capacity
i) Size & Make
HDD
ii) Hard disk controller
iii) HDD Exp Option
i) Type
ii) Video RAM
Graphics Sub-system
IdKi1.1
IdKi1.2
IdKi1.3
IdKi1.4
IdKi1.5
IdKi1.6
IdKi1 7
PDD, J&K
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Option
Desktop PC
Vertical Tower Type With Mechanical Locking Arrangement complete with Keys for the CPU Cover/casing
PCI
Dual core Processor or higher
2 GHz or higher
1066 MHz or higher
Built-in
4 MB of Higher
4 GB (2 nos. of 2 GB DIMMs)
8 GB or more
800 MHz or higher
4 or more (in Dual Channel; 2DIMMS /channel or more)
Non ECC DDR2
DIMM
OEM Mother Board with OEM logo embossed on the Mother board
Management agent should show the revision level
Deleted – Not required
160 GB @ 7200RPM or better, Sync transfer rate 3 GBPS
Integrated SERIAL ATA II
Option to add 2nd Serial ATA HDD- Required
built-in on the chipset
Shared
393
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
IdKi1.7
Graphics Sub-system
IdKi1.8
IdKi1.9
IdKi1.10
IdKi1.11
IdKi1.12
Monitor (Asset Controlled *)
Keyboard
iv) Resolution
v) Graphics bus interface
v) Monitor
Type
1024x768 or better
Built in Graphics Media Accelerator
17” LCD Touch Screen Monitor with TFT with 3-5 ms touch contact time. Monitor should be dust and water
PS/2 or USB Std Keyboard
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Pointing device
Mouse
2 button OPTICAL scroll Mouse. OEM
Compliant
i) Speed
ii) Make
i) Parallel ports
ii) Serial Port
iii) Serial ATA Interface
iv) Parallel ATA IDE Interface with UDMA
33
v) USB Ver 2.0
vi) Mouse
vii) Keyboard
viii) Graphic Media Accelerator Display
ix) Audio stereo input
x) Audio stereo output
xi) Microphone
i) Slots
48X or higher
SATA implemented OEM make or equivalent ( any other make to be specified)
1 (EPP/ECP bidirectional)
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
a) PCI Slots Conventional
b) PCI Express x1 Slot
c) PCI Express x16 Slot
ii) 3.5 inch bays – accessible
iii) 3.5 inch bays – not accessible
iv) 5.25 inch bays – accessible
i) WLP 2.0
ii) Plug & Play
2 Free Slots Minimum
Yes
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
iii) Power management features ACPI 1.0
Yes
Compliant
iv) EPA Energy Star compliant
i) Boot sequence control
ii) Diskette boot inhibit
iii) Power on password
iv) Configuration password
v) Setup password
i) ADDA
ii) Sampling Rate
iii) Synthesizer
iv) Internal Speakers
a)Type
B) Support type
c) Connector
a) MS WINDOWS
b) Linux with x-window or
Yes
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
CD ROM
Ports and Interfaces
Expansion options
IdKi1.13
Manageability & Standards
IdKi1.14
Security features
IdKi1.15
Audio
IdKi1.16
IdKi1.17
PDD, J&K
1
4
1
Atleast 8 out of which 2 on front
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 Free Slot Minimum
1 Free Slot Minimum
1 or more
2 or more
2 or more
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
optional
Yes
Integrated High Definition 4 channel audio
5 KHz to 44 KHz or better
4 channel or better
To be provided - 1.5 W Minimum
Integrated Gigabit NIC
Wake on LAN support
RJ45
Latest version of OS preloaded with
a)Recovery CD containing all required drivers and patches;
394
30 December, 2009
IdKi1.13
IdKi1.18
IdKi1.19
IdKi1.20
IdKi1.21
IdKi1.22
IdKi1.23
IdKi1.24
IdKi2.0
PDD, J&K
OS
c) Mac OS
b)OS CD/DVD with License declaration and
b) S/W Patches
c) Documentation on media.
Ensure that all software (OS & applications) supplied is licensed and includes supply of all patches,
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Warranty
Minimum 3 Years Comprehensive OEM on-site warranty for all components (H/W and OS) supplied including re-loading and re-configuration of all s/w
and device drivers, if required.
CERTIFICATION
a) Windows
Certified
b) LINUX ready Certified
c) Mac OS
Manageability Features *
Physical Security
Additional Information to be provided
by bidder
Compliance Required( In case, supplied with Window OS)
Compliance Required
Compliance Required ( In case, supplied with Mac OS)
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
a) Tools for asset Tracking including serial
number tracking of system, manufacturer
Required.Compliance to be demonstrated
name & model, board, CPU, memory,
monitor, HDD with details of NIC, OS Etc to
be provided by OEM
Compliant
b) OEM health monitoring/ diagnostic tools
Compliant
c) Monitoring & Pre failure alerts for the
Hard Disk
Compliant
Hood Sensor
Compliant
BIOS Type
Compliant
To be indicated by bidder (But not less than 300 W)
Power Supply Wattage
Specification for Kiosk Cabinet should meet the following requirements:
a) The Kiosk cabinet should have a fan for proper cooling.
b) The Kiosk cabinet should have a backside door for easy accessibility into kiosk.
c) The Kiosk cabinet should have the back door locking system.
d) The Kiosk cabinet should be rugged to stand against all weather conditions.
e) The Kiosk cabinet should look slim and sleek.
f)
The kiosk cabinet should occupy less space/ small foot print area.
g) The Kiosk cabinet should have speakers with multimedia capability.
h) The bidder is required to give the detailed dimensions of the kiosk along with the bid
The kiosk cabinet should be of steel having compartments for CPU, Monitor, Keyboard etc
Specification for Intelligent Display Management System (IDMS) along with Automatic token dispenser machine should meet the following requirements:
19” Monitor IDMS compatible
Stand wall mounting/ Ceiling mount kit
40 Column Thermal Printer With Cutter
IDMS Controller
Display management software
Programmable Key Board / Button Panel
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
CASH/ CHEQUE COLLECTION KIOSK
395
30 December, 2009
IdKi2.1
Bill Payment Kiosk with dual Core or higher processor, 2 GHz or above internal clock speed, 2 GB DDR2 RAM or more, minimum 160 GB HDD, CD ROM Drive, Latest version of OS type :
Windows/linux with x-window/Mac OS and other specifications requirements as per Section-18 above (i.e. Work Station PC Specification) , 15” TFT capacitive Touch Screen Monitor, Thermal
Printer, in-built Currency Validator as per RBI guidelines (To accept notes in the denomination of Rs 500, 100, 50, 10, 5 and coins Rs 5, 1) Magnetic Ink Character Reader, Laser Printer,
Speakers, Surveillance Camera, Suitable Modem, UPS (15 Min Backup and to be provided at the bottom for stability) & With Application Software. The collection information shall be updated
immediately to master billing database
Compliant
IdKi2.2
The Machine should be able to accept both MICR and NON MICR Cheque through Motorized MICR Cheque reader with printing on back side, minimum 30 character
Compliant
IdKi2.3
IdKi2.4
IdKi2.5
IdKi2.6
IdKi2.7
IdKi2.8
It should be supporting an automated operation with the voice guidance
The operation of cheque deposit and printing of duplicate bill has to be interactive and user friendly
The machine should have redundant power supply provision. There should not be any information loss in case of power failure
Customer waiting time should be minimum possible
The errors should be less than + 1% within the active area
Touch life should be greater than 200 million touches in any one location
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
IdKi2.9
Machine should support configurable receipt format. The Thermal receipt Printer shall be 40 Col. with auto cutter and with print speed 180mm/sec
Compliant
IdKi2.10
IdKi2.11
The laser printer shall be 80 columns for duplicate bill printing
The bar code laser scanner shall be provided which should be able to read Barcodes for length upto 200mm
The kiosk should have cooling fan with exhaust vent at the top, lockable doors with three sets of keys, sliding drawers, power distribution, adequate earthing as per Electricity act and sufficient
space for all the components to fit in
Compliant
Compliant
IdKi2.13
IdKi2.14
IdKi2.15
Dirt, grease, smoke, water droplets or other surface contaminants should not affect the touch screen
Touch screen should be resistant to corrosives
Touch screen should not be scratched using any stylus with Mhos’ rating less than 6.5.
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
IdKi2.16
The application software should have no exit buttons and provide no access to system files on touch screen. The application can be closed only thorough the keyboard
Compliant
IdKi2.17
The monitor should be fitted at an angle of 30o from vertical to have viewing angle of less than 70o and at a height of minimum 1200 mm from ground
Compliant
IdKi2.18
In case of receipt of fake currency, the system should not return the fake currency, immediately take a snapshot of the user through in-built surveillance camera and keep record such as
account number, date, time etc and generate the exception reports at the end of the day or as and when required as per RBI guidelines
Compliant
IdKi2.19
IdKi2.20
IdKi2.21
The housing should be High Grade steel
The in-built Cheque deposit box shall have capacity to store 2000 Cheque
The depository safe should be made from thick steel with appropriate lock
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
IdKi2.12
Compliant
21.0 UPS AND BATTERY SYSTEM
Number
UPS.1.0
UPS1.1
i
ii
PDD, J&K
Description
UPS AND BATTERY SYSTEM for Data Center
UPS and Battery System for Data Center should meet the following requirements as specified in the SRS Document
The scope shall include design, detailed engineering, manufacture, supply, transportation, storage, unpacking, erection, testing, successful commissioning and satisfactory completion of trial
operations of following for the Data Centre.
UPS : The Data center equipment should get continuous power.
The Solution uptime should be 99.5%.
The redundancy should be available up to the load end.
Preferred makes of UPS are Merlin Gerin, Emerson Network power,
DB Power Electronics or Powerware.
Option
Available
Compliant
Compliant
396
30 December, 2009
iii
Critical Load UPS. 2 nos UPS of adequate capacity with independent battery back up for 30 minutes for serving the critical loads..
Input / Out put details:
Input Voltage : 380/400/415 V Three Phase
Out Put
: 415 V Three Phase (4Wire)
Compliant
iv
Service Load UPS. 2 nos UPS of adequate capacity with COMMON battery back up for 30 minutes for other loads.
Input / Out put details:
Input Voltage : 380/400/415 V Three Phase
Bypass input : 415 V Three Phase (4wire)
Out Put
: 415 V Three Phase (4Wire)
Both the UPS should be able to operate in independent and synchronized mode
Compliant
v
The critical load UPS system shall operate without synchronization at the out put. Each unit shall separately feed UPS distribution boards A&B in the power room
Compliant
vi
The service load UPS system shall operate in dual bus synchronized mode such that both are independent but their out put bus is synchronized forming the service UPS board, sharing the
load. If any UPS is down the other shall take the entire load. They also should be able to operate in one cold stand by mode. All emergency lighting of the facility, PC /Terminal loads etc shall
be fed from this system.
Compliant
vii
Two numbers of UPS to be provided for meeting the critical load requirements. The UPS shall be designed to operate as an ON LINE Double conversion type reverse transfer system with
static switch, manual bypass switch, isolation transformer at inverter out put and AC distribution boards. It shall have charger, inverter and individual VRLA type battery bank for 30 minutes
power backup at full load. The rectifier shall operate on 12 pulse rectification. The offered system shall have the following operation modes.
A. Normal - The critical AC load is continuously supplied by the UPS Inverter. The rectifier/ charger derives power from AC Input source and supplies DC power to the Inverter while
simultaneously load charging power reserve battery.
B. Emergency - Upon failure of AC Input power, the critical AC load is supplied by the Inverter, which without any switching obtains power from the battery. There shall be no interruption in
Compliant
power to the critical load upon failure or restoration of the AC input source.
C. Recharge - Upon restoration of AC input power during the emergency mode of operation, the rectifier/ charger shall automatically restart, walk-in and gradually assume the inverter and
battery recharge loads.
D. Bypass – If the UPS must be taken out of service for maintenance or repair or should the inverter overload capacity be exceeded, static transfer switch shall perform reverse transfer of the lo
E. A manually operated Maintenance Bypass Switch should be incorporated into UPS cabinet that will connect the load to AC power source bypassing the rectifier/charger, Inverter and Static tra
viii
The Critical load UPS shall be used to feed critical server and other equipments installed in Critical server. The sizing for the same shall be furnished along with calculations. The KVA rating of
UPS shall be as required by expected loads( and include 10% spare capacity guaranteed at 40 deg. C ambient and load power factor of 0.8 lagging. Each UPS shall be sized for 100% + 10%
of critical server loads002EIf UPS KVA rating is applicable at a lower ambient temperature than specified 40 deg.C, the Bidder shall consider a derating factor of at least 1.5%/deg.C for
arriv¬ing at the specified UPS capacity at 40 deg.C ambient. The UPS shall have an over load capacity of 125 % rated capacity for 10 minutes and 150 % rated capacity for 10 seconds. The
inverter shall have sufficient capability to clear fault in the maximum rated branch circuit, limited to 12 percent of finally selected UPS Capacity. The sizing of UPS shall be based on the power
factor of the loads being fed subject to a maximum of 0.8.
Compliant
ix
The charger shall be sized to meet the 100% UPS load plus recharge the fully discharged battery within 8 hours at minimum charger efficiency of 90%. The input to the UPS shall be
unregulated 3 phase AC of 415 Volts
Compliant
x
Battery Requirements: Battery should be designed for giving 30 minutes back up at full load on each UPS. Valve Regulated Lead Acid (VRLA) type suitable to be installed along with UPS to be
considered. The UPS battery shall be made of 2 V VRLA cells with a design life of minimum 15 years. The battery to be installed in multi tier configuration effectively using the space available
with considerations for maintenance accesses. The UPS module should have the Battery Circuit breaker mounted near to the batteries. When this breaker is opened no battery voltage should Compliant
be present in the UPS enclosure. The UPS module should be automatically disconnected when the battery reaches to the minimum discharge voltage level or when signaled by other control
functions. Remote tripping of Battery Circuit breaker facility shall be also incorporated. The entire tier system complete with cabling shall be supplied
PDD, J&K
397
30 December, 2009
xi
The UPS battery shall have sufficient amp-hour capacity (not less than 600 AH) to supply 100% full load current of UPS for 30 minutes. Battery sizing along with detailed calculation shall be
provided. The UPS along with batteries are proposed to be installed in the power room under precision air conditioned environment at 22 degree C +/- 1 degree. This factor to be considered
while arriving at battery sizing
Compliant
xii
The UPS system shall be capable of operating without D.C. battery in circuit under all conditions of load and the performance of various components of UPS like inverter, charger, static switch
etc. shall be guaranteed without the battery in circuit
Compliant
xiii
Static Inverters: The static inverter shall be of continuous duty, solid state type using proven Pulse Width Modulation (PWM)/Quasi square wave/step wave technique. Ferro resonant types
Inverters are not acceptable. The inverter equipment shall include all necessary circuitry and devices to conform to requirements like voltage regulation, current limiting, wave shaping, transient
recovery, automatic synchronization etc. The steady state voltage regulation shall be +2% and transient voltage regulation (on application/removal of 100% load) shall be +20%. Time to recover
from transient to normal voltage shall not be more than 50 milli Sec. Frequency regulation for all conditions of input supplies, loads and temperature occurring simultaneously or in any
Compliant
combination shall be better than ± 0.5% (automatically controlled). The total harmonic content shall be 5% maximum and content of any single harmonic shall be 3% maximum. The inverter
efficiency shall be at least 90% on full load and 80% on 50% load. Each Inverter shall have an over load capacity of 125 % rated capacity for 10 minutes and 150 % rated capacity for 10
seconds. An isolation transformer shall be provided at the out put of the inverter. The out put of the UPS shall be 3 phase with grounded neutral (4 wire
xiv
Static Switch and Manual Bypass Switch :The static switch shall be provided to perform the function of transferring UPS loads automatically without any break from faulty inverter to standby
AC source in case of failure of the inverter . The transfer time shall be ¼ cycle maximum. Manual bypass switch shall be employed for isolating the UPS during maintenance. Continuous and
overload capacity of the switches shall be equal to 100% of the continuous and overload rating of each invertors. Peak Capacity shall be 1000% of continuous rating for 5 cycles
xv
Static Switch: Each single phase load points shall be provided with an automatic static switch to choose from both the sources. (All racks shall be provided with one static switch). This is
intended to make power continuity to critical loads in the event of change over of supply from one source to the other. Shall have two inputs and give one out put. One of the two AC inputs
should be designated as the “preferred” source to which the Static Switch will connect the load as long as the designated input source should be within acceptable voltage limits. If the
preferred source falls outside the acceptable limits, the Static Switch should be designed to transfer the output load to the other “alternate” input source, as long as the alternate source should Compliant
be within acceptable voltage limits and should be synchronized with the preferred source within the selected phase synchronization window. The Static Switch shall provide fast, break-beforemake transfers to prevent interconnection of the two sources, even under faulted source conditions. The maximum sense and transfer times must be within the tolerance of IEEE Standard 446
susceptibility curve for information technology equipment to allow uninterrupted load equipment operation. In case of overload, Static Switch must give the alarm. Short circuit condition of the loa
Compliant
UPS1.2
i
ii
iii
iv
specifications:
• Manual and Automatic Transfers.
• Sense and transfer time: Less than 6 milliseconds.
• Break-Before Make-switching.
• Selectable Preferred Source.
• Selectable Auto/Manual Retransfer.
• In-Phase Transfer Window: Adjustable from 20 V to 100 V
600 VA Line Interactive Intelligent UPS for workstation in the places other than at data center should meet the following requirements:
600 VA Line Interactive
Capacity
10 Minutes on 450 VA Continuous Load; Overload capacity: 125% of required capacity for at least 1 Minute
Back up Time
170 V to 270 V, 50 Hz + 5%
Input Voltage
198 to 250 (on line), 230 + 5% (On Battery) Automatic Voltage Regulation
Output Voltage
v
General Features
Automatic Voltage Regulation, Lightning & Surge Protection
Output Wave form— Modified Sine wave
Audio Alarms: Low Battery; Battery ON; Overload Protection: Overload, Short circuit, spike & surge
Compliant
vi
vii
Switching Time
Operating Temp
Less than 5 MS without data loss
Upto 40 Deg. C.
Compliant
Compliant
xvi
PDD, J&K
398
Not Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
viii
ix
x
xi
UPS1.3
i
ii
iii
iv
v
vi
vii
viii
ix
x
xi
xii
xiii
xiv
xv
xvi
xvii
xviii
xix
xx
PDD, J&K
Upto 90%, Non-condensing
Operating Humidity
SMF- Hitachi/Exide/Global Yuasa /Panasonic make with 2 Year warranty
Battery Type
APC, Liebert, TVSE, Powerware (Invensys), Guard/NEXUS, Wep, HCL
Make
Output Sockets—Min 3 Nos, each 6 Amp- 3 Pin with all Sockets wired for UPS output
Others
2/5 KVA UPS at utility offices should meet the following requirements as specified below:
2/5 KVA
Capacity
BRANDED
Model/Make
SPWM,IGBT/MOSFET(for more then 72 DC volt IGBT preferred)
Technology
Input Voltage 230 V AC, Single phase,3 wire
Input
160 V AC TO 270 V AC
45 TO 55 Hz
Input Voltage Range
280 V AC
Input Frequency Range
155 V AC
Input Over Voltage Protection
Should be offered externally
Input Under Voltage Protection
230 V AC Single Phase +-1%
Over Voltage Cut Off
50 HZ +-1%
Output Voltage
0.8 Lag to Unity
Frequency
Output load be isolated through a transformer of same rating
Load Power Factor
245 V AC Single Phase
Isolation
210 V AC Single Phase
Output Over Voltage Protection
125% of rated load for 60 sec
Output Under Voltage Protecion
Less than 3%
Over Load Capacity
Soft shut down should occur
Total Harmonic Distortion
without blowing any fuse.
Short Circuit Protection
Crest Factor
Manual Bypass Switch Should be provided of same rating
Isolation
1) Over Temperature- Required
2) Load On Battery - Required
3) Battery On Charge - Required
4) Battery Low - Required
5) Mains - On Required
Indicators
6) Dc - On Required
7) Inverter - On Required
8) Inverter -Tripped
• Output Over Voltage
• Output Low
Automatic Bi-directional should
take care of 100% uninterrupted transfer of load from UPS
Transfer Time <4 m sec
Static Switch
Overall Efficiency >85 %
Inverter Efficiency > 90 %
399
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
0.125694444 Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
30 December, 2009
xxi
Metering
Separate/Single Digital Meter
• DC Voltage
• DC Current
• Charge/Discharge
• Output Voltage
• Output Current
• Input Voltage
• Digital Three/Three & Half
• Frequency Meter(For Both Input And Output)
xxii
Battery Period Of Backup
Sealed Maintenance Free
Lead Acid Battery of >= 12 V
each of uniform AH rating
xxiii
Dc Bus Ripple
xxiv
Battery Recharge Time
xxv
xxvi
xxvii
Compliant
Compliant
<1 %
From Fully Discharge Condition To 100%
Charged Condition<12 Hrs
Total Dc Bus Banks SINGLE
Compliant
Vah Rating
Capacity X 1 X 2hrs
Inverter Eff Utilization%
FOR 2 KVA- MIN 5926 VAH
Battery Housing
Battery Life
Closed housing with suitable lockers
Minimum years replacement Guarantee
xxviii
Auditable Alarm For
Following Conditions
• Battery Low
• Mains Failure
• Inverter Under-Voltage
• Inverter Over-Voltage
• Over Temperature
• Inverter Overload
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
Compliant
xxix
Environmental
• Operating Temperature < 45 Deg C
• Humidity 10-90 % (non-condensing)
• Noise Level < 50 db at Full Load from 1 meter. Distance
PDD, J&K
Compliant
Compliant
400
Compliant
30 December, 2009
BOM for Data Centre at Srinagar
Equipment
Type (Refer
SRS
Document)
Unit
Quantity
as per RFP
Hardware/ Equipment
Server Hardware
Database Server for GIS in cluster fail-over Mode
Database Server for other applicationsin cluster fail-over Mode
Anti-Virus Server
DNS Server
LDAP Server
Web Server
EMS/NMS Server with Network Operation Console
Data Acquisition Server with Front End Processor
Sub Total
Workstation PC (Computer chair, table etc.)
Sub Total
SAN storage (12TB)
SAN Cabling
Backup Server
Tape Library
Sub Total
Server Racks
Sub Total
Switches
Core Switch
Access Switch
Distribution Switch
Layer II Switch
Sub Total
Routers
Sub Total
Cabling System
Cable, Jacks etc.
Fiber Optical Cable, Connectors, Patch Cord etc.
PDD, J&K
401
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
2
1
No.
20
No.
No.
Set
No.
No.
No.
1
2
0
2
1
0
0
5
2
1
1
1
2
1
2
lot
lot
1
1
30 December, 2009
Sub Total
Critical Load UPS
Service Load UPS
Sub Total
IP Telephony
IP PBX
IP Phones
Sub Total
Printers & Others
Media for DAT drive
Sub Total
Spares
Spares to maintain agreed performance level
Total
2
2
1
2
1
18
50
Software
AMR based Meter Data Acquisition & Analysis Software
New Connection & Disconnection Management System
GIS Application
GIS based Integrated Network Analysis Software
Management Information System Software
Identify & Access Management System Software
MBC Software
Asset Management System Software
Maintenance Management System Software
Sub Total
Enterprise Management System (EMS) Solution #
Messaging Solutions
Directory Software
SPAM Filter
Development of Web portal and web self service
Sub Total
Sub Total
Total
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
22
1
8
Bandwidth Charges
Network Connectivity Charges for Primary Link
Network Connectivity Charges for Secondary Link
Total
PDD, J&K
1 year
1 year
402
3
2
30 December, 2009
Implementation Cost
Development of Commercial database of consumers and Data migration
work as per the requirement of utility
PDD, J&K
403
30 December, 2009
BOM for Data Recovery Center at Jammu
Type (Refer
SRS
Document)
Equipment
Hardware/ Equipment
Server Hardware
Database Server for GIS in cluster fail-over Mode
Database Server for other applicationsin cluster fail-over
Mode
Anti-Virus Server
DNS Server
LDAP Server
Web Server
EMS/NMS Server with Network Operation Console
Sub Total
Workstation PC (Computer chair, table etc.)
Sub Total
SAN storage (12TB)
SAN Cabling
Backup Server
Tape Library
Sub Total
Server Racks
Sub Total
Switches
Core Switch
Access Switch
Distribution Switch
PDD, J&K
404
Unit
Quantity
as per RFP
No.
No.
2
2
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
2
1
No.
20
No.
No.
Set
No.
No.
No.
1
2
0
2
1
0
0
5
2
1
1
30 December, 2009
Layer II Switch
Sub Total
Routers
Sub Total
Cabling System
Cable, Jacks etc.
Fiber Optical Cable, Connectors, Patch Cord etc.
Sub Total
Critical Load UPS
Service Load UPS
Sub Total
IP Telephony
IP PBX
IP Phones
Sub Total
Printers & Others
Media for DAT drive
Sub Total
Spares
Total
1
2
1
2
lot
lot
1
1
2
2
0
2
1
18
50
Software
AMR based Meter Data Acquisition & Analysis
Software
New Connection & Disconnection Management System
GIS Application
GIS based Integrated Network Analysis Software
Management Information System Software
Identify & Access Management System Software
PDD, J&K
405
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
30 December, 2009
MBC Software
Asset Management System Software
Maintenance Management System Software
Sub Total
Enterprise Management System (EMS) Solution #
Messaging Solutions
Directory Software
SPAM Filter
Development of Web portal and web self service
Sub Total
Data Replication software
Sub Total
Total
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
3
0
22
1
8
1
Bandwidth Charges
Total
1 year
1 year
3
2
Implementation Cost
Development of Commercial database of consumers and
Data migration work as per the requirement of utility
Customization Cost**
PDD, J&K
406
30 December, 2009
BOM for Customer Care related Equipments at Srinagar
Type (Refer
SRS
Document)
Unit
Quantity
as per RFP
Hardware/ Equipment
Server Hardware
Application Server
Sub Total
Customer Care related Equipments
Hand Set
Head Set
Call Switching Equipment
IVRS ( Interactive Voice Response System) server
CTI (Computer telephony Integration) server
Automatic Call Distributor
Dialer
Voice Logger
Soft telephone
Sub Total
Server Racks
Sub Total
Switches
Layer II Switch
Sub Total
Routers
Sub Total
Cabling System
Cables, Jacks etc.
Sub Total
2/5 kVA UPS
Sub Total
IP Telephony
IP PBX
IP Phones
Sub Total
Workstation & Printers
Workstation PC (including UPS, Computer chair, table etc.)
Dot Matrix Printers
Sub Total
Machines
Touch Screen KIOSK
IDMS along with Automatic Token Dispenser Machine
PDD, J&K
407
No.
2
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
12
12
1
1
1
1
12
12
No.
No.
1
No.
0
No.
0
lot
1
No.
2
No.
No.
0
12
No.
14
No.
No.
No.
1
1
1
No.
No.
0
0
30 December, 2009
Sub Total
Spares
Total
No.
0
Software
Automated Call Distribution Software
Computer Telephony Integration Software
Answering Service Software
Interactive Voice Response Software
Softphone Software
Voice Broadcasting Software
Sub Total
Sub Total
1
12
1
1
12
12
2
0
Total
Implementation Cost
PDD, J&K
408
30 December, 2009
BOM for Sub Division Offices of J&K PDD
BOM for Sub Division Offices
Quantity as per RFP in Project Area
PDD, J&K
Jammu
Akhnoor
Anantnag
Bandipora
Baramulla
Bhaderwah
Bijbehera
Budgam
Doda
Dooru
Ganderbal
Handwara
Kargil
Kathua
Kishtwar
Kulgam
Kupwara
Leh
Pattan
Poonch
Pulwama
Rajouri
RS Pura
Samba
Sophian
Sopore
Sumbal
Tral
Udhampur
Subdivision Offices
Hardware/ Equipment
Sub Total
Switches
Layer II Switch
Sub Total
Routers
Sub Total
Cabling System
Cables, Jacks etc.
Sub Total
Hardware for AMR based Data Logging System
Data Converter Unit
Cabling, connectors and other required hardware
Sub Total
PSTN Modem
GSM Modem
GPRS Modem
CDMA Modem
EDGE Modems
Sub Total
Spot Billing System
Hand Held Spot Billing Equipment connected with Portable
Printer
Sub Total
2/5 kVA UPS
Sub Total
IP Telephony
20
12
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
No.
20
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
No.
20
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
lot
lot
20
20
12
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
No.
65
65
43
43
1
1
5
5
1
1
4
4
2
2
2
2
3
3
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
0
0
3
3
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
4
4
0
0
1
1
5
5
0 0
0 0 0
0 0
0 0 0
63 119 81 65 76
0 0
0 0 0
0 0
0 0 0
0
0
69
0
0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0
0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0
0
53 449 78 75 68 75 42 128 76
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0
0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0
0
0 0
0
0 0
0
60 57 268
0 0
0
0 0
0
0
0
56
0
0
0
0
51
0
0
0
0
404
0
0
Unit
Type (Refer
SRS
Document)
Srinagar
Towns
No.
0 0 0 0 0
0
0
0 0 0 0 0
0
0
3740 3465 43 290 91 279 64
0 0 0 0 0
0
0
0 0 0 0 0
0
0
0
0
20
12
0
0
0
0
339 108
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
409
30 December, 2009
Jammu
Akhnoor
Anantnag
Bandipora
Baramulla
Bhaderwah
Bijbehera
Budgam
Doda
Dooru
Ganderbal
Handwara
Kargil
Kathua
Kishtwar
Kulgam
Kupwara
Leh
Pattan
Poonch
Pulwama
Rajouri
RS Pura
Samba
Sophian
Sopore
Sumbal
Tral
Udhampur
20
12
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
40
24
2
2
2
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
4
1
2
2
4
2
2
4
120
72
6
0
6
0
6
0
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
0
6
6
6
6
6
12
6
6
6
4
6
6
12
20
12
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
24
21
1
2
1
3
1
3
2
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
3
1
2
2
4
1
2
1
4
2
2
4
20
20
0
12
12
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
2
2
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
2
2
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
2
2
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1 year
20
12
1 year
20
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
Unit
Type (Refer
SRS
Document)
Srinagar
Towns
Subdivision Offices
IP PBX
IP Phones
Sub Total
Workstation PC (including UPS, Computer chair, table etc.)
Dot Matrix Printers
Slip Printer
Line Printer
Bar Code Reader
Sub Total
Spares
Total
Software
Meter Data Acquisition & Analysis Software
Sub Total
Sub Total
Total
Bandwidth Charges
MPLS
MPLS/ISDN
PDD, J&K
410
30 December, 2009
2
1
1
2
56
51
404
Total
Implementation Cost
Installation, Testing and Commissioning/ Customization
Cost***
PDD, J&K
411
Udhampur
Sopore
1
Tral
Sophian
1
60 57 268
Sumbal
Samba
RS Pura
Poonch
Pattan
Leh
Kupwara
Kulgam
Kishtwar
Kathua
Kargil
Dooru
Doda
Budgam
Rajouri
Handwara
Ganderbal
Bijbehera
Bhaderwah
Baramulla
Bandipora
1
108
Akhnoor
2
339
Jammu
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1
1
20 12 1 1 1 2 1 1 1
1 year 3740 3465 43 290 91 279 64 63 118 81 65 76 69 53 436 78 75 68 75 42 128 76
Srinagar
Pulwama
Subdivision Offices
Network Connectivity and usage charges for communication
between Sub division to Sub Stations, DTs etc. through
respective modems for Meter data collection
Unit
Type (Refer
SRS
Document)
Anantnag
Towns
30 December, 2009
BOM for Other Offices of J&K PDD
BOM for Other Offices
Akhnoor
Anantnag
Bandipora
Baramulla
Bhaderwah
Bijbehera
Budgam
Doda
Dooru
Ganderbal
Handwara
Kargil
Kathua
Kishtwar
Kulgam
Kupwara
Leh
Pattan
Poonch
Pulwama
Rajouri
RS Pura
Samba
Sophian
Sopore
Sumbal
Tral
Udhampur
0
2
0
4
1
3
0
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
2
2
1
2
0
4
1
1
3
No.
16 6
0
3
0
2
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
2
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
0
2
1
1
0
No.
16 6
0
3
0
2
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
2
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
0
2
1
1
0
lot
lot
16 13 0
16 13 0
3
3
0
0
2
2
0
0
4
4
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
0
0
4
4
1
1
1
1
3
3
No.
16 6
0
3
0
2
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
0
4
1
1
0
No.
32 26 0
6
0
4
0
8
2
6
0
2
2
2
2
2
4
2
4
2
4
4
4
2
4
0
8
2
2
6
No.
0 0
11 4
0 0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
1
0
0
2
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
2
0
0
2
0
0
1
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Jammu
3
Other Offices
Srinagar
16 13 0
Unit
Type (Refer
SRS
Document)
Quantity as per RFP for Project Area
Hardware/ Equipment
Switches
Layer II Switch
Sub Total
Routers
Sub Total
Cabling System
Cables, Jacks etc.
Sub Total
2 kVA UPS
Sub Total
Workstation PC (including UPS, Computer chair,
table etc.)
Dot Matrix Printers
Line Printer
Bar Code Reader
Sub Total
Machines
Touch Screen KIOSK
Sub Total
PDD, J&K
0
0
412
30 December, 2009
BOM for Other Offices of J&K PDD
Spares
Total
Bandwidth Charges
(head office, divisional office, circle,
regional)2Mbps
(head office, divisional office, circle, regional),
512Kbps
Total
1 year 16 6
1 year
0
0
0
3
0
2
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
2
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
0
2
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Implementation Cost
Customization Cost**
PDD, J&K
413
30 December, 2009
BOM for DGPS Survey Cost in Project Areas of J&K PDD
BOM for DGPS Survey Cost in Project Areas
Jammu
Akhnoor
Anantnag
Bandipora
Baramulla
Bhaderwah
Bijbehera
Budgam
Doda
Dooru
Ganderbal
Handwara
Kargil
Kathua
Kishtwar
Kulgam
Kupwara
Leh
Pattan
Poonch
Pulwama
Rajouri
RS Pura
Samba
Sophian
Sopore
Sumbal
Tral
Udhampur
Survey
Srinagar
Item No
Project Area
192
196.5
8.2
12.5
6.2
15.6
8.5
3
12.4
17
4.5
10
12
22
36
9
5.92
7.5
32
6.2
6
36
36
22
15
18
15.6
6.2
6
3.9
65
43
1
5
1
4
2
2
3
1
1
2
2
0
3
1
2
3
0
1
2
1
3
3
2
2
4
0
1
5
72.5 49.25
334
86
20
43.7
33.8
53.3
22.5
22
173
273.5
334
142
72
61.7 155.6
190
38.6
65
167
Unit
Survey
1 Procurement of Satellite Imagery and creation Per Sq.km.
of Base Map of project area.
2 Locating co-ordinates (Latitude-Longitude) using
DGPS, collection/updation of attribute database of
following electrical network assets through field
survey and codification & indexing with their
upstream source of supply:
a) 66/33, 66/11, 33/11 kV substations
Nos
b) HT (33, 11 kV) overhead lines/underground cables Kms
alongwith associated line equipments such as
RMUs, Distribution Transformers, Capacitors etc.
c) LT overhead lines and underground cables
alongwith associated equipments such as poles,
feeder pillar boxes etc.
29.98 14.7 10.1 27.2 52.5
134
15.7 10.5 40.55 109.4
7.25 63.8
46
281.1 43.5 21.6
Kms
3 Collection/updation of consumer attribute database Nos
through door-to-door field survey and codification
& indexing of the consumers with respective
upstream source of supply (poles/feeder pillar
boxes).
4 Preparation of digitized electrical network on the Per Sq.km.
base map in the pre-defined scale with features
and attributes of assets and consumers collected
through DGPS/door-to-door survey for GIS
application.
PDD, J&K
1546.46 1272.882 12.8
4012.31 3254.73
164366
192
23
103
210.31 90.9
154460 2547 16063 4119 12026 1978 3029 2871
196.5
8.2
12.5
6.2
15.6
8.5
3
12.4
47.7 138
89
2966 2811 2428 2152
17
414
4.5
10
12
103 532.7
52
22
72
150
76
12982 2517 2973 1799
36
9
5.92
7.5
160.85 31.9 508 142.5
9296
32
951
135
1268 5647 4042 15400 6539 2933 3187 11379 1292 2204 21427
6.2
6
36
36
22
15
18
15.6
6.2
6
30 December, 2009
196.5

Appendices - Power Development Department

Transcription

Similar documents

CHOICEPAY

choicepay - Quantum Solutions

Nursing and Residential Staffing Solutions

Lot 79 Makwa Lake Resort Loon Lake SK

Pfaltzgraff - IRS Auctions!

Apacer Handy Steno HT202 is a USB storage device designed for

8702 BAROOTES WAY Regina

British Standard for Vehicle First Aid Kits BS8599-2

for lease - Godin Property Brokers